Exercise 1.

1 Page: 7
1. Use Euclid’s division algorithm to find the HCF of:
i. 135 and 225
ii. 196 and 38220
iii. 867 and 255
Solutions:
i. 135 and 225
As you can see, from the question 225 is greater than 135. Therefore, by Euclid’s division
algorithm, we have,
225 = 135 × 1 + 90
Now, remainder 90 ≠ 0, thus again using division lemma for 90, we get,
135 = 90 × 1 + 45
Again, 45 ≠ 0, repeating the above step for 45, we get,
90 = 45 × 2 + 0
The remainder is now zero, so our method stops here. Since, in the last step, the divisor is 45,
therefore, HCF (225,135) = HCF (135, 90) = HCF (90, 45) = 45.
Hence, the HCF of 225 and 135 is 45.
ii. 196 and 38220
In this given question, 38220>196, therefore the by applying Euclid’s division algorithm and
taking 38220 as divisor, we get,
38220 = 196 × 195 + 0
We have already got the remainder as 0 here. Therefore, HCF(196, 38220) = 196.
Hence, the HCF of 196 and 38220 is 196.
iii. 867 and 255
As we know, 867 is greater than 255. Let us apply now Euclid’s division algorithm on 867, to get,
867 = 255 × 3 + 102
Remainder 102 ≠ 0, therefore taking 255 as divisor and applying the division lemma method, we
get,
255 = 102 × 2 + 51
Again, 51 ≠ 0. Now 102 is the new divisor, so repeating the same step we get,
102 = 51 × 2 + 0
The remainder is now zero, so our procedure stops here. Since, in the last step, the divisor is 51,
therefore, HCF (867,255) = HCF(255,102) = HCF(102,51) = 51.
Hence, the HCF of 867 and 255 is 51.
2. Show that any positive odd integer is of the form 6q + 1, or 6q + 3, or 6q + 5, where q is
some integer.
Solution:
Let a be any positive integer and b = 6. Then, by Euclid’s algorithm, a = 6q + r, for some integer
q ≥ 0, and r = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, because 0≤r<6.
Now substituting the value of r, we get,
If r = 0, then a = 6q
Similarly, for r= 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, the value of a is 6q+1, 6q+2, 6q+3, 6q+4 and 6q+5, respectively.
If a = 6q, 6q+2, 6q+4, then a is an even number and divisible by 2. A positive integer can be
either even or odd Therefore, any positive odd integer is of the form of 6q+1, 6q+3 and 6q+5,
where q is some integer.
3. An army contingent of 616 members is to march behind an army band of 32 members in
a parade. The two groups are to march in the same number of columns. What is the
maximum number of columns in which they can march?
Solution:
Given,
Number of army contingent members=616
Number of army band members = 32
If the two groups have to march in the same column, we have to find out the highest common
factor between the two groups. HCF(616, 32), gives the maximum number of columns in which
they can march.
By Using Euclid’s algorithm to find their HCF, we get,
Since, 616>32, therefore,
616 = 32 × 19 + 8
Since, 8 ≠ 0, therefore, taking 32 as new divisor, we have,
32 = 8 × 4 + 0
Now we have got remainder as 0, therefore, HCF (616, 32) = 8.
Hence, the maximum number of columns in which they can march is 8.
4. Use Euclid’s division lemma to show that the square of any positive integer is either of
the form 3m or 3m + 1 for some integer m.
Solutions:
Let x be any positive integer and y = 3.
By Euclid’s division algorithm, then,
x = 3q + r for some integer q≥0 and r = 0, 1, 2, as r ≥ 0 and r < 3.
Therefore, x = 3q, 3q+1 and 3q+2
Now as per the question given, by squaring both the sides, we get,
x2 = (3q)2 = 9q2 = 3 × 3q2
Let 3q2 = m
Therefore, x2= 3m ……………………..(1)
x2 = (3q + 1)2 = (3q)2+12+2×3q×1 = 9q2 + 1 +6q = 3(3q2+2q) +1
Substitute, 3q2+2q = m, to get,
x2= 3m + 1 ……………………………. (2)
x2= (3q + 2)2 = (3q)2+22+2×3q×2 = 9q2 + 4 + 12q = 3 (3q2 + 4q + 1)+1
Again, substitute, 3q2+4q+1 = m, to get,
x2= 3m + 1…………………………… (3)
Hence, from equation 1, 2 and 3, we can say that, the square of any positive integer is either of
the form 3m or 3m + 1 for some integer m.
5. Use Euclid’s division lemma to show that the cube of any positive integer is of the form
9m, 9m + 1 or 9m + 8.
Solution:
Let x be any positive integer and y = 3.
By Euclid’s division algorithm, then,
x = 3q+r, where q≥0 and r = 0, 1, 2, as r ≥ 0 and r < 3.
Therefore, putting the value of r, we get,
x = 3q
or
x = 3q + 1
or
x = 3q + 2
Now, by taking the cube of all the three above expressions, we get,
Case (i): When r = 0, then,
x2= (3q)3 = 27q3= 9(3q3)= 9m; where m = 3q3
Case (ii): When r = 1, then,
x3 = (3q+1)3 = (3q)3 +13+3×3q×1(3q+1) = 27q3+1+27q2+9q
Taking 9 as common factor, we get,
x3 = 9(3q3+3q2+q)+1
Putting = m, we get,
Putting (3q3+3q2+q) = m, we get ,
x3 = 9m+1
Case (iii): When r = 2, then,
x3 = (3q+2)3= (3q)3+23+3×3q×2(3q+2) = 27q3+54q2+36q+8
Taking 9 as common factor, we get,
x3=9(3q3+6q2+4q)+8
Putting (3q3+6q2+4q) = m, we get ,
x3 = 9m+8
Therefore, from all the three cases explained above, it is proved that the cube of any positive
integer is of the form 9m, 9m + 1 or 9m + 8.
Exercise 1.2 Page: 11
1. Express each number as a product of its prime factors:
(i) 140
(ii) 156
(iii) 3825
(iv) 5005
(v) 7429
Solutions:
(i) 140
By Taking the LCM of 140, we will get the product of its prime factor.
Therefore, 140 = 2 × 2 × 5 × 7 × 1 = 22×5×7
(ii) 156
By Taking the LCM of 156, we will get the product of its prime factor.
Hence, 156 = 2 × 2 × 13 × 3 × 1 = 22× 13 × 3
(iii) 3825
By Taking the LCM of 3825, we will get the product of its prime factor.
Hence, 3825 = 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 17 × 1 = 32×52×17
(iv) 5005
By Taking the LCM of 5005, we will get the product of its prime factor.
Hence, 5005 = 5 × 7 × 11 × 13 × 1 = 5 × 7 × 11 × 13
(v) 7429
By Taking the LCM of 7429, we will get the product of its prime factor.
Hence, 7429 = 17 × 19 × 23 × 1 = 17 × 19 × 23
2. Find the LCM and HCF of the following pairs of integers and verify that LCM × HCF =
product of the two numbers.
(i) 26 and 91
(ii) 510 and 92
(iii) 336 and 54
Solutions:

(i) 26 and 91
Expressing 26 and 91 as product of its prime factors, we get,
26 = 2 × 13 × 1
91 = 7 × 13 × 1
Therefore, LCM (26, 91) = 2 × 7 × 13 × 1 = 182
And HCF (26, 91) = 13
Verification
Now, product of 26 and 91 = 26 × 91 = 2366
And Product of LCM and HCF = 182 × 13 = 2366
Hence, LCM × HCF = product of the 26 and 91.
(ii) 510 and 92
Expressing 510 and 92 as product of its prime factors, we get,
510 = 2 × 3 × 17 × 5 × 1
92 = 2 × 2 × 23 × 1
Therefore, LCM(510, 92) = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 × 17 × 23 = 23460
And HCF (510, 92) = 2
Verification
Now, product of 510 and 92 = 510 × 92 = 46920
And Product of LCM and HCF = 23460 × 2 = 46920
Hence, LCM × HCF = product of the 510 and 92.
(iii) 336 and 54
Expressing 336 and 54 as product of its prime factors, we get,
336 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 7 × 3 × 1
54 = 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 1
Therefore, LCM(336, 54) = = 3024
And HCF(336, 54) = 2×3 = 6
Verification
Now, product of 336 and 54 = 336 × 54 = 18,144
And Product of LCM and HCF = 3024 × 6 = 18,144
Hence, LCM × HCF = product of the 336 and 54.
3. Find the LCM and HCF of the following integers by applying the prime factorisation
method.
(i) 12, 15 and 21
(ii) 17, 23 and 29
(iii) 8, 9 and 25
Solutions:
(i) 12, 15 and 21
Writing the product of prime factors for all the three numbers, we get,
12=2×2×3
15=5×3
21=7×3
Therefore,
HCF(12,15,21) = 3
LCM(12,15,21) = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 × 7 = 420
(ii) 17, 23 and 29
Writing the product of prime factors for all the three numbers, we get,
17=17×1
23=23×1
29=29×1
Therefore,
HCF(17,23,29) = 1
LCM(17,23,29) = 17 × 23 × 29 = 11339
(iii) 8, 9 and 25
Writing the product of prime factors for all the three numbers, we get,
8=2×2×2×1
9=3×3×1
25=5×5×1
Therefore,
HCF(8,9,25)=1
LCM(8,9,25) = 2×2×2×3×3×5×5 = 1800
4. Given that HCF (306, 657) = 9, find LCM (306, 657).
Solution: As we know that,
HCF×LCM=Product of the two given numbers
Therefore,
9 × LCM = 306 × 657
LCM = (306×657)/9 = 22338
Hence, LCM(306,657) = 22338
5. Check whether 6n can end with the digit 0 for any natural number n.
Solution: If the number 6n ends with the digit zero (0), then it should be divisible by 5, as we
know any number with unit place as 0 or 5 is divisible by 5.
Prime factorization of 6n = (2×3)n
Therefore, the prime factorization of 6n doesn’t contain prime number 5.
Hence, it is clear that for any natural number n, 6n is not divisible by 5 and thus it proves that
6n cannot end with the digit 0 for any natural number n.
6. Explain why 7 × 11 × 13 + 13 and 7 × 6 × 5 × 4 × 3 × 2 × 1 + 5 are composite numbers.
Solution: By the definition of composite number, we know, if a number is composite, then it
means it has factors other than 1 and itself. Therefore, for the given expression;
7 × 11 × 13 + 13
Taking 13 as common factor, we get,
=13(7×11×1+1) = 13(77+1) = 13×78 = 13×3×2×13
Hence, 7 × 11 × 13 + 13 is a composite number.
Now let’s take the other number,
7×6×5×4×3×2×1+5
Taking 5 as a common factor, we get,
=5(7×6×4×3×2×1+1) = 5(1008+1) = 5×1009
Hence, 7 × 6 × 5 × 4 × 3 × 2 × 1 + 5 is a composite number.
7. There is a circular path around a sports field. Sonia takes 18 minutes to drive one round
of the field, while Ravi takes 12 minutes for the same. Suppose they both start at the same
point and at the same time, and go in the same direction. After how many minutes will
they meet again at the starting point?
Solution: Since, Both Sonia and Ravi move in the same direction and at the same time, the
method to find the time when they will be meeting again at the starting point is LCM of 18 and 12.
Therefore, LCM(18,12) = 2×3×3×2×1=36
Hence, Sonia and Ravi will meet again at the starting point after 36 minutes.

Exercise 1.3 Page: 14

1. Prove that √5 is irrational.
Solutions: Let us assume, that √5 is rational number.
i.e. √5 = x/y (where, x and y are co-primes)
y√5= x
Squaring both the sides, we get,
(y√5)2 = x2
⇒5y2 = x2……………………………….. (1)
Thus, x2 is divisible by 5, so x is also divisible by 5.
Let us say, x = 5k, for some value of k and substituting the value of x in equation (1), we get,
5y2 = (5k)2
⇒y2 = 5k2
is divisible by 5 it means y is divisible by 5.
Clearly, x and y are not co-primes. Thus, our assumption about √5 is rational is incorrect.
Hence, √5 is an irrational number.
2. Prove that 3 + 2√5 + is irrational.
Solutions: Let us assume 3 + 2√5 is rational.
Then we can find co-prime x and y (y ≠ 0) such that 3 + 2√5 = x/y
Rearranging, we get,
Since, x and y are integers, thus,

is a rational number.
Therefore, √5 is also a rational number. But this contradicts the fact that √5 is irrational.
So, we conclude that 3 + 2√5 is irrational.
3. Prove that the following are irrationals:
(i) 1/√2
(ii) 7√5
(iii) 6 + √2
Solutions:
(i) 1/√2
Let us assume 1/√2 is rational.
Then we can find co-prime x and y (y ≠ 0) such that 1/√2 = x/y
Rearranging, we get,
√2 = y/x
Since, x and y are integers, thus, √2 is a rational number, which contradicts the fact that √2 is
irrational.
Hence, we can conclude that 1/√2 is irrational.
(ii) 7√5
Let us assume 7√5 is a rational number.
Then we can find co-prime a and b (b ≠ 0) such that 7√5 = x/y
Rearranging, we get,
√5 = x/7y
Since, x and y are integers, thus, √5 is a rational number, which contradicts the fact that √5 is
irrational.
Hence, we can conclude that 7√5 is irrational.
(iii) 6 +√2
Let us assume 6 +√2 is a rational number.
Then we can find co-primes x and y (y ≠ 0) such that 6 +√2 = x/y⋅
Rearranging, we get,
√2 = (x/y) – 6
Since, x and y are integers, thus (x/y) – 6 is a rational number and therefore, √2 is rational. This
contradicts the fact that √2 is an irrational number.
Hence, we can conclude that 6 +√2 is irrational.

Exercise 1.4 Page: 17

1. Without actually performing the long division, state whether the following rational
numbers will have a terminating decimal expansion or a non-terminating repeating
decimal expansion:
(i) 13/3125 (ii) 17/8 (iii) 64/455 (iv) 15/1600 (v) 29/343 (vi) 23/(2352) (vii) 129/(225775) (viii) 6/15
(ix) 35/50 (x) 77/210
Solutions:
Note: If the denominator has only factors of 2 and 5 or in the form of 2m ×5n then it has
terminating decimal expansion.
If the denominator has factors other than 2 and 5 then it has a non-terminating decimal
expansion.
(i) 13/3125
Factorizing the denominator, we get,
3125 = 5 × 5 × 5 = 55
Since, the denominator has only 5 as its factor, 13/3125 has a terminating decimal expansion.
(ii) 17/8
Factorizing the denominator, we get,
8 = 2×2×2 = 23
Since, the denominator has only 2 as its factor, 17/8 has a terminating decimal expansion.
(iii) 64/455
Factorizing the denominator, we get,
455 = 5×7×13
Since, the denominator is not in the form of 2m × 5n, thus 64/455 has a non-terminating decimal
expansion.
(iv) 15/ 1600
Factorizing the denominator, we get,
1600 = 2652
Since, the denominator is in the form of 2m × 5n, thus 15/1600 has a terminating decimal
expansion.
(v) 29/343
Factorizing the denominator, we get,
343 = 7×7×7 = 73 Since, the denominator is not in the form of 2m × 5n thus 29/343 has a non-
terminating decimal expansion.
(vi)23/(2352)
Clearly, the denominator is in the form of 2m × 5n.
Hence, 23/ (2352) has a terminating decimal expansion.
(vii) 129/(225775)
As you can see, the denominator is not in the form of 2m × 5n.
Hence, 129/ (225775) has a non-terminating decimal expansion.
(viii) 6/15
6/15 = 2/5
Since, the denominator has only 5 as its factor, thus, 6/15 has a terminating decimal expansion.
(ix) 35/50
35/50 = 7/10
Factorising the denominator, we get,
10 = 2 5
Since, the denominator is in the form of 2m × 5n thus, 35/50 has a terminating decimal expansion.
(x) 77/210
77/210 = (7× 11)/ (30 × 7) = 11/30
Factorising the denominator, we get,
30 = 2 × 3 × 5
As you can see, the denominator is not in the form of 2m × 5n .Hence, 77/210 has a non-
terminating decimal expansion.
2. Write down the decimal expansions of those rational numbers in Question 1 above
which have terminating decimal expansions.
Solutions:
(i) 13/3125

13/3125 = 0.00416
(ii) 17/8
17/8 = 2.125
(iii) 64/455 has a Non terminating decimal expansion
(iv)15/ 1600

15/1600 = 0.009375
(v) 29/ 343 has a Non terminating decimal expansion
(vi)23/ (2352) = 23/(8×25)= 23/200
23/ (2352) = 0.115
(vii) 129/ (225775) has a Non terminating decimal expansion
(viii) 6/15 = 2/5

(ix) 35/50 = 7/10

35/50 = 0.7
(x) 77/210 has a non-terminating decimal expansion.
3. The following real numbers have decimal expansions as given below. In each case,
decide whether they are rational or not. If they are rational, and of the form, p q what can
you say about the prime factors of q?
(i) 43.123456789
(ii) 0.120120012000120000. . .
Solutions:
(i) 43.123456789
Since it has a terminating decimal expansion, it is a rational number in the form of p/q and q has
factors of 2 and 5 only.
(ii) 0.120120012000120000. . .
Since, it has non-terminating and non- repeating decimal expansion, it is an irrational number.

Since it has non-terminating but repeating decimal expansion, it is a rational number in the form
of p/q and q has factors other than 2 and 5.
Exercise 2.1 Page: 28
1. The graphs of y = p(x) are given in Fig. 2.10 below, for some polynomials p(x). Find the
number of zeroes of p(x), in each case.

Solutions:
Graphical method to find zeroes:-
Total number of zeroes in any polynomial equation = total number of times the curve intersects x-
axis.
(i) In the given graph, the number of zeroes of p(x) is 0 because the graph is parallel to x-axis
does not cut it at any point.
(ii) In the given graph, the number of zeroes of p(x) is 1 because the graph intersects the x-axis
at only one point.
(iii) In the given graph, the number of zeroes of p(x) is 3 because the graph intersects the x-axis
at any three points.
(iv) In the given graph, the number of zeroes of p(x) is 2 because the graph intersects the x-axis
at two points.
(v) In the given graph, the number of zeroes of p(x) is 4 because the graph intersects the x-axis
at four points.
(vi) In the given graph, the number of zeroes of p(x) is 3 because the graph intersects the x-axis
at three points.

Exercise 2.2 Page: 33

1. Find the zeroes of the following quadratic polynomials and verify the relationship
between the zeroes and the coefficients.
Solutions:
(i) x2–2x –8
⇒x2– 4x+2x–8 = x(x–4)+2(x–4) = (x-4)(x+2)
Therefore, zeroes of polynomial equation x2–2x–8 are (4, -2)
Sum of zeroes = 4–2 = 2 = -(-2)/1 = -(Coefficient of x)/(Coefficient of x2)
Product of zeroes = 4×(-2) = -8 =-(8)/1 = (Constant term)/(Coefficient of x2)
(ii) 4s2–4s+1
⇒4s2–2s–2s+1 = 2s(2s–1)–1(2s-1) = (2s–1)(2s–1)
Therefore, zeroes of polynomial equation 4s2–4s+1 are (1/2, 1/2)
Sum of zeroes = (½)+(1/2) = 1 = -4/4 = -(Coefficient of s)/(Coefficient of s2)
Product of zeros = (1/2)×(1/2) = 1/4 = (Constant term)/(Coefficient of s2 )
(iii) 6x2–3–7x
⇒6x2–7x–3 = 6x2 – 9x + 2x – 3 = 3x(2x – 3) +1(2x – 3) = (3x+1)(2x-3)
Therefore, zeroes of polynomial equation 6x2–3–7x are (-1/3, 3/2)
Sum of zeroes = -(1/3)+(3/2) = (7/6) = -(Coefficient of x)/(Coefficient of x2)
Product of zeroes = -(1/3)×(3/2) = -(3/6) = (Constant term) /(Coefficient of x2 )
(iv) 4u2+8u
⇒ 4u(u+2)
Therefore, zeroes of polynomial equation 4u2 + 8u are (0, -2).
Sum of zeroes = 0+(-2) = -2 = -(8/4) = = -(Coefficient of u)/(Coefficient of u2)
Product of zeroes = 0×-2 = 0 = 0/4 = (Constant term)/(Coefficient of u2 )
(v) t2–15
⇒ t2 = 15 or t = ±√15
Therefore, zeroes of polynomial equation t2 –15 are (√15, -√15)
Sum of zeroes =√15+(-√15) = 0= -(0/1)= -(Coefficient of t) / (Coefficient of t2)
Product of zeroes = √15×(-√15) = -15 = -15/1 = (Constant term) / (Coefficient of t2 )
(vi) 3x2–x–4
⇒ 3x2–4x+3x–4 = x(3x-4)+1(3x-4) = (3x – 4)(x + 1)
Therefore, zeroes of polynomial equation3x2 – x – 4 are (4/3, -1)
Sum of zeroes = (4/3)+(-1) = (1/3)= -(-1/3) = -(Coefficient of x) / (Coefficient of x2)
Product of zeroes=(4/3)×(-1) = (-4/3) = (Constant term) /(Coefficient of x2 )
2. Find a quadratic polynomial each with the given numbers as the sum and product of its
zeroes respectively.
(i) 1/4 , -1
Solution:
From the formulas of sum and product of zeroes, we know,
Sum of zeroes = α+β
Product of zeroes = α β
Sum of zeroes = α+β = 1/4
Product of zeroes = α β = -1
∴ If α and β are zeroes of any quadratic polynomial, then the quadratic polynomial equation can
be written directly as:-
x2–(α+β)x +αβ = 0
x2–(1/4)x +(-1) = 0
4x2–x-4 = 0
Thus,4x2–x–4 is the quadratic polynomial.
(ii)√2, 1/3
Solution:
Sum of zeroes = α + β =√2
Product of zeroes = α β = 1/3
∴ If α and β are zeroes of any quadratic polynomial, then the quadratic polynomial equation can
be written directly as:-
x2–(α+β)x +αβ = 0
x2 –(√2)x + (1/3) = 0
3x2-3√2x+1 = 0
Thus, 3x2-3√2x+1 is the quadratic polynomial.
(iii) 0, √5
Solution:
Given,
Sum of zeroes = α+β = 0
Product of zeroes = α β = √5
∴ If α and β are zeroes of any quadratic polynomial, then the quadratic polynomial equation can
be written directly
as:-
x2–(α+β)x +αβ = 0
x2–(0)x +√5= 0
Thus, x2+√5 is the quadratic polynomial.
(iv) 1, 1
Solution:
Given,
Sum of zeroes = α+β = 1
Product of zeroes = α β = 1
∴ If α and β are zeroes of any quadratic polynomial, then the quadratic polynomial equation can
be written directly as:-
x2–(α+β)x +αβ = 0
x2–x+1 = 0
Thus , x2–x+1is the quadratic polynomial.
(v) -1/4, 1/4
Solution:
Given,
Sum of zeroes = α+β = -1/4
Product of zeroes = α β = 1/4
∴ If α and β are zeroes of any quadratic polynomial, then the quadratic polynomial equation can
be written directly as:-
x2–(α+β)x +αβ = 0
x2–(-1/4)x +(1/4) = 0
4x2+x+1 = 0
Thus,4x2+x+1 is the quadratic polynomial.
(vi) 4, 1
Solution:
Given,
Sum of zeroes = α+β =
Product of zeroes = αβ = 1
∴ If α and β are zeroes of any quadratic polynomial, then the quadratic polynomial equation can
be written directly as:-
x2–(α+β)x+αβ = 0
x2–4x+1 = 0
Thus, x2–4x+1 is the quadratic polynomial.

Exercise 2.3 Page: 36

1. Divide the polynomial p(x) by the polynomial g(x) and find the quotient and remainder in
each of the following:
(i) p(x) = x3-3x2+5x–3 , g(x) = x2–2
Solution:
Given,
Dividend = p(x) = x3-3x2+5x–3
Divisor = g(x) = x2– 2
Therefore, upon division we get,
Quotient = x–3
Remainder = 7x–9
(ii) p(x) = x4-3x2+4x+5 , g(x) = x2+1-x
Solution:
Given,
Dividend = p(x) = x4 – 3x2 + 4x +5
Divisor = g(x) = x2 +1-x

Therefore, upon division we get,

Quotient = x2 + x–3
Remainder = 8
(iii) p(x) =x4–5x+6, g(x) = 2–x2
Solution:
Given,
Dividend = p(x) =x4 – 5x + 6 = x4 +0x2–5x+6
Divisor = g(x) = 2–x2 = –x2+2

Therefore, upon division we get,

Quotient = -x2-2
Remainder = -5x + 10
2. Check whether the first polynomial is a factor of the second polynomial by dividing the
second polynomial by the first polynomial:
(i) t2-3, 2t4 +3t3-2t2-9t-12
Solutions:
Given,
First polynomial = t2-3
Second polynomial = 2t4 +3t3-2t2 -9t-12
As we can see, the remainder is left as 0. Therefore, we say that, t2-3 is a factor of 2t2+3t+4.
(ii)x2+3x+1 , 3x4+5x3-7x2+2x+2
Solutions:
Given,
First polynomial = x2+3x+1
Second polynomial = 3x4+5x3-7x2+2x+2

As we can see, the remainder is left as 0. Therefore, we say that, x2 + 3x + 1 is a factor of

3x4+5x3-7x2+2x+2.
(iii) x3-3x+1, x5-4x3+x2+3x+1
Solutions:
Given,
First polynomial = x3-3x+1
Second polynomial = x5-4x3+x2+3x+1

As we can see, the remainder is not equal to 0. Therefore, we say that, x3-3x+1 is not a factor of
x5-4x3+x2+3x+1 .
3. Obtain all other zeroes of 3x4+6x3-2x2-10x-5, if two of its zeroes are √(5/3) and – √(5/3).
Solutions:
Since this is a polynomial equation of degree 4, hence there will be total 4 roots.
√(5/3) and – √(5/3) are zeroes of polynomial f(x).
∴ (x –√(5/3)) (x+√(5/3) = x2-(5/3) = 0
(3x2−5)=0, is a factor of given polynomial f(x).
Now, when we will divide f(x) by (3x2−5) the quotient obtained will also be a factor of f(x) and the
remainder will be 0.
Therefore, 3x4 +6x3 −2x2 −10x–5 = (3x2 –5)(x2+2x+1)
Now, on further factorizing (x2+2x+1) we get,
x2+2x+1 = x2+x+x+1 = 0
x(x+1)+1(x+1) = 0
(x+1)(x+1) = 0
So, its zeroes are given by: x= −1 and x = −1.
Therefore, all four zeroes of given polynomial equation are:
√(5/3),- √(5/3) , −1 and −1.
Hence, is the answer.
4. On dividing x3-3x2+x+2 by a polynomial g(x), the quotient and remainder were x–2 and –
2x+4, respectively. Find g(x).
Solution:
Given,
Dividend, p(x) = x3-3x2+x+2
Quotient = x-2
Remainder = –2x+4
We have to find the value of Divisor, g(x) =?
As we know,
Dividend = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder
∴ x3-3x2+x+2 = g(x)×(x-2) + (-2x+4)
x3-3x2+x+2-(-2x+4) = g(x)×(x-2)
Therefore, g(x) × (x-2) = x3-3x2+x+2
Now, for finding g(x) we will divide x3-3x2+x+2 with (x-2)

Therefore, g(x) = (x2–x+1)

5. Give examples of polynomials p(x), g(x), q(x) and r(x), which satisfy the division
algorithm and
(i) deg p(x) = deg q(x)
(ii) deg q(x) = deg r(x)
(iii) deg r(x) = 0
Solutions:
According to the division algorithm, dividend p(x) and divisor g(x) are two polynomials, where
g(x)≠0. Then we can find the value of quotient q(x) and remainder r(x), with the help of below
given formula;
Dividend = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder
∴ p(x) = g(x)×q(x)+r(x)
Where r(x) = 0 or degree of r(x)< degree of g(x).
Now let us proof the three given cases as per division algorithm by taking examples for each.
(i) deg p(x) = deg q(x)
Degree of dividend is equal to degree of quotient, only when the divisor is a constant term.
Let us take an example, p(x) = 3x2+3x+3 is a polynomial to be divided by g(x) = 3.
So, (3x2+3x+3)/3 = x2+x+1 = q(x)
Thus, you can see, the degree of quotient q(x) = 2, which also equal to the degree of dividend
p(x).
Hence, division algorithm is satisfied here.
(ii) deg q(x) = deg r(x)
Let us take an example, p(x) = x2 + 3 is a polynomial to be divided by g(x) = x – 1.
So, x2 + 3 = (x – 1)×(x) + (x + 3)
Hence, quotient q(x) = x
Also, remainder r(x) = x + 3
Thus, you can see, the degree of quotient q(x) = 1, which is also equal to the degree of
remainder r(x).
Hence, division algorithm is satisfied here.
(iii) deg r(x) = 0
The degree of remainder is 0 only when the remainder left after division algorithm is constant.
Let us take an example, p(x) = x2 + 1 is a polynomial to be divided by g(x) = x.
So, x2 + 1 = (x)×(x) + 1
Hence, quotient q(x) = x
And, remainder r(x) = 1
Clearly, the degree of remainder here is 0.
Hence, division algorithm is satisfied here.

Exercise 2.4 Page: 36

1. Verify that the numbers given alongside of the cubic polynomials below are their
zeroes. Also verify the relationship between the zeroes and the coefficients in each case:
(i) 2x3+x2-5x+2; -1/2, 1, -2
Solution:
Given, p(x) = 2x3+x2-5x+2
And zeroes for p(x) are = 1/2, 1, -2

∴ p(1/2) = 2(1/2)3+(1/2)2-5(1/2)+2 = (1/4)+(1/4)-(5/2)+2 = 0

p(1) = 2(1)3+(1)2-5(1)+2 = 0
p(-2) = 2(-2)3+(-2)2-5(-2)+2 = 0
Hence, proved 1/2, 1, -2 are the zeroes of 2x3+x2-5x+2.
Now, comparing the given polynomial with general expression, we get;
∴ ax3+bx2+cx+d = 2x3+x2-5x+2
a=2, b=1, c= -5 and d = 2
As we know, if α, β, γ are the zeroes of the cubic polynomial ax3+bx2+cx+d , then;
α +β+γ = –b/a
αβ+βγ+γα = c/a
α βγ = – d/a.
Therefore, putting the values of zeroes of the polynomial,
α+β+γ = ½+1+(-2) = -1/2 = –b/a
αβ+βγ+γα = (1/2×1)+(1 ×-2)+(-2×1/2) = -5/2 = c/a
α β γ = ½×1×(-2) = -2/2 = -d/a
Hence, the relationship between the zeroes and the coefficients are satisfied.
(ii) x3-4x2+5x-2 ;2, 1, 1
Solution:
Given, p(x) = x3-4x2+5x-2
And zeroes for p(x) are 2,1,1.
∴ p(2)= 23-4(2)2+5(2)-2 = 0
p(1) = 13-(4×12 )+(5×1)-2 = 0
Hence proved, 2, 1, 1 are the zeroes of x3-4x2+5x-2
Now, comparing the given polynomial with general expression, we get;
∴ ax3+bx2+cx+d = x3-4x2+5x-2
a = 1, b = -4, c = 5 and d = -2
As we know, if α, β, γ are the zeroes of the cubic polynomial ax3+bx2+cx+d , then;
α + β + γ = –b/a
αβ + βγ + γα = c/a
α β γ = – d/a.
Therefore, putting the values of zeroes of the polynomial,
α +β+γ = 2+1+1 = 4 = -(-4)/1 = –b/a
αβ+βγ+γα = 2×1+1×1+1×2 = 5 = 5/1= c/a
αβγ = 2×1×1 = 2 = -(-2)/1 = -d/a
Hence, the relationship between the zeroes and the coefficients are satisfied.
2. Find a cubic polynomial with the sum, sum of the product of its zeroes taken two at a
time, and the product of its zeroes as 2, –7, –14 respectively.
Solution:
Let us consider the cubic polynomial is ax3+bx2+cx+d and the values of the zeroes of the
polynomials be α, β, γ.
As per the given question,
α+β+γ = -b/a = 2/1
αβ +βγ+γα = c/a = -7/1
α βγ = -d/a = -14/1
Thus, from above three expressions we get the values of coefficient of polynomial.
a = 1, b = -2, c = -7, d = 14
Hence, the cubic polynomial is x3-2x2-7x+14
3. If the zeroes of the polynomial x3-3x2+x+1 are a – b, a, a + b, find a and b.
Solution:
We are given with the polynomial here,
p(x) = x3-3x2+x+1
And zeroes are given as a – b, a, a + b
Now, comparing the given polynomial with general expression, we get;
∴px3+qx2+rx+s = x3-3x2+x+1
p = 1, q = -3, r = 1 and s = 1
Sum of zeroes = a – b + a + a + b
-q/p = 3a
Putting the values q and p.
-(-3)/1 = 3a
a=1
Thus, the zeroes are 1-b, 1, 1+b.
Now, product of zeroes = 1(1-b)(1+b)
-s/p = 1-b2
-1/1 = 1-b2
b2 = 1+1 = 2
b = √2
Hence,1-√2, 1 ,1+√2 are the zeroes of x3-3x2+x+1.
4. If two zeroes of the polynomial x4-6x3-26x2+138x-35 are 2 ±√3, find other zeroes.
Solution:
Since this is a polynomial equation of degree 4, hence there will be total 4 roots.
Let f(x) = x4-6x3-26x2+138x-35
Since 2 +√3 and 2-√3 are zeroes of given polynomial f(x).
∴ [x−(2+√3)] [x−(2-√3)] = 0
(x−2−√3)(x−2+√3) = 0
On multiplying the above equation we get,
x2-4x+1, this is a factor of a given polynomial f(x).
Now, if we will divide f(x) by g(x), the quotient will also be a factor of f(x) and the remainder will
be 0.
So, x4-6x3-26x2+138x-35 = (x2-4x+1)(x2 –2x−35)
Now, on further factorizing (x2–2x−35) we get,
x2–(7−5)x −35 = x2– 7x+5x+35 = 0
x(x −7)+5(x−7) = 0
(x+5)(x−7) = 0
So, its zeroes are given by:
x= −5 and x = 7.
Therefore, all four zeroes of given polynomial equation are: 2+√3 , 2-√3, −5 and 7.
Exercise 3.1 Page: 44
1. Aftab tells his daughter, “Seven years ago, I was seven times as old as you were then.
Also, three years from now, I shall be three times as old as you will be.” (Isn’t this
interesting?) Represent this situation algebraically and graphically.
Solutions:Let the present age of Aftab be ‘x’.
And, the present age of his daughter be ‘y’.
Now, we can write, seven years ago,
Age of Aftab = x-7
Age of his daughter = y-7
According to the question,
x−7 = 7(y−7)
⇒x−7 = 7y−49
⇒x−7y = −42 ………………………(i)
Also, three years from now or after three years,
Age of Aftab will become = x+3.
Age of his daughter will become = y+3
According to the situation given,
x+3 = 3(y+3)
⇒x+3 = 3y+9
⇒x−3y = 6 …………..…………………(ii)
Subtracting equation (i) from equation (ii) we have
(x−3y)−(x−7y) = 6−(−42)
⇒−3y+7y = 6+42
⇒4y = 48
⇒y = 12
The algebraic equation is represented by
x−7y = −42
x−3y = 6
For, x−7y = −42 or x = −42+7y
The solution table is

For, x−3y = 6 or x = 6+3y

The solution table is
The graphical representation is:

2. The coach of a cricket team buys 3 bats and 6 balls for Rs.3900. Later, she buys another
bat and 3 more balls of the same kind for Rs.1300. Represent this situation algebraically
and geometrically.
Solutions: Let us assume that the cost of a bat be ‘Rs x’
And,the cost of a ball be ‘Rs y’
According to the question, the algebraic representation is
3x+6y = 3900
And x+3y = 1300
For, 3x+6y = 3900
Or x = (3900-6y)/3
The solution table is

For, x+3y = 1300

Or x = 1300-3y
The solution table is

The graphical representation is as follows.

3. The cost of 2 kg of apples and 1kg of grapes on a day was found to be Rs.160. After a
month, the cost of 4 kg of apples and 2 kg of grapes is Rs.300. Represent the situation
algebraically and geometrically.
Solutions:Let the cost of 1 kg of apples be ‘Rs. x’
And, cost of 1 kg of grapes be ‘Rs. y’
According to the question, the algebraic representation is
2x+y = 160
And 4x+2y = 300
For, 2x+y = 160 or y = 160−2x, the solution table is;

For 4x+2y = 300 or y = (300-4x)/2, the solution table is;

The graphical representation is as follows;

Exercise 3.2 Page: 49
1. Form the pair of linear equations in the following problems, and find their solutions
graphically.
(i) 10 students of Class X took part in a Mathematics quiz. If the number of girls is 4 more
than the number of boys, find the number of boys and girls who took part in the quiz.
(ii) 5 pencils and 7 pens together cost 50, whereas 7 pencils and 5 pens together cost 46.
Find the cost of one pencil and that of one pen.
Solution:
(i)Let there are x number of girls and y number of boys. As per the given question, the algebraic
expression can be represented as follows.
x +y = 10
x– y = 4
Now, for x+y = 10 or x = 10−y, the solutions are;

For x – y = 4 or x = 4 + y, the solutions are;

The graphical representation is as follows;

From the graph, it can be seen that the given lines cross each other at point (7, 3).
Therefore, there are 7 girls and 3 boys in the class.
(ii) Let 1 pencil costs Rs.x and 1 pen costs Rs.y.
According to the question, the algebraic expression cab be represented as;
5x + 7y = 50
7x + 5y = 46
For, 5x + 7y = 50 or x = (50-7y)/5, the solutions are;

For 7x + 5y = 46 or x = (46-5y)/7, the solutions are;

Hence, the graphical representation is as follows;

From the graph, it is can be seen that the given lines cross each other at point (3, 5).
So, the cost of a pencil is 3/- and cost of a pen is 5/-.
2. On comparing the ratios a1/a2 , b1/b2 , c1/c2 find out whether the lines representing the
following pairs of linear equations intersect at a point, are parallel or coincident:
(i) 5x – 4y + 8 = 0
7x + 6y – 9 = 0
(ii) 9x + 3y + 12 = 0
18x + 6y + 24 = 0
(iii) 6x – 3y + 10 = 0
2x – y + 9 = 0
Solutions:
(i) Given expressions;
5x−4y+8 = 0
7x+6y−9 = 0
Comparing these equations with a1x+b1y+c1 = 0
And a2x+b2y+c2 = 0
We get,
a1 = 5, b1 = -4, c1 = 8
a2 = 7, b2 = 6, c2 = -9
(a1/a2) = 5/7
(b1/b2) = -4/6 = -2/3
(c1/c2) = 8/-9
Since, (a1/a2) ≠ (b1/b2)
So, the pairs of equations given in the question have a unique solution and the lines cross each
other at exactly one point.
(ii) Given expressions;
9x + 3y + 12 = 0
18x + 6y + 24 = 0
Comparing these equations with a1x+b1y+c1 = 0
And a2x+b2y+c2 = 0
We get,
a1 = 9, b1 = 3, c1 = 12
a2 = 18, b2 = 6, c2 = 24
(a1/a2) = 9/18 = 1/2
(b1/b2) = 3/6 = 1/2
(c1/c2) = 12/24 = 1/2
Since (a1/a2) = (b1/b2) = (c1/c2)
So, the pairs of equations given in the question have infinite possible solutions and the lines are
coincident.
(iii) Given Expressions;
6x – 3y + 10 = 0
2x – y + 9 = 0
Comparing these equations with a1x+b1y+c1 = 0
And a2x+b2y+c2 = 0
We get,
a1 = 6, b1 = -3, c1 = 10
a2 = 2, b2 = -1, c2 = 9
(a1/a2) = 6/2 = 3/1
(b1/b2) = -3/-1 = 3/1
(c1/c2) = 10/9
Since (a1/a2) = (b1/b2) ≠ (c1/c2)
So, the pairs of equations given in the question are parallel to each other and the lines never
intersect each other at any point and there is no possible solution for the given pair of equations.
3. On comparing the ratio, (a1/a2) , (b1/b2) , (c1/c2) find out whether the following pair of
linear equations are consistent, or inconsistent.
(i) 3x + 2y = 5 ; 2x – 3y = 7
(ii) 2x – 3y = 8 ; 4x – 6y = 9
(iii)(3/2)x+(5/3)y = 7; 9x – 10y = 14
(iv) 5x – 3y = 11 ; – 10x + 6y = –22
(v)(4/3)x+2y = 8 ; 2x + 3y = 12
Solutions:
(i) Given : 3x + 2y = 5 or 3x + 2y -5 = 0
and 2x – 3y = 7 or 2x – 3y -7 = 0
Comparing these equations with a1x+b1y+c1 = 0
And a2x+b2y+c2 = 0
We get,
a1 = 3, b1 = 2, c1 = -5
a2 = 2, b2 = -3, c2 = -7
(a1/a2) = 3/2
(b1/b2) = 2/-3
(c1/c2) = -5/-7 = 5/7
Since, (a1/a2) ≠ (b1/b2)
So, the given equations intersect each other at one point and they have only one possible
solution. The equations are consistent.
(ii) Given 2x – 3y = 8 and 4x – 6y = 9
Therefore,
a1 = 2, b1 = -3, c1 = -8
a2 = 4, b2 = -6, c2 = -9
(a1/a2) = 2/4 = 1/2
(b1/b2) = -3/-6 = 1/2
(c1/c2) = -8/-9 = 8/9
Since , (a1/a2) = (b1/b2) ≠ (c1/c2)
So, the equations are parallel to each other and they have no possible solution. Hence, the
equations are inconsistent.
(iii)Given (3/2)x + (5/3)y = 7 and 9x – 10y = 14
Therefore,
a1 = 3/2, b1 = 5/3, c1 = -7
a2 = 9, b2 = -10, c2 = -14
(a1/a2) = 3/(2×9) = 1/6
(b1/b2) = 5/(3× -10)= -1/6
(c1/c2) = -7/-14 = 1/2
Since, (a1/a2) ≠ (b1/b2)
So, the equations are intersecting each other at one point and they have only one possible
solution. Hence, the equations are consistent.
(iv) Given, 5x – 3y = 11 and – 10x + 6y = –22
Therefore,
a1 = 5, b1 = -3, c1 = -11
a2 = -10, b2 = 6, c2 = 22
(a1/a2) = 5/(-10) = -5/10 = -1/2
(b1/b2) = -3/6 = -1/2
(c1/c2) = -11/22 = -1/2
Since (a1/a2) = (b1/b2) = (c1/c2)
These linear equations are coincident lines and have infinite number of possible solutions.
Hence, the equations are consistent.
(v)Given, (4/3)x +2y = 8 and 2x + 3y = 12
a1 = 4/3 , b1= 2 , c1 = -8
a2 = 2, b2 = 3 , c2 = -12
(a1/a2) = 4/(3×2)= 4/6 = 2/3
(b1/b2) = 2/3
(c1/c2) = -8/-12 = 2/3
Since (a1/a2) = (b1/b2) = (c1/c2)
These linear equations are coincident lines and have infinite number of possible solutions.
Hence, the equations are consistent.
4. Which of the following pairs of linear equations are consistent/inconsistent? If
consistent, obtain the solution graphically:
(i) x + y = 5, 2x + 2y = 10
(ii) x – y = 8, 3x – 3y = 16
(iii) 2x + y – 6 = 0, 4x – 2y – 4 = 0
(iv) 2x – 2y – 2 = 0, 4x – 4y – 5 = 0
Solutions:
(i)Given, x + y = 5 and 2x + 2y = 10
(a1/a2) = 1/2
(b1/b2) = 1/2
(c1/c2) = 1/2
Since (a1/a2) = (b1/b2) = (c1/c2)
∴The equations are coincident and they have infinite number of possible solutions.
So, the equations are consistent.
For, x + y = 5 or x = 5 – y

For 2x + 2y = 10 or x = (10-2y)/2

So, the equations are represented in graphs as follows:

From the figure, we can see, that the lines are overlapping each other.
Therefore, the equations have infinite possible solutions.
(ii) Given, x – y = 8 and 3x – 3y = 16
(a1/a2) = 1/3
(b1/b2) = -1/-3 = 1/3
(c1/c2) = 8/16 = 1/2
Since, (a1/a2) = (b1/b2) ≠ (c1/c2)
The equations are parallel to each other and have no solutions. Hence, the pair of linear
equations is inconsistent.
(iii) Given, 2x + y – 6 = 0 and 4x – 2y – 4 = 0
(a1/a2) = 2/4 = ½
(b1/b2) = 1/-2
(c1/c2) = -6/-4 = 3/2
Since, (a1/a2) ≠ (b1/b2)
The given linear equations are intersecting each other at one point and have only one solution.
Hence, the pair of linear equations is consistent.
Now, for 2x + y – 6 = 0 or y = 6 – 2x

And for 4x – 2y – 4 = 0 or y = (4x-4)/2

So, the equations are represented in graphs as follows:

From the graph, it can be seen that these lines are intersecting each other at only one point,(2,2).
(iv) Given, 2x – 2y – 2 = 0 and 4x – 4y – 5 = 0
(a1/a2) = 2/4 = ½
(b1/b2) = -2/-4 = 1/2
(c1/c2) = 2/5
Since, a1/a2 = b1/b2 ≠ c1/c2
Thus, these linear equations have parallel and have no possible solutions. Hence, the pair of
linear equations are inconsistent.
5. Half the perimeter of a rectangular garden, whose length is 4 m more than its width, is
36 m. Find the dimensions of the garden.
Solutions:Let us consider.
The width of the garden is x and length is y.
Now, according to the question, we can express the given condition as;
y–x=4
and
y + x = 36
Now, taking y – x = 4 or y = x + 4

For y + x = 36, y = 36 – x

The graphical representation of both the equation is as follows;

From the graph you can see, the lines intersects each other at a point(16, 20). Hence, the width
of the garden is 16 and length is 20.
6. Given the linear equation 2x + 3y – 8 = 0, write another linear equation in two variables
such that the geometrical representation of the pair so formed is:
(i) Intersecting lines
(ii) Parallel lines
(iii) Coincident lines
Solutions:
(i) Given the linear equation 2x + 3y – 8 = 0.
To find another linear equation in two variables such that the geometrical representation of the
pair so formed is intersecting lines, it should satisfy below condition;
(a1/a2) ≠ (b1/b2)
Thus, another equation could be 2x – 7y + 9 = 0, such that;
(a1/a2) = 2/2 = 1 and (b1/b2) = 3/-7
Clearly, you can see another equation satisfies the condition.
(ii) Given the linear equation 2x + 3y – 8 = 0.
To find another linear equation in two variables such that the geometrical representation of the
pair so formed is parallel lines, it should satisfy below condition;
(a1/a2) = (b1/b2) ≠ (c1/c2)
Thus, another equation could be 6x + 9y + 9 = 0, such that;
(a1/a2) = 2/6 = 1/3
(b1/b2) = 3/9= 1/3
(c1/c2) = -8/9
Clearly, you can see another equation satisfies the condition.
(iii) Given the linear equation 2x + 3y – 8 = 0.
To find another linear equation in two variables such that the geometrical representation of the
pair so formed is coincident lines, it should satisfy below condition;
(a1/a2) = (b1/b2) = (c1/c2)
Thus, another equation could be 4x + 6y – 16 = 0, such that;
(a1/a2) = 2/4 = 1/2 ,(b1/b2) = 3/6 = 1/2, (c1/c2) = -8/-16 = 1/2
Clearly, you can see another equation satisfies the condition.
7. Draw the graphs of the equations x – y + 1 = 0 and 3x + 2y – 12 = 0. Determine the
coordinates of the vertices of the triangle formed by these lines and the x-axis, and shade
the triangular region.
Solution: Given, the equations for graphs are x – y + 1 = 0 and 3x + 2y – 12 = 0.
For, x – y + 1 = 0 or x = 1+y

For, 3x + 2y – 12 = 0 or x = (12-2y)/3

Hence, the graphical representation of these equations is as follows;

From the figure, it can be seen that these lines are intersecting each other at point (2, 3) and x-
axis at (−1, 0) and (4, 0). Therefore, the vertices of the triangle are (2, 3), (−1, 0), and (4, 0).

Exercise 3.3 Page: 53

1. Solve the following pair of linear equations by the substitution method
(i) x + y = 14
x–y=4
(ii) s – t = 3
(s/3) + (t/2) = 6
(iii) 3x – y = 3
9x – 3y = 9
(iv) 0.2x + 0.3y = 1.3
0.4x + 0.5y = 2.3
(v) √2 x+√3 y = 0
√3 x-√8 y = 0
(vi) (3x/2) – (5y/3) = -2
(x/3) + (y/2) = (13/6)
Solutions:
(i) Given,
x + y = 14 and x – y = 4 are the two equations.
From 1st equation, we get,
x = 14 – y
Now, substitute the value of x in second equation to get,
(14 – y) – y = 4
14 – 2y = 4
2y = 10
Or y = 5
By the value of y, we can now find the exact value of x;
∵ x = 14 – y
∴ x = 14 – 5
Or x = 9
Hence, x = 9 and y = 5.
(ii) Given,
s – t = 3 and (s/3) + (t/2) = 6 are the two equations.
From 1st equation, we get,
s = 3 + t ________________(1)
Now, substitute the value of s in second equation to get,
(3+t)/3 + (t/2) = 6
⇒ (2(3+t) + 3t )/6 = 6
⇒ (6+2t+3t)/6 = 6
⇒ (6+5t) = 36
⇒5t = 30
⇒t = 6
Now, substitute the value of t in equation (1)
s=3+6=9
Therefore, s = 9 and t = 6.
(iii) Given,
3x – y = 3 and 9x – 3y = 9 are the two equations.
From 1st equation, we get,
x = (3+y)/3
Now, substitute the value of x in the given second equation to get,
9(3+y)/3 – 3y = 9
⇒9 +3y -3y = 9
⇒9=9
Therefore, y has infinite values and since, x = (3+y) /3, so x also has infinite values.
(iv) Given,
0.2x + 0.3y = 1.3 and 0.4x + 0.5y = 2.3are the two equations.
From 1st equation, we get,
x = (1.3- 0.3y)/0.2 _________________(1)
Now, substitute the value of x in the given second equation to get,
0.4(1.3-0.3y)/0.2 + 0.5y = 2.3
⇒2(1.3 – 0.3y) + 0.5y = 2.3
⇒ 2.6 – 0.6y + 0.5y = 2.3
⇒ 2.6 – 0.1 y = 2.3
⇒ 0.1 y = 0.3
⇒y=3
Now, substitute the value of y in equation (1), we get,
x = (1.3-0.3(3))/0.2 = (1.3-0.9)/0.2 = 0.4/0.2 = 2
Therefore, x = 2 and y = 3.
(v) Given,
√2 x + √3 y = 0 and √3 x – √8 y = 0
are the two equations.
From 1st equation, we get,
x = – (√3/√2)y __________________(1)
Putting the value of x in the given second equation to get,
√3(-√3/√2)y – √8y = 0 ⇒ (-3/√2)y- √8 y = 0
⇒y=0
Now, substitute the value of y in equation (1), we get,
x=0
Therefore, x = 0 and y = 0.
(vi) Given,
(3x/2)-(5y/3) = -2 and (x/3) + (y/2) = 13/6 are the two equations.
From 1st equation, we get,
(3/2)x = -2 + (5y/3)
⇒ x = 2(-6+5y)/9 = (-12+10y)/9 ………………………(1)
Putting the value of x in the given second equation to get,
((-12+10y)/9)/3 + y/2 = 13/6
⇒y/2 = 13/6 –( (-12+10y)/27 ) + y/2 = 13/6

Now, substitute the value of y in equation (1), we get,

(3x/2) – 5(3)/3 = -2
⇒ (3x/2) – 5 = -2
⇒x=2
Therefore, x = 2 and y = 3.
2. Solve 2x + 3y = 11 and 2x – 4y = – 24 and hence find the value of ‘m’ for which y = mx +
3.
Solution:
2x + 3y = 11…………………………..(I)
2x – 4y = -24………………………… (II)
From equation (II), we get
x = (11-3y)/2 ………………….(III)
Substituting the value of x in equation (II), we get
2(11-3y)/2 – 4y = 24
11 – 3y – 4y = -24
-7y = -35
y = 5……………………………………..(IV)
Putting the value of y in equation (III), we get
x = (11-3×5)/2 = -4/2 = -2
Hence, x = -2, y = 5
Also,
y = mx + 3
5 = -2m +3
-2m = 2
m = -1
Therefore the value of m is -1.
3. Form the pair of linear equations for the following problems and find their solution by
substitution method.
(i) The difference between two numbers is 26 and one number is three times the other.
Find them.
Solution:
Let the two numbers be x and y respectively, such that y > x.
According to the question,
y = 3x ……………… (1)
y – x = 26 …………..(2)
Substituting the value of (1) into (2), we get
3x – x = 26
x = 13 ……………. (3)
Substituting (3) in (1), we get y = 39
Hence, the numbers are 13 and 39.
(ii) The larger of two supplementary angles exceeds the smaller by 18 degrees. Find them.
Solution:
Let the larger angle by xo and smaller angle be yo.
We know that the sum of two supplementary pair of angles is always 180o.
According to the question,
x + y = 180o……………. (1)
x – y = 18o ……………..(2)
From (1), we get x = 180o – y …………. (3)
Substituting (3) in (2), we get
180o – y – y =18o
162o = 2y
y = 81o ………….. (4)
Using the value of y in (3), we get
x = 180o – 81o
= 99o
Hence, the angles are 99o and 81o.
(iii) The coach of a cricket team buys 7 bats and 6 balls for Rs.3800. Later, she buys 3 bats
and 5 balls for Rs.1750. Find the cost of each bat and each ball.
Solution:
Let the cost a bat be x and cost of a ball be y.
According to the question,
7x + 6y = 3800 ………………. (I)
3x + 5y = 1750 ………………. (II)
From (I), we get
y = (3800-7x)/6………………..(III)
Substituting (III) in (II). we get,
3x+5(3800-7x)/6 =1750
⇒3x+ 9500/3 – 35x/6 = 1750
⇒3x- 35x/6 = 1750 – 9500/3
⇒(18x-35x)/6 = (5250 – 9500)/3
⇒-17x/6 = -4250/3
⇒-17x = -8500
x = 500 ……………………….. (IV)
Substituting the value of x in (III), we get
y = (3800-7 ×500)/6 = 300/6 = 50
Hence, the cost of a bat is Rs 500 and cost of a ball is Rs 50.
(iv) The taxi charges in a city consist of a fixed charge together with the charge for the
distance covered. For a distance of 10 km, the charge paid is Rs 105 and for a journey of
15 km, the charge paid is Rs 155. What are the fixed charges and the charge per km? How
much does a person have to pay for travelling a distance of 25 km?
Solution:
Let the fixed charge be Rs x and per km charge be Rs y.
According to the question,
x + 10y = 105 …………….. (1)
x + 15y = 155 …………….. (2)
From (1), we get x = 105 – 10y ………………. (3)
Substituting the value of x in (2), we get
105 – 10y + 15y = 155
5y = 50
y = 10 …………….. (4)
Putting the value of y in (3), we get
x = 105 – 10 × 10 = 5
Hence, fixed charge is Rs 5 and per km charge = Rs 10
Charge for 25 km = x + 25y = 5 + 250 = Rs 255
(v) A fraction becomes 9/11 , if 2 is added to both the numerator and the denominator. If, 3
is added to both the numerator and the denominator it becomes 5/6. Find the fraction.
Solution:
Let the fraction be x/y.
According to the question,
(x+2) /(y+2) = 9/11
11x + 22 = 9y + 18
11x – 9y = -4 …………….. (1)
(x+3) /(y+3) = 5/6
6x + 18 = 5y +15
6x – 5y = -3 ………………. (2)
From (1), we get x = (-4+9y)/11 …………….. (3)
Substituting the value of x in (2), we get
6(-4+9y)/11 -5y = -3
-24 + 54y – 55y = -33
-y = -9
y = 9 ………………… (4)
Substituting the value of y in (3), we get
x = (-4+9×9 )/11 = 7
Hence the fraction is 7/9.
(vi) Five years hence, the age of Jacob will be three times that of his son. Five years ago,
Jacob’s age was seven times that of his son. What are their present ages?
Solutions:
Let the age of Jacob and his son be x and y respectively.
According to the question,
(x + 5) = 3(y + 5)
x – 3y = 10 …………………………………….. (1)
(x – 5) = 7(y – 5)
x – 7y = -30 ………………………………………. (2)
From (1), we get x = 3y + 10 ……………………. (3)
Substituting the value of x in (2), we get
3y + 10 – 7y = -30
-4y = -40
y = 10 ………………… (4)
Substituting the value of y in (3), we get
x = 3 x 10 + 10 = 40
Hence, the present age of Jacob’s and his son is 40 years and 10 years respectively.
Exercise 3.4 Page: 56
1. Solve the following pair of linear equations by the elimination method and the
substitution method:
(i) x + y = 5 and 2x – 3y = 4
(ii) 3x + 4y = 10 and 2x – 2y = 2
(iii) 3x – 5y – 4 = 0 and 9x = 2y + 7
(iv) x/2+ 2y/3 = -1 and x-y/3 = 3
Solutions:
(i) x + y = 5 and 2x – 3y = 4
By the method of elimination.
x + y = 5 ……………………………….. (i)
2x – 3y = 4 ……………………………..(ii)
When the equation (i) is multiplied by 2, we get
2x + 2y = 10 ……………………………(iii)
When the equation (ii) is subtracted from (iii) we get,
5y = 6
y = 6/5 ………………………………………(iv)
Substituting the value of y in eq. (i) we get,
x=5−6/5 = 19/5
∴x = 19/5 , y = 6/5
By the method of substitution.
From the equation (i), we get:
x = 5 – y………………………………….. (v)
When the value is put in equation (ii) we get,
2(5 – y) – 3y = 4
-5y = -6
y = 6/5
When the values are substituted in equation (v), we get:
x =5− 6/5 = 19/5
∴x = 19/5 ,y = 6/5

(ii) 3x + 4y = 10 and 2x – 2y = 2
By the method of elimination.
3x + 4y = 10……………………….(i)
2x – 2y = 2 ………………………. (ii)
When the equation (i) and (ii) is multiplied by 2, we get:
4x – 4y = 4 ………………………..(iii)
When the Equation (i) and (iii) are added, we get:
7x = 14
x = 2 ……………………………….(iv)
Substituting equation (iv) in (i) we get,
6 + 4y = 10
4y = 4
y=1
Hence, x = 2 and y = 1
By the method of Substitution
From equation (ii) we get,
x = 1 + y……………………………… (v)
Substituting equation (v) in equation (i) we get,
3(1 + y) + 4y = 10
7y = 7
y=1
When y = 1 is substituted in equation (v) we get,
A=1+1=2
Therefore, A = 2 and B = 1
(iii) 3x – 5y – 4 = 0 and 9x = 2y + 7
By the method of elimination:
3x – 5y – 4 = 0 ………………………………… (i)
9x = 2y + 7
9x – 2y – 7 = 0 …………………………………(ii)
When the equation (i) and (iii) is multiplied we get,
9x – 15y – 12 = 0 ………………………………(iii)
When the equation (iii) is subtracted from equation (ii) we get,
13y = -5
y = -5/13 ………………………………………….(iv)
When equation (iv) is substituted in equation (i) we get,
3x +25/13 −4=0
3x = 27/13
x =9/13
∴x = 9/13 and y = -5/13
By the method of Substitution:
From the equation (i) we get,
x = (5y+4)/3 …………………………………………… (v)
Putting the value (v) in equation (ii) we get,
9(5y+4)/3 −2y −7=0
13y = -5
y = -5/13
Substituting this value in equation (v) we get,
x = (5(-5/13)+4)/3
x = 9/13
∴x = 9/13, y = -5/13
(iv) x/2 + 2y/3 = -1 and x-y/3 = 3
By the method of Elimination.
3x + 4y = -6 …………………………. (i)
x-y/3 = 3
3x – y = 9 ……………………………. (ii)
When the equation (ii) is subtracted from equation (i) we get,
-5y = -15
y = 3 ………………………………….(iii)
When the equation (iii) is substituted in (i) we get,
3x – 12 = -6
3x = 6
x=2
Hence, x = 2 , y = -3
By the method of Substitution:
From the equation (ii) we get,
x = (y+9)/3…………………………………(v)
Putting the value obtained from equation (v) in equation (i) we get,
3(y+9)/3 +4y =−6
5y = -15
y = -3
When y = -3 is substituted in equation (v) we get,
x = (-3+9)/3 = 2
Therefore, x = 2 and y = -3
2. Form the pair of linear equations in the following problems, and find their solutions (if
they exist) by the elimination method:
(i) If we add 1 to the numerator and subtract 1 from the denominator, a fraction reduces to
1. It becomes if we only add 1 to the denominator. What is the fraction?
Solution:
Let the fraction be a/b
According to the given information,
(a+1)/(b-1) = 1
=> a – b = -2 ………………………………..(i)
a/(b+1) = 1/2
=> 2a-b = 1…………………………………(ii)
When equation (i) is subtracted from equation (ii) we get,
a = 3 …………………………………………………..(iii)
When a = 3 is substituted in equation (i) we get,
3 – b = -2
-b = -5
b=5
Hence, the fraction is 3/5.
(ii) Five years ago, Nuri was thrice as old as Sonu. Ten years later, Nuri will be twice as old
as Sonu. How old are Nuri and Sonu?
Solution:
Let us assume, present age of Nuri is x
And present age of Sonu is y.
According to the given condition, we can write as;
x – 5 = 3(y – 5)
x – 3y = -10…………………………………..(1)
Now,
x + 10 = 2(y +10)
x – 2y = 10…………………………………….(2)
Subtract eq. 1 from 2, to get,
y = 20 ………………………………………….(3)
Substituting the value of y in eq.1, we get,
x – 3.20 = -10
x – 60 = -10
x = 50
Therefore,
Age of Nuri is 50 years
Age of Sonu is 20 years.
(iii) The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 9. Also, nine times this number is twice
the number obtained by reversing the order of the digits. Find the number.
Solution:
Let the unit digit and tens digit of a number be x and y respectively.
Then, Number (n) = 10B + A
N after reversing order of the digits = 10A + B
According to the given information, A + B = 9…………………….(i)
9(10B + A) = 2(10A + B)
88 B – 11 A = 0
-A + 8B = 0 ………………………………………………………….. (ii)
Adding the equations (i) and (ii) we get,
9B = 9
B = 1……………………………………………………………………….(3)
Substituting this value of B, in the equation (i) we get A= 8
Hence the number (N) is 10B + A = 10 x 1 +8 = 18
(iv) Meena went to a bank to withdraw Rs.2000. She asked the cashier to give her Rs.50
and Rs.100 notes only. Meena got 25 notes in all. Find how many notes of Rs.50 and
Rs.100 she received.
Solution:
Let the number of Rs.50 notes be A and the number of Rs.100 notes be B
According to the given information,
A + B = 25 ……………………………………………………………………….. (i)
50A + 100B = 2000 ………………………………………………………………(ii)
When equation (i) is multiplied with (ii) we get,
50A + 50B = 1250 …………………………………………………………………..(iii)
Subtracting the equation (iii) from the equation (ii) we get,
50B = 750
B = 15
Substituting in the equation (i) we get,
A = 10
Hence, Meena has 10 notes of Rs.50 and 15 notes of Rs.100.
(v) A lending library has a fixed charge for the first three days and an additional charge for
each day thereafter. Saritha paid Rs.27 for a book kept for seven days, while Susy paid
Rs.21 for the book she kept for five days. Find the fixed charge and the charge for each
extra day.
Solution:
Let the fixed charge for the first three days be Rs.A and the charge for each day extra be Rs.B.
According to the information given,
A + 4B = 27 …………………………………….…………………………. (i)
A + 2B = 21 ……………………………………………………………….. (ii)
When equation (ii) is subtracted from equation (i) we get,
2B = 6
B = 3 …………………………………………………………………………(iii)
Substituting B = 3 in equation (i) we get,
A + 12 = 27
A = 15
Hence, the fixed charge is Rs.15
And the Charge per day is Rs.3

Exercise 3.5 Page: 62

1. Which of the following pairs of linear equations has unique solution, no solution, or
infinitely many solutions. In case there is a unique solution, find it by using cross
multiplication method.
(i) x – 3y – 3 = 0 and 3x – 9y – 2 = 0 (ii) 2x + y = 5 and 3x + 2y = 8
(iii) 3x – 5y = 20 and 6x – 10y = 40 (iv) x – 3y – 7 = 0 and 3x – 3y – 15 = 0
Solutions:
(i) Given, x – 3y – 3 =0 and 3x – 9y -2 =0
a1/a2=1/3 , b1/b2= -3/-9 =1/3, c1/c2=-3/-2 = 3/2
(a1/a2) = (b1/b2) ≠ (c1/c2)
Since, the given set of lines are parallel to each other they will not intersect each other and
therefore there is no solution for these equations.
(ii) Given, 2x + y = 5 and 3x +2y = 8
a1/a2 = 2/3 , b1/b2 = 1/2 , c1/c2 = -5/-8
(a1/a2) ≠ (b1/b2)
Since they intersect at a unique point these equations will have a unique solution by cross
multiplication method:
x/(b1c2-c1b2) = y/(c1a2 – c2a=) = 1/(a1b2-a2b1)
x/(-8-(-10)) = y/(15+16) = 1/(4-3)
x/2 = y/1 = 1
∴ x = 2 and y =1
(iii) Given, 3x – 5y = 20 and 6x – 10y = 40
(a1/a2) = 3/6 = 1/2
(b1/b2) = -5/-10 = 1/2
(c1/c2) = 20/40 = 1/2
a1/a2 = b1/b2 = c1/c2
Since the given sets of lines are overlapping each other there will be infinite number of solutions
for this pair of equation.
(iv) Given, x – 3y – 7 = 0 and 3x – 3y – 15 = 0
(a1/a2) = 1/3
(b1/b2) = -3/-3 = 1
(c1/c2) = -7/-15
a1/a2 ≠ b1/b2
Since this pair of lines are intersecting each other at a unique point, there will be a unique
solution.
By cross multiplication,
x/(45-21) = y/(-21+15) = 1/(-3+9)
x/24 = y/ -6 = 1/6
x/24 = 1/6 and y/-6 = 1/6
∴ x = 4 and y = 1.
2. (i) For which values of a and b does the following pair of linear equations have an
infinite number of solutions?
2x + 3y = 7
(a – b) x + (a + b) y = 3a + b – 2
(ii) For which value of k will the following pair of linear equations have no solution?
3x + y = 1
(2k – 1) x + (k – 1) y = 2k + 1
Solution:
(i) 3y + 2x -7 =0
(a + b)y + (a-b)y – (3a + b -2) = 0
a1/a2 = 2/(a-b) , b1/b2 = 3/(a+b) , c1/c2 = -7/-(3a + b -2)
For infinitely many solutions,
a1/a2 = b1/b2 = c1/c2
Thus 2/(a-b) = 7/(3a+b– 2)
6a + 2b – 4 = 7a – 7b
a – 9b = -4 ……………………………….(i)
2/(a-b) = 3/(a+b)
2a + 2b = 3a – 3b
a – 5b = 0 ……………………………….….(ii)
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get
4b = 4
b =1
Substituting this eq. in (ii), we get
a -5 x 1= 0
a=5
Thus at a = 5 and b = 1 the given equations will have infinite solutions.
(ii) 3x + y -1 = 0
(2k -1)x + (k-1)y – 2k -1 = 0
a1/a2 = 3/(2k -1) , b1/b2 = 1/(k-1), c1/c2 = -1/(-2k -1) = 1/( 2k +1)
For no solutions
a1/a2 = b1/b2 ≠ c1/c2
3/(2k-1) = 1/(k -1) ≠ 1/(2k +1)
3/(2k –1) = 1/(k -1)
3k -3 = 2k -1
k =2
Therefore, for k = 2 the given pair of linear equations will have no solution.
3. Solve the following pair of linear equations by the substitution and cross-multiplication
methods:
8x + 5y = 9
3x + 2y = 4
Solution:
8x + 5y = 9 …………………..(1)
3x + 2y = 4 ……………….….(2)
From equation (2) we get
x = (4 – 2y )/ 3 ……………………. (3)
Using this value in equation 1, we get
8(4-2y)/3 + 5y = 9
32 – 16y +15y = 27
-y = -5
y = 5 ……………………………….(4)
Using this value in equation (2), we get
3x + 10 = 4
x = -2
Thus, x = -2 and y = 5.
Now, Using Cross Multiplication method:
8x +5y – 9 = 0
3x + 2y – 4 = 0
x/(-20+18) = y/(-27 + 32 ) = 1/(16-15)
-x/2 = y/5 =1/1
∴ x = -2 and y =5.
4. Form the pair of linear equations in the following problems and find their solutions (if
they exist) by any algebraic method:
(i) A part of monthly hostel charges is fixed and the remaining depends on the number of
days one has taken food in the mess. When a student A takes food for 20 days she has to
pay Rs.1000 as hostel charges whereas a student B, who takes food for 26 days, pays
Rs.1180 as hostel charges. Find the fixed charges and the cost of food per day.
(ii) A fraction becomes 1/3 when 1 is subtracted from the numerator and it becomes 1/4
when 8 is added to its denominator. Find the fraction.
(iii) Yash scored 40 marks in a test, getting 3 marks for each right answer and losing 1
mark for each wrong answer. Had 4 marks been awarded for each correct answer and 2
marks been deducted for each incorrect answer, then Yash would have scored 50 marks.
How many questions were there in the test?
(iv) Places A and B are 100 km apart on a highway. One car starts from A and another
from B at the same time. If the cars travel in the same direction at different speeds, they
meet in 5 hours. If they travel towards each other, they meet in 1 hour. What are the
speeds of the two cars?
(v) The area of a rectangle gets reduced by 9 square units, if its length is reduced by 5
units and breadth is increased by 3 units. If we increase the length by 3 units and the
breadth by 2 units, the area increases by 67 square units. Find the dimensions of the
rectangle.
Solutions:
(i) Let x be the fixed charge and y be the charge of food per day.
According to the question,
x + 20y = 1000……………….. (i)
x + 26y = 1180………………..(ii)
Subtracting (i) from (ii) we get
6y = 180
y = Rs.30
Using this value in equation (ii) we get
x = 1180 -26 x 30
x= Rs.400.
Therefore, fixed charges is Rs.400 and charge per day is Rs.30.
(ii) Let the fraction be x/y.
So, as per the question given,
(x -1)/y = 1/3 => 3x – y = 3…………………(1)
x/(y + 8) = 1/4 => 4x –y =8 ………………..(2)
Subtracting equation (1) from (2) , we get
x = 5 ………………………………………….(3)
Using this value in equation (2), we get,
(4×5)– y = 8
y= 12
Therefore, the fraction is 5/12.
(iii) Let the number of right answers is x and number of wrong answers be y
According to the given question;
3x−y=40……..(1)
4x−2y=50
⇒2x−y=25…….(2)
Subtracting equation (2) from equation (1), we get;
x = 15 ….….(3)
Putting this in equation (2), we obtain;
30 – y = 25
Or y = 5
Therefore, number of right answers = 15 and number of wrong answers = 5
Hence, total number of questions = 20
(iv) Let x km/h be the speed of car from point A and y km/h be the speed of car from point B.
If the car travels in the same direction,
5x – 5y = 100
x – y = 20 …………………………………(i)
If the car travels in the opposite direction,
x + y = 100………………………………(ii)
Solving equation (i) and (ii), we get
x = 60 km/h………………………………………(iii)
Using this in equation (i), we get,
60 – y = 20
y = 40 km/h
Therefore, the speed of car from point A = 60 km/h
Speed of car from point B = 40 km/h.
(v) Let,
The length of rectangle = x unit
And breadth of the rectangle = y unit
Now, as per the question given,
(x – 5) (y + 3) = xy -9
3x – 5y – 6 = 0……………………………(1)
(x + 3) (y + 2) = xy + 67
2x + 3y – 61 = 0…………………………..(2)
Using cross multiplication method, we get,
x/(305 +18) = y/(-12+183) = 1/(9+10)
x/323 = y/171 = 1/19
Therefore, x = 17 and y = 9.
Hence, the length of rectangle = 17 units
And breadth of the rectangle = 9 units

Exercise 3.6 Page: 67

1. Solve the following pairs of equations by reducing them to a pair of linear equations:
(i) 1/2x + 1/3y = 2
1/3x + 1/2y = 13/6
Solution:
Let us assume 1/x = m and 1/y = n , then the equation will change as follows.
m/2 + n/3 = 2
⇒ 3m+2n-12 = 0…………………….(1)
m/3 + n/2 = 13/6
⇒ 2m+3n-13 = 0……………………….(2)
Now, using cross-multiplication method, we get,
m/(-26-(-36) ) = n/(-24-(-39)) = 1/(9-4)
m/10 = n/15 = 1/5
m/10 = 1/5 and n/15 = 1/5
So, m = 2 and n = 3
1/x = 2 and 1/y = 3
x = 1/2 and y = 1/3
(ii) 2/√x + 3/√y = 2
4/√x + 9/√y = -1
Solution:
Substituting 1/√x = m and 1/√y = n in the given equations, we get
2m + 3n = 2 ………………………..(i)
4m – 9n = -1 ………………………(ii)
Multiplying equation (i) by 3, we get
6m + 9n = 6 ………………….…..(iii)
Adding equation (ii) and (iii), we get
10m = 5
m = 1/2…………………………….…(iv)
Now by putting the value of ‘m’ in equation (i), we get
2×1/2 + 3n = 2
3n = 1
n = 1/3
m =1/√x
½ = 1/√x
x=4
n = 1/√y
1/3 = 1/√y
y=9
Hence, x = 4 and y = 9
(iii) 4/x + 3y = 14
3/x -4y = 23
Solution:
Putting in the given equation we get,
So, 4m + 3y = 14 => 4m + 3y – 14 = 0 ……………..…..(1)
3m – 4y = 23 => 3m – 4y – 23 = 0 ……………………….(2)
By cross-multiplication, we get,
m/(-69-56) = y/(-42-(-92)) = 1/(-16-9)
-m/125 = y/50 = -1/ 25
-m/125 = -1/25 and y/50 = -1/25
m = 5 and b = -2
m = 1/x = 5
So , x = 1/5
y = -2
(iv) 5/(x-1) + 1/(y-2) = 2
6/(x-1) – 3/(y-2) = 1
Solution:
Substituting 1/(x-1) = m and 1/(y-2) = n in the given equations, we get,
5m + n = 2 …………………………(i)
6m – 3n = 1 ……………………….(ii)
Multiplying equation (i) by 3, we get
15m + 3n = 6 …………………….(iii)
Adding (ii) and (iii) we get
21m = 7
m = 1/3
Putting this value in equation (i), we get
5×1/3 + n = 2
n = 2- 5/3 = 1/3
m = 1/ (x-1)
⇒ 1/3 = 1/(x-1)
⇒x=4
n = 1/(y-2)
⇒ 1/3 = 1/(y-2)
⇒y=5
Hence, x = 4 and y = 5
(v) (7x-2y)/ xy = 5
(8x + 7y)/xy = 15
Solution:
(7x-2y)/ xy = 5
7/y – 2/x = 5…………………………..(i)
(8x + 7y)/xy = 15
8/y + 7/x = 15…………………………(ii)
Substituting 1/x =m in the given equation we get,
– 2m + 7n = 5 => -2 + 7n – 5 = 0 ……..(iii)
7m + 8n = 15 => 7m + 8n – 15 = 0 ……(iv)
By cross-multiplication method, we get,
m/(-105-(-40)) = n/(-35-30) = 1/(-16-49)
m/(-65) = n/(-65) = 1/(-65)
m/-65 = 1/-65
m=1
n/(-65) = 1/(-65)
n=1
m = 1 and n = 1
m = 1/x = 1 n = 1/x = 1
Therefore, x = 1 and y = 1
(vi) 6x + 3y = 6xy
2x + 4y = 5xy
Solution:
6x + 3y = 6xy
6/y + 3/x = 6
Let 1/x = m and 1/y = n
=> 6n +3m = 6
=>3m + 6n-6 = 0…………………….(i)

2x + 4y = 5xy
=> 2/y + 4/x = 5
=> 2n +4m = 5
=> 4m+2n-5 = 0……………………..(ii)
3m + 6n – 6 = 0
4m + 2n – 5 = 0
By cross-multiplication method, we get
m/(-30 –(-12)) = n/(-24-(-15)) = 1/(6-24)
m/-18 = n/-9 = 1/-18
m/-18 = 1/-18
m=1
n/-9 = 1/-18
n = 1/2
m = 1 and n = 1/2
m = 1/x = 1 and n = 1/y = 1/2
x = 1 and y = 2
Hence, x = 1 and y = 2
(vii) 10/(x+y) + 2/(x-y) = 4
15/(x+y) – 5/(x-y) = -2
Solution:
Substituting 1/x+y = m and 1/x-y = n in the given equations, we get,
10m + 2n = 4 => 10m + 2n – 4 = 0 ………………..…..(i)
15m – 5n = -2 => 15m – 5n + 2 = 0 ……………………..(ii)
Using cross-multiplication method, we get,
m/(4-20) = n/(-60-(20)) = 1/(-50 -30)
m/-16 = n/-80 = 1/-80
m/-16 = 1/-80 and n/-80 = 1/-80
m = 1/5 and n = 1
m = 1/(x+y) = 1/5
x+y = 5 …………………………………………(iii)
n = 1/(x-y) = 1
x-y = 1……………………………………………(iv)
Adding equation (iii) and (iv), we get
2x = 6 => x = 3 …….(v)
Putting the value of x = 3 in equation (3), we get
y=2
Hence, x = 3 and y = 2
(viii) 1/(3x+y) + 1/(3x-y) = 3/4
1/2(3x+y) – 1/2(3x-y) = -1/8
Solution:
Substituting 1/(3x+y) = m and 1/(3x-y) = n in the given equations, we get,
m + n = 3/4 …………………………….…… (1)
m/2 – n/2 = -1/8
m – n = -1/4 …………………………..…(2)
Adding (1) and (2), we get
2m = 3/4 – 1/4
2m = 1/2
Putting in (2), we get
1/4 – n = -1/4
n = 1/4 + 1/4 = 1/2
m = 1/(3x+y) = 1/4
3x + y = 4 …………………………………(3)
n = 1/( 3x-y) = 1/2
3x – y = 2 ………………………………(4)
Adding equations (3) and (4), we get
6x = 6
x = 1 ……………………………….(5)
Putting in (3), we get
3(1) + y = 4
y=1
Hence, x = 1 and y = 1
2. Formulate the following problems as a pair of equations, and hence find their solutions:
(i) Ritu can row downstream 20 km in 2 hours, and upstream 4 km in 2 hours. Find her
speed of rowing in still water and the speed of the current.
(ii) 2 women and 5 men can together finish an embroidery work in 4 days, while 3 women
and 6 men can finish it in 3 days. Find the time taken by 1 woman alone to finish the work,
and also that taken by 1 man alone.
(iii) Roohi travels 300 km to her home partly by train and partly by bus. She takes 4 hours
if she travels 60 km by train and the remaining by bus. If she travels 100 km by train and
the remaining by bus, she takes 10 minutes longer. Find the speed of the train and the bus
separately.
Solutions:
(i) Let us consider,
Speed of Ritu in still water = x km/hr
Speed of Stream = y km/hr
Now, speed of Ritu during,
Downstream = x + y km/h
Upstream = x – y km/h
As per the question given,
2(x+y) = 20
Or x + y = 10……………………….(1)
And, 2(x-y) = 4
Or x – y = 2………………………(2)
Adding both the eq.1 and 2, we get,
2x = 12
x=6
Putting the value of x in eq.1, we get,
y=4
Therefore,
Speed of Ritu rowing in still water = 6 km/hr
Speed of Stream = 4 km/hr
(ii) Let us consider,
Number of days taken by women to finish the work = x
Number of days taken by men to finish the work = y
Work done by women in one day = 1/x
Work done by women in one day = 1/y
As per the question given,
4(2/x + 5/y) = 1
(2/x + 5/y) = 1/4
And, 3(3/x + 6/y) = 1
(3/x + 6/y) = 1/3
Now, put 1/x=m and 1/y=n, we get,
2m + 5n = 1/4 => 8m + 20n = 1…………………(1)
3m + 6n =1/3 => 9m + 18n = 1………………….(2)
Now, by cross multiplication method, we get here,
m/(20-18) = n/(9-8) = 1/ (180-144)
m/2 = n/1 = 1/36
m/2 = 1/36
m = 1/18
m = 1/x = 1/18
or x = 18
n = 1/y = 1/36
y = 36
Therefore,
Number of days taken by women to finish the work = 18
Number of days taken by men to finish the work = 36.
(iii) Let us consider,
Speed of the train = x km/h
Speed of the bus = y km/h
According to the given question,
60/x + 240/y = 4 …………………(1)
100/x + 200/y = 25/6 …………….(2)
Put 1/x=m and 1/y=n, in the above two equations;
60m + 240n = 4……………………..(3)
100m + 200n = 25/6
600m + 1200n = 25 ………………….(4)
Multiply eq.3 by 10, to get,
600m + 2400n = 40 ……………………(5)
Now, subtract eq.4 from 5, to get,
1200n = 15
n = 15/1200 = 1/80
Substitute the value of n in eq. 3, to get,
60m + 3 = 4
m = 1/60
m = 1/x = 1/60
x = 60
And y = 1/n
y = 80
Therefore,
Speed of the train = 60 km/h
Speed of the bus = 80 km/h

Exercise 3.7 Page: 68

1. The ages of two friends Ani and Biju differ by 3 years. Ani’s father Dharam is twice as
old as Ani and Biju is twice as old as his sister Cathy. The ages of Cathy and Dharam
differ by 30 years. Find the ages of Ani and Biju.
Solution:
The age difference between Ani and Biju is 3 yrs.
Either Biju is 3 years older than that of Ani or Ani is 3 years older than Biju. From both the cases
we find out that Ani’s father’s age is 30 yrs more than that of Cathy’s age.
Let the ages of Ani and Biju be A and B respectively.
Therefore, the age of Dharam = 2 x A = 2A yrs.
And the age of Biju sister Ann B/2 yrs
By using the information that is given,
Case (i)
When Ani is older than that of Biju by 3 yrs then A – B = 3 – – – – – – – – (1)
2A−B/2 = 30
4A – B = 60 – – – – – – – – – – – (2)
By subtracting the equations (1) and (2) we get,
3A = 60 – 3 = 57
A = 57/3 = 19
Therefore, the age of Ani = 19 yrs
And the age of Biju is 19 – 3 = 16 yrs.
Case (ii)
When Biju is older than Ani,
B – A = 3 – – – – – – – – – (1)
2A − B/2 = 30
4A – B = 60 – – – – – – – – – (2)
Adding the equation (1) and (2) we get,
3A = 63
A = 21
Therefore, the age of Ani is 21 yrs
And the age of Biju is 21 + 3 = 24 yrs.
2. One says, “Give me a hundred, friend! I shall then become twice as rich as you”. The
other replies, “If you give me ten, I shall be six times as rich as you”. Tell me what is the
amount of their (respective) capital? [From the Bijaganita of Bhaskara II] [Hint : x + 100 =
2(y – 100), y + 10 = 6(x – 10)].
Solution:
Let Sangam have Rs A with him and Reuben have Rs B with him.
Using the information that is given we get,
A + 100 = 2(B – 100) ⇒ A + 100 = 2B – 200
Or A – 2B = -300 – – – – – – – (1)
And
6(A – 10) = ( B + 10 )
Or 6A – 60 = B + 10
Or 6A – B = 70 – – – – – – (2)
When equation (2) is multiplied by 2 we get,
12A – 2B = 140 – – – – – – – (3)
When equation (1) is subtracted from equation (3) we get,
11A = 140 + 300
11A = 440
⇒ A = 440/11 = 40
Using A =40 in equation (1) we get,
40 – 2B = -300
40 + 300 = 2B
2B = 340
B = 170
Therefore, Sangam had Rs 40 and Reuben had Rs 170 with them.
3. A train covered a certain distance at a uniform speed. If the train would have been 10
km/h faster, it would have taken 2 hours less than the scheduled time. And, if the train
were slower by 10 km/h; it would have taken 3 hours more than the scheduled time. Find
the distance covered by the train.
Solution:
Let the speed of the train be A km/hr and the time taken by the train to travel a distance be N
hours and the distance to travel be X hours.
Speed of the train = Distance travelled by train / Time taken to travel that distance
A = N (distance)/ X (time)
Or, N = AX – – – – – – – – – – – (1)
Using the information that is given, we get:
(A+10) = X/(N-2)
(A + 10) (N – 2) = X
AN + 10N – 2A – 20 = X
By using the equation (1) we get,
– 2A + 10N = 20 – – – – – – – – – – (2)
(A-10) = X/(N+3)
(A – 10) (N + 3) = X
AN – 10N + 3A – 30 = X
By using the equation (1) we get,
3A – 10N = 30 – – – – – – – – – (3)
Adding equation (2) and equation (3) we get,
A = 50
Using the equation (2) we get,
(-2) x (50) + 10N = 20
-100 +10N = 20
=> 10N = 120
N = 12hours
From the equation (1) we get,
Distance travelled by the train, X = AN
= 50 x 12
= 600 km
Hence, the distance covered by the train is 600km.
4. The students of a class are made to stand in rows. If 3 students are extra in a row, there
would be 1 row less. If 3 students are less in a row, there would be 2 rows more. Find the
number of students in the class.
Solution:
Let the number of rows be A and the number of students in a row be B.
Total number of students = Number of rows x Number of students in a row
=AB
Using the information, that is given,
First Condition:
Total number of students = (A – 1) ( B + 3)
Or AB = ( A – 1 )(B + 3) = AB – B + 3A – 3
Or 3A – B – 3 = 0
Or 3A – Y = 3 – – – – – – – – – – – – – (1)
Second condition:
Total Number of students = (A + 2 ) ( B – 3 )
Or AB = AB + 2B – 3A – 6
Or 3A – 2B = -6 – – – – – – – – – (2)
When equation (2) is subtracted from (1)
(3A – B) – (3A – 2B) = 3 – (-6)
-B + 2B = 3 + 6B = 9
By using the equation (1) we get,
3A – 9 =3
3A = 9+3 = 12
A=4
Number of rows, A = 4
Number of students in a row, B = 9
Number of total students in a class = AB = 4 x 9 = 36
5. In a ∆ABC, ∠ C = 3 ∠ B = 2 (∠A + ∠ B). Find the three angles.
Solution:
Given,
∠C = 3 ∠B = 2(∠B + ∠A)
∠B = 2 ∠A+2 ∠B
∠B=2 ∠A
∠A – ∠B= 0- – – – – – – – – – – – (i)
We know, the sum of all the interior angles of a triangle is 180O.
Thus, ∠ A +∠B+ ∠C = 180O
∠A + ∠B +3 ∠B = 180O
∠A + 4 ∠B = 180O– – – – – – – – – – – – – – -(ii)
Multiplying 4 to equation (i) , we get
8 ∠A – 4 ∠B = 0- – – – – – – – – – – – (iii)
Adding equations (iii) and (ii) we get
9 ∠A = 180O
∠A = 20O
Using this in equation (ii), we get
20O+ 4∠B = 180O
∠B = 40O
3∠B =∠C
∠C = 3 x 40 = 120O
Therefore, ∠A = 20O
∠B=40O
∠C = 120O
6. Draw the graphs of the equations 5x – y = 5 and 3x – y = 3. Determine the co-ordinates
of the vertices of the triangle formed by these lines and the y axis.
Solutions:
Given,
5x – y = 5
=> y = 5x – 5
Its solution table will be.

Also given,3x – y = 3
y = 3x – 3

The graphical representation of these lines will be as follows:

From the above graph we can see that the triangle formed is ∆ABC by the lines and the y axis.
Also the coordinates of the vertices are A(1,0) , C(0,-5) and B(0,-3).
7. Solve the following pair of linear equations:
(i) px + qy = p – q
qx – py = p + q
(ii) ax + by = c
bx + ay = 1 + c
(iii) x/a – y/b = 0
ax + by = a2 + b2
(iv) (a – b)x + (a + b) y = a2 – 2ab – b2
(a + b)(x + y) = a2 + b2
(v) 152x – 378y = – 74
–378x + 152y = – 604
Solutions:
(i) px + qy = p – q……………(i)
qx – py = p + q……………….(ii)
Multiplying p to equation (1) and q to equation (2), we get
p2x + pqy = p2 − pq ………… (iii)
q2x − pqy = pq + q2 ………… (iv)
Adding equation (iii) and equation (iv),we get
p2x + q2 x = p2 + q2
(p2 + q2 ) x = p2 + q2
x = (p2 + q2)/ p2 + q2 = 1
From equation (i), we get
p(1) + qy = p – q
qy = p-q-p
qy = -q
y = -1
(ii) ax + by= c…………………(i)
bx + ay = 1+ c………… ..(ii)
Multiplying a to equation (i) and b to equation (ii), we obtain
a2x + aby = ac ………………… (iii)
b2x + aby = b + bc…………… (iv)
Subtracting equation (iv) from equation (iii),
(a2 – b2) x = ac − bc– b
x = (ac − bc– b)/ (a2 – b2)
x = c(a-b) –b / (a2+b2)
From equation (i), we obtain
ax +by = c
a{c(a−b)−b)/ (a2 – b2)} +by=c
ac(a−b)−ab/ (a2 – b2)+by=c
by=c–ac(a−b)−ab/(a2 – b2)
by=abc – b2 c+ab/a2-b2
y = c(a-b)+a/
a2-b2
(iii) x/a – y/b = 0
ax + by = a2 + b2
x/a – y/b = 0
=> bx − ay = 0 ……. (i)
ax + by = a2 + b2 …….. (ii)
Multiplying a and b to equation (i) and (ii) respectively, we get
b2x − aby = 0 …………… (iii)
a2x + aby = a 3 + ab3 …… (iv)
Adding equations (iii) and (iv), we get
b2x + a2x = a 3 + ab2
x (b2 + a2) = a (a2 + b2) x = a
Using equation (i), we get
b(a) − ay = 0
ab − ay = 0
ay = ab,
y=b
(iv) (a – b)x + (a + b) y = a2 – 2ab – b2
(a + b)(x + y) = a2 + b2
(a + b) y + (a – b) x = a2− 2ab − b2 …………… (i)
(x + y)(a + b) = a 2 + b2
(a + b) y + (a + b) x = a2 + b2 ………………… (ii)
Subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i), we get
(a − b) x − (a + b) x = (a 2 − 2ab − b 2) − (a2 + b2)
x(a − b − a − b) = − 2ab − 2b2
− 2bx = − 2b (b + a)
x=b+a
Substituting this value in equation (i), we get
(a + b)(a − b) +y (a + b) = a2− 2ab – b2
a2 − b2 + y(a + b) = a2− 2ab – b2
(a + b) y = − 2ab
y = -2ab/(a+b)
(v) 152x − 378y = − 74
76x − 189y = − 37
x =(189y-137)/76……………..…(i)
− 378x + 152y = − 604
− 189x + 76y = − 302 ………….. (ii)
Using the value of x in equation (ii), we get
−189(189y−37/76)+76y=−302
− (189)2y + 189 × 37 + (76)2 y = − 302 × 76
189 × 37 + 302 × 76 = (189)2 y − (76)2y
6993 + 22952 = (189 − 76) (189 + 76) y
29945 = (113) (265) y
y=1
Using equation (i), we get
x = (189-37)/76
x = 152/76 = 2
8. ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral (see Fig. 3.7). Find the angles of the cyclic quadrilateral.

Solution:
It is known that the sum of the opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral is 180o
Thus, we have
∠C +∠A = 180
4y + 20− 4x = 180
− 4x + 4y = 160
x − y = − 40 ……………(1)
And, ∠B + ∠D = 180
3y − 5 − 7x + 5 = 180
− 7x + 3y = 180 ………..(2)
Multiplying 3 to equation (1), we get
3x − 3y = − 120 ………(3)
Adding equation (2) to equation (3), we get
− 7x + 3x = 180 – 120
− 4x = 60
x = −15
Substituting this value in equation (i), we get
x − y = − 40
-y−15 = − 40
y = 40-15
= 25
∠A = 4y + 20 = 20+4(25) = 120°
∠B = 3y − 5 = − 5+3(25) = 70°
∠C = − 4x = − 4(− 15) = 60°
∠D = 5-7x
∠D= 5− 7(−15) = 110°
Hence, all the angles are measured.
Exercise 4.1 Page: 73
1. Check whether the following are quadratic equations:
(i) (x + 1)2 = 2(x – 3)
(ii) x2 – 2x = (–2) (3 – x)
(iii) (x – 2)(x + 1) = (x – 1)(x + 3)
(iv) (x – 3)(2x +1) = x(x + 5)
(v) (2x – 1)(x – 3) = (x + 5)(x – 1)
(vi) x2 + 3x + 1 = (x – 2)2
(vii) (x + 2)3 = 2x (x2 – 1)
(viii) x3 – 4x2 – x + 1 = (x – 2)3
Solutions:
(i) Given,
(x + 1)2 = 2(x – 3)
By using the formula for (a+b)2 = a2+2ab+b2
⇒ x2 + 2x + 1 = 2x – 6
⇒ x2 + 7 = 0
Since the above equation is in the form of ax2 + bx + c = 0.
Therefore, the given equation is quadratic equation.
(ii) Given, x2 – 2x = (–2) (3 – x)
By using the formula for (a+b)2 = a2+2ab+b2
⇒ x2 – 2x = -6 + 2x
⇒ x2 – 4x + 6 = 0
Since the above equation is in the form of ax2 + bx + c = 0.
Therefore, the given equation is quadratic equation.
(iii) Given, (x – 2)(x + 1) = (x – 1)(x + 3)
By using the formula for (a+b)2 = a2+2ab+b2
⇒ x2 – x – 2 = x2 + 2x – 3
⇒ 3x – 1 = 0
Since the above equation is not in the form of ax2 + bx + c = 0.
Therefore, the given equation is not a quadratic equation.
(iv) Given, (x – 3)(2x +1) = x(x + 5)
By using the formula for (a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2
⇒ 2x2 – 5x – 3 = x2 + 5x
⇒ x2 – 10x – 3 = 0
Since the above equation is in the form of ax2 + bx + c = 0.
Therefore, the given equation is quadratic equation.
(v) Given, (2x – 1)(x – 3) = (x + 5)(x – 1)
By using the formula for (a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2
⇒ 2x2 – 7x + 3 = x2 + 4x – 5
⇒ x2 – 11x + 8 = 0
Since the above equation is in the form of ax2 + bx + c = 0.
Therefore, the given equation is quadratic equation.
(vi) Given, x2 + 3x + 1 = (x – 2)2
By using the formula for (a+b)2=a2+2ab+b2
⇒ x2 + 3x + 1 = x2 + 4 – 4x
⇒ 7x – 3 = 0
Since the above equation is not in the form of ax2 + bx + c = 0.
Therefore, the given equation is not a quadratic equation.
(vii) Given, (x + 2)3 = 2x(x2 – 1)
By using the formula for (a+b)2 = a2+2ab+b2
⇒ x3 + 8 + x2 + 12x = 2x3 – 2x
⇒ x3 + 14x – 6x2 – 8 = 0
Since the above equation is not in the form of ax2 + bx + c = 0.
Therefore, the given equation is not a quadratic equation.
(viii) Given, x3 – 4x2 – x + 1 = (x – 2)3
By using the formula for (a+b)2 = a2+2ab+b2
⇒ x3 – 4x2 – x + 1 = x3 – 8 – 6x2 + 12x
⇒ 2x2 – 13x + 9 = 0
Since the above equation is in the form of ax2 + bx + c = 0.
Therefore, the given equation is quadratic equation.
2. Represent the following situations in the form of quadratic equations:
(i) The area of a rectangular plot is 528 m2. The length of the plot (in metres) is one more
than twice its breadth. We need to find the length and breadth of the plot.
(ii) The product of two consecutive positive integers is 306. We need to find the integers.
(iii) Rohan’s mother is 26 years older than him. The product of their ages (in years) 3 years
from now will be 360. We would like to find Rohan’s present age.
(iv) A train travels a distance of 480 km at a uniform speed. If the speed had been 8 km/h
less, then it would have taken
Solutions:
(i) Let us consider,
Breadth of the rectangular plot = x m
Thus, the length of the plot = (2x + 1) m.
As we know,
Area of rectangle = length × breadth = 528 m2
Putting the value of length and breadth of the plot in the formula, we get,
(2x + 1) × x = 528
⇒ 2x2 + x =528
⇒ 2x2 + x – 528 = 0
Therefore, the length and breadth of plot, satisfies the quadratic equation, 2x2 + x – 528 = 0,
which is the required representation of the problem mathematically.
(ii) Let us consider,
The first integer number = x
Thus, the next consecutive positive integer will be = x + 1
Product of two consecutive integers = x × (x +1) = 306
⇒ x2 + x = 306
⇒ x2 + x – 306 = 0
Therefore, the two integers x and x+1, satisfies the quadratic equation, x2 + x – 306 = 0, which is
the required representation of the problem mathematically.
(iii) Let us consider,
Age of Rohan’s = x years
Therefore, as per the given question,
Rohan’s mother’s age = x + 26
After 3 years,
Age of Rohan’s = x + 3
Age of Rohan’s mother will be = x + 26 + 3 = x + 29
The product of their ages after 3 years will be equal to 360, such that
(x + 3)(x + 29) = 360
⇒ x2 + 29x + 3x + 87 = 360
⇒ x2 + 32x + 87 – 360 = 0
⇒ x2 + 32x – 273 = 0
Therefore, the age of Rohan and his mother, satisfies the quadratic equation, x2 + 32x – 273 = 0,
which is the required representation of the problem mathematically.
(iv) Let us consider,
The speed of train = x km/h
And
Time taken to travel 480 km = 480/x km/hr
As per second condition, the speed of train = (x – 8) km/h
Also given, the train will take 3 hours to cover the same distance.
Therefore, time taken to travel 480 km = 480/(x+3) km/h
As we know,
Speed × Time = Distance
Therefore,
(x – 8)(480/(x + 3) = 480
⇒ 480 + 3x – 3840/x – 24 = 480
⇒ 3x – 3840/x = 24
⇒ 3x2 – 8x – 1280 = 0
Therefore, the speed of the train, satisfies the quadratic equation, 3x2 – 8x – 1280 = 0, which is
the required representation of the problem mathematically.

Exercise 4.2 Page: 76

1. Find the roots of the following quadratic equations by factorisation:
(i) x2 – 3x – 10 = 0
(ii) 2x2 + x – 6 = 0
(iii) √2 x2 + 7x + 5√2 = 0
(iv) 2x2 – x +1/8 = 0
(v) 100x2 – 20x + 1 = 0
Solutions:
(i) Given, x2 – 3x – 10 =0
Taking LHS,
=>x2 – 5x + 2x – 10
=>x(x – 5) + 2(x – 5)
=>(x – 5)(x + 2)
The roots of this equation, x2 – 3x – 10 = 0 are the values of x for which (x – 5)(x + 2) = 0
Therefore, x – 5 = 0 or x + 2 = 0
=> x = 5 or x = -2
(ii) Given, 2x2 + x – 6 = 0
Taking LHS,
=> 2x2 + 4x – 3x – 6
=> 2x(x + 2) – 3(x + 2)
=> (x + 2)(2x – 3)
The roots of this equation, 2x2 + x – 6=0 are the values of x for which (x – 5)(x + 2) = 0
Therefore, x + 2 = 0 or 2x – 3 = 0
=> x = -2 or x = 3/2
(iii) √2 x2 + 7x + 5√2=0
Taking LHS,
=> √2 x2 + 5x + 2x + 5√2
=> x (√2x + 5) + √2(√2x + 5)= (√2x + 5)(x + √2)
The roots of this equation, √2 x2 + 7x + 5√2=0 are the values of x for which (x – 5)(x + 2) = 0
Therefore, √2x + 5 = 0 or x + √2 = 0
=> x = -5/√2 or x = -√2
(iv) 2x2 – x +1/8 = 0
Taking LHS,
=1/8 (16x2 – 8x + 1)
= 1/8 (16x2 – 4x -4x + 1)
= 1/8 (4x(4x – 1) -1(4x – 1))
= 1/8 (4x – 1)2
The roots of this equation, 2x2 – x + 1/8 = 0, are the values of x for which (4x – 1)2= 0
Therefore, (4x – 1) = 0 or (4x – 1) = 0
⇒ x = 1/4 or x = 1/4
(v) Given, 100x2 – 20x + 1=0
Taking LHS,
= 100x2 – 10x – 10x + 1
= 10x(10x – 1) -1(10x – 1)
= (10x – 1)2
The roots of this equation, 100x2 – 20x + 1=0, are the values of x for which (10x – 1)2= 0
∴ (10x – 1) = 0 or (10x – 1) = 0
⇒x = 1/10 or x = 1/10
2. Solve the problems given in Example 1.
Represent the following situations mathematically:
(i) John and Jivanti together have 45 marbles. Both of them lost 5 marbles each, and the
product of the number of marbles they now have is 124. We would like to find out how
many marbles they had to start with.
(ii) A cottage industry produces a certain number of toys in a day. The cost of production
of each toy (in rupees) was found to be 55 minus the number of toys produced in a day.
On a particular day, the total cost of production was ` 750. We would like to find out the
number of toys produced on that day.
Solutions:
(i) Let us say, the number of marbles John have = x.
Therefore, number of marble Jivanti have = 45 – x
After losing 5 marbles each,
Number of marbles John have = x – 5
Number of marble Jivanti have = 45 – x – 5 = 40 – x
Given that the product of their marbles is 124.
∴ (x – 5)(40 – x) = 124
⇒ x2 – 45x + 324 = 0
⇒ x2 – 36x – 9x + 324 = 0
⇒ x(x – 36) -9(x – 36) = 0
⇒ (x – 36)(x – 9) = 0
Thus, we can say,
x – 36 = 0 or x – 9 = 0
⇒ x = 36 or x = 9
Therefore,
If, John’s marbles = 36,
Then, Jivanti’s marbles = 45 – 36 = 9
And if John’s marbles = 9,
Then, Jivanti’s marbles = 45 – 9 = 36
(ii) Let us say, number of toys produced in a day be x.
Therefore, cost of production of each toy = Rs(55 – x)
Given, total cost of production of the toys = Rs 750
∴ x(55 – x) = 750
⇒ x2 – 55x + 750 = 0
⇒ x2 – 25x – 30x + 750 = 0
⇒ x(x – 25) -30(x – 25) = 0
⇒ (x – 25)(x – 30) = 0
Thus, either x -25 = 0 or x – 30 = 0
⇒ x = 25 or x = 30
Hence, the number of toys produced in a day, will be either 25 or 30.
3. Find two numbers whose sum is 27 and product is 182.
Solution:
Let us say, first number be x and the second number is 27 – x.
Therefore, the product of two numbers
x(27 – x) = 182
⇒ x2 – 27x – 182 = 0
⇒ x2 – 13x – 14x + 182 = 0
⇒ x(x – 13) -14(x – 13) = 0
⇒ (x – 13)(x -14) = 0
Thus, either, x = -13 = 0 or x – 14 = 0
⇒ x = 13 or x = 14
Therefore, if first number = 13, then second number = 27 – 13 = 14
And if first number = 14, then second number = 27 – 14 = 13
Hence, the numbers are 13 and 14.
4. Find two consecutive positive integers, sum of whose squares is 365.
Solution:
Let us say, the two consecutive positive integers be x and x + 1.
Therefore, as per the given questions,
x2 + (x + 1)2 = 365
⇒ x2 + x2 + 1 + 2x = 365
⇒ 2x2 + 2x – 364 = 0
⇒ x2 + x – 182 = 0
⇒ x2 + 14x – 13x – 182 = 0
⇒ x(x + 14) -13(x + 14) = 0
⇒ (x + 14)(x – 13) = 0
Thus, either, x + 14 = 0 or x – 13 = 0,
⇒ x = – 14 or x = 13
since, the integers are positive, so x can be 13, only.
∴ x + 1 = 13 + 1 = 14
Therefore, two consecutive positive integers will be 13 and 14.
5. The altitude of a right triangle is 7 cm less than its base. If the hypotenuse is 13 cm, find
the other two sides.
Solution:
Let us say, the base of the right triangle be x cm.
Given, the altitude of right triangle = (x – 7) cm
From Pythagoras theorem, we know,
Base2 + Altitude2 = Hypotenuse2
∴ x2 + (x – 7)2 = 132
⇒ x2 + x2 + 49 – 14x = 169
⇒ 2x2 – 14x – 120 = 0
⇒ x2 – 7x – 60 = 0
⇒ x2 – 12x + 5x – 60 = 0
⇒ x(x – 12) + 5(x – 12) = 0
⇒ (x – 12)(x + 5) = 0
Thus, either x – 12 = 0 or x + 5 = 0,
⇒ x = 12 or x = – 5
Since sides cannot be negative, x can only be 12.
Therefore, the base of the given triangle is 12 cm and the altitude of this triangle will be (12 – 7)
cm = 5 cm.
6. A cottage industry produces a certain number of pottery articles in a day. It was
observed on a particular day that the cost of production of each article (in rupees) was 3
more than twice the number of articles produced on that day. If the total cost of
production on that day was Rs.90, find the number of articles produced and the cost of
each article.
Solution:
Let us say, the number of articles produced be x.
Therefore, cost of production of each article = Rs (2x + 3)
Given, total cost of production is Rs.90
∴ x(2x + 3) = 90
⇒ 2x2 + 3x – 90 = 0
⇒ 2x2 + 15x -12x – 90 = 0
⇒ x(2x + 15) -6(2x + 15) = 0
⇒ (2x + 15)(x – 6) = 0
Thus, either 2x + 15 = 0 or x – 6 = 0
⇒ x = -15/2 or x = 6
As the number of articles produced can only be a positive integer, therefore, x can only be 6.
Hence, number of articles produced = 6
Cost of each article = 2 × 6 + 3 = Rs 15.

Exercise 4.3 Page: 87

1. Find the roots of the following quadratic equations, if they exist, by the method of
completing the square:
(i) 2x2 – 7x +3 = 0
(ii) 2x2 + x – 4 = 0
(iii) 4x2 + 4√3x + 3 = 0
(iv) 2x2 + x + 4 = 0
Solutions:
(i) 2x2 – 7x + 3 = 0
⇒ 2x2 – 7x = – 3
Dividing by 2 on both sides, we get
⇒ x2 -7x/2 = -3/2
⇒ x2 -2 × x ×7/4 = -3/2
On adding (7/4)2 to both sides of equation, we get
⇒ (x)2-2×x×7/4 +(7/4)2 = (7/4)2-3/2
⇒ (x-7/4)2 = (49/16) – (3/2)
⇒(x-7/4)2 = 25/16
⇒(x-7/4)2 = ±5/4
⇒ x = 7/4 ± 5/4
⇒ x = 7/4 + 5/4 or x = 7/4 – 5/4
⇒ x = 12/4 or x = 2/4
⇒ x = 3 or x = 1/2
(ii) 2x2 + x – 4 = 0
⇒ 2x2 + x = 4
Dividing both sides of the equation by 2, we get
⇒ x2 +x/2 = 2
Now on adding (1/4)2 to both sides of the equation, we get,
⇒ (x)2 + 2 × x × 1/4 + (1/4)2 = 2 + (1/4)2
⇒ (x + 1/4)2 = 33/16
⇒ x + 1/4 = ± √33/4
⇒ x = ± √33/4 – 1/4
⇒ x = ± √33-1/4
Therefore, either x = √33-1/4 or x = -√33-1/4
(iii) 4x2 + 4√3x + 3 = 0
Converting the equation into a2+2ab+b2 form, we get,
⇒ (2x)2 + 2 × 2x × √3 + (√3)2 = 0
⇒ (2x + √3)2 = 0
⇒ (2x + √3) = 0 and (2x + √3) = 0
Therefore, either x = -√3/2 or x = -√3/2.
(iv) 2x2 + x + 4 = 0
⇒ 2x2 + x = -4
Dividing both sides of the equation by 2, we get
⇒ x2 + 1/2x = 2
⇒ x2 + 2 × x × 1/4 = -2
By adding (1/4)2 to both sides of the equation, we get
⇒ (x)2 + 2 × x × 1/4 + (1/4)2 = (1/4)2 – 2
⇒ (x + 1/4)2 = 1/16 – 2
⇒ (x + 1/4)2 = -31/16
As we know, the square of numbers cannot be negative.
Therefore, there is no real root for the given equation, 2x2 + x + 4 = 0.
2. Find the roots of the quadratic equations given in Q.1 above by applying the quadratic
formula.
(i) 2x2 – 7x + 3 = 0
On comparing the given equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get,
a = 2, b = -7 and c = 3
By using quadratic formula, we get,

⇒ x = (7±√(49 – 24))/4
⇒ x = (7±√25)/4
⇒ x = (7±5)/4
⇒ x = (7+5)/4 or x = (7-5)/4
⇒ x = 12/4 or 2/4
∴ x = 3 or 1/2
(ii) 2x2 + x – 4 = 0
On comparing the given equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get,
a = 2, b = 1 and c = -4
By using quadratic formula, we get,

⇒x = -1±√1+32/4
⇒x = -1±√33/4
∴ x = -1+√33/4 or x = -1-√33/4
(iii) 4x2 + 4√3x + 3 = 0
On comparing the given equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get
a = 4, b = 4√3 and c = 3
By using quadratic formula, we get,

⇒ x = -4√3±√48-48/8
⇒ x = -4√3±0/8
∴ x = -√3/2 or x = -√3/2
(iv) 2x2 + x + 4 = 0
On comparing the given equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get,
a = 2, b = 1 and c = 4
By using quadratic formula, we get

⇒ x = -1±√1-32/4
⇒ x = -1±√-31/4
As we know, the square of a number can never be negative. Therefore, there is no real solution
for the given equation.
3. Find the roots of the following equations:
(i) x-1/x = 3, x ≠ 0
(ii) 1/x+4 – 1/x-7 = 11/30, x = -4, 7
Solution:
(i) x-1/x = 3
⇒ x2 – 3x -1 = 0
On comparing the given equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get
a = 1, b = -3 and c = -1
By using quadratic formula, we get,

⇒ x = 3±√9+4/2
⇒ x = 3±√13/2
∴ x = 3+√13/2 or x = 3-√13/2
(ii) 1/x+4 – 1/x-7 = 11/30

⇒ x-7-x-4/(x+4)(x-7) = 11/30
⇒ -11/(x+4)(x-7) = 11/30
⇒ (x+4)(x-7) = -30
⇒ x2 – 3x – 28 = 30
⇒ x2 – 3x + 2 = 0
We can solve this equation by factorization method now,
⇒ x2 – 2x – x + 2 = 0
⇒ x(x – 2) – 1(x – 2) = 0
⇒ (x – 2)(x – 1) = 0
⇒ x = 1 or 2
4. The sum of the reciprocals of Rehman’s ages, (in years) 3 years ago and 5 years from
now is 1/3. Find his present age.
Solution:
Let us say, present age of Rahman is x years.
Three years ago, Rehman’s age was (x – 3) years.
Five years after, his age will be (x + 5) years.
Given, the sum of the reciprocals of Rehman’s ages 3 years ago and after 5 years is equal to
1/3.
∴ 1/x-3 + 1/x-5 = 1/3
(x+5+x-3)/(x-3)(x+5) = 1/3
(2x+2)/(x-3)(x+5) = 1/3
⇒ 3(2x + 2) = (x-3)(x+5)
⇒ 6x + 6 = x2 + 2x – 15
⇒ x2 – 4x – 21 = 0
⇒ x2 – 7x + 3x – 21 = 0
⇒ x(x – 7) + 3(x – 7) = 0
⇒ (x – 7)(x + 3) = 0
⇒ x = 7, -3
As we know, age cannot be negative.
Therefore, Rahman’s present age is 7 years.
5. In a class test, the sum of Shefali’s marks in Mathematics and English is 30. Had she
got 2 marks more in Mathematics and 3 marks less in English, the product of their marks
would have been 210. Find her marks in the two subjects.
Solution:
Let us say, the marks of Shefali in Maths be x.
Then, the marks in English will be 30 – x.
As per the given question,
(x + 2)(30 – x – 3) = 210
(x + 2)(27 – x) = 210
⇒ -x2 + 25x + 54 = 210
⇒ x2 – 25x + 156 = 0
⇒ x2 – 12x – 13x + 156 = 0
⇒ x(x – 12) -13(x – 12) = 0
⇒ (x – 12)(x – 13) = 0
⇒ x = 12, 13
Therefore, if the marks in Maths are 12, then marks in English will be 30 – 12 = 18 and the marks
in Maths are 13, then marks in English will be 30 – 13 = 17.
6. The diagonal of a rectangular field is 60 metres more than the shorter side. If the longer
side is 30 metres more than the shorter side, find the sides of the field.
Solution:
Let us say, the shorter side of the rectangle be x m.
Then, larger side of the rectangle = (x + 30) m

As given, the length of the diagonal is = x + 30 m

Therefore,

⇒ x2 + (x + 30)2 = (x + 60)2
⇒ x2 + x2 + 900 + 60x = x2 + 3600 + 120x
⇒ x2 – 60x – 2700 = 0
⇒ x2 – 90x + 30x – 2700 = 0
⇒ x(x – 90) + 30(x -90) = 0
⇒ (x – 90)(x + 30) = 0
⇒ x = 90, -30
However, side of the field cannot be negative. Therefore, the length of the shorter side will be 90
m.
and the length of the larger side will be (90 + 30) m = 120 m.
7. The difference of squares of two numbers is 180. The square of the smaller number is 8
times the larger number. Find the two numbers.
Solution:
Let us say, the larger and smaller number be x and y respectively.
As per the question given,
x2 – y2 = 180 and y2 = 8x
⇒ x2 – 8x = 180
⇒ x2 – 8x – 180 = 0
⇒ x2 – 18x + 10x – 180 = 0
⇒ x(x – 18) +10(x – 18) = 0
⇒ (x – 18)(x + 10) = 0
⇒ x = 18, -10
However, the larger number cannot considered as negative number, as 8 times of the larger
number will be negative and hence, the square of the smaller number will be negative which is
not possible.
Therefore, the larger number will be 18 only.
x = 18
∴ y2 = 8x = 8 × 18 = 144
⇒ y = ±√144 = ±12
∴ Smaller number = ±12
Therefore, the numbers are 18 and 12 or 18 and -12.
8. A train travels 360 km at a uniform speed. If the speed had been 5 km/h more, it would
have taken 1 hour less for the same journey. Find the speed of the train.
Solution:
Let us say, the speed of the train be x km/hr.
Time taken to cover 360 km = 360/x hr.
As per the question given,
⇒ (x + 5)(360-1/x) = 360
⇒ 360 – x + 1800-5/x = 360
⇒ x2 + 5x + 10x – 1800 = 0
⇒ x(x + 45) -40(x + 45) = 0
⇒ (x + 45)(x – 40) = 0
⇒ x = 40, -45
As we know, the value of speed cannot be negative.
Therefore, the speed of train is 40 km/h.
9. Two water taps together can fill a tank in

hours. The tap of larger diameter takes 10 hours less than the smaller one to fill the
tank separately. Find the time in which each tap can separately fill the tank.
Solution:
Let the time taken by the smaller pipe to fill the tank = x hr.
Time taken by the larger pipe = (x – 10) hr
Part of tank filled by smaller pipe in 1 hour = 1/x
Part of tank filled by larger pipe in 1 hour = 1/(x – 10)
As given, the tank can be filled in

= 75/8 hours by both the pipes together.

Therefore,
1/x + 1/x-10 = 8/75
x-10+x/x(x-10) = 8/75
⇒ 2x-10/x(x-10) = 8/75
⇒ 75(2x – 10) = 8x2 – 80x
⇒ 150x – 750 = 8x2 – 80x
⇒ 8x2 – 230x +750 = 0
⇒ 8x2 – 200x – 30x + 750 = 0
⇒ 8x(x – 25) -30(x – 25) = 0
⇒ (x – 25)(8x -30) = 0
⇒ x = 25, 30/8
Time taken by the smaller pipe cannot be 30/8 = 3.75 hours, as the time taken by the larger pipe
will become negative, which is logically not possible.
Therefore, time taken individually by the smaller pipe and the larger pipe will be 25 and 25 – 10
=15 hours respectively.
10. An express train takes 1 hour less than a passenger train to travel 132 km between
Mysore and Bangalore (without taking into consideration the time they stop at
intermediate stations). If the average speeds of the express train is 11 km/h more than that
of the passenger train, find the average speed of the two trains.
Solution:
Let us say, the average speed of passenger train = x km/h.
Average speed of express train = (x + 11) km/h
Given, time taken by the express train to cover 132 km is 1 hour less than the passenger train to
cover the same distance. Therefore,
(132/x) – (132/(x+11)) = 1
132(x+11-x)/(x(x+11)) = 1
132 × 11 /(x(x+11)) = 1
⇒ 132 × 11 = x(x + 11)
⇒ x2 + 11x – 1452 = 0
⇒ x2 + 44x -33x -1452 = 0
⇒ x(x + 44) -33(x + 44) = 0
⇒ (x + 44)(x – 33) = 0
⇒ x = – 44, 33
As we know, Speed cannot be negative.
Therefore, the speed of the passenger train will be 33 km/h and thus, the speed of the express
train will be 33 + 11 = 44 km/h.
11. Sum of the areas of two squares is 468 m2. If the difference of their perimeters is 24 m,
find the sides of the two squares.
Solution:
Let the sides of the two squares be x m and y m.
Therefore, their perimeter will be 4x and 4y respectively
And area of the squares will be x2 and y2 respectively.
Given,
4x – 4y = 24
x–y=6
x=y+6
Also, x2 + y2 = 468
⇒ (6 + y2) + y2 = 468
⇒ 36 + y2 + 12y + y2 = 468
⇒ 2y2 + 12y + 432 = 0
⇒ y2 + 6y – 216 = 0
⇒ y2 + 18y – 12y – 216 = 0
⇒ y(y +18) -12(y + 18) = 0
⇒ (y + 18)(y – 12) = 0
⇒ y = -18, 12
As we know, the side of a square cannot be negative.
Hence, the sides of the squares are 12 m and (12 + 6) m = 18 m.

Exercise 4.4 Page: 91

1. Find the nature of the roots of the following quadratic equations. If the real roots exist,
find them;
(i) 2x2 – 3x + 5 = 0
(ii) 3x2 – 4√3x + 4 = 0
(iii) 2x2 – 6x + 3 = 0
Solutions:
(i) Given,
2x2 – 3x + 5 = 0
Comparing the equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get
a = 2, b = -3 and c = 5
We know, Discriminant = b2 – 4ac
= ( – 3)2 – 4 (2) (5) = 9 – 40
= – 31
As you can see, b2 – 4ac < 0
Therefore, no real root is possible for the given equation, 2x2 – 3x + 5 = 0.
(ii) 3x2 – 4√3x + 4 = 0
Comparing the equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get
a = 3, b = -4√3 and c = 4
We know, Discriminant = b2 – 4ac
= (-4√3)2 – 4(3)(4)
= 48 – 48 = 0
As b2 – 4ac = 0,
Real roots exist for the given equation and they are equal to each other.
Hence the roots will be –b/2a and –b/2a.
–b/2a = -(-4√3)/2×3 = 4√3/6 = 2√3/3 = 2/√3
Therefore, the roots are 2/√3 and 2/√3.
(iii) 2x2 – 6x + 3 = 0
Comparing the equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get
a = 2, b = -6, c = 3
As we know, Discriminant = b2 – 4ac
= (-6)2 – 4 (2) (3)
= 36 – 24 = 12
As b2 – 4ac > 0,
Therefore, there are distinct real roots exist for this equation, 2x2 – 6x + 3 = 0.

= (-(-6) ± √(-62-4(2)(3)) )/ 2(2)

= (6±2√3 )/4
= (3±√3)/2
Therefore the roots for the given equation are (3+√3)/2 and (3-√3)/2
2. Find the values of k for each of the following quadratic equations, so that they have two
equal roots.
(i) 2x2 + kx + 3 = 0
(ii) kx (x – 2) + 6 = 0
Solutions:
(i) 2x2 + kx + 3 = 0
Comparing the given equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get,
a = 2, b = k and c = 3
As we know, Discriminant = b2 – 4ac
= (k)2 – 4(2) (3)
= k2 – 24
For equal roots, we know,
Discriminant = 0
k2 – 24 = 0
k2 = 24
k = ±√24 = ±2√6
(ii) kx(x – 2) + 6 = 0
or kx2 – 2kx + 6 = 0
Comparing the given equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get
a = k, b = – 2k and c = 6
We know, Discriminant = b2 – 4ac
= ( – 2k)2 – 4 (k) (6)
= 4k2 – 24k
For equal roots, we know,
b2 – 4ac = 0
4k2 – 24k = 0
4k (k – 6) = 0
Either 4k = 0 or k = 6 = 0
k = 0 or k = 6
However, if k = 0, then the equation will not have the terms ‘x2‘ and ‘x‘.
Therefore, if this equation has two equal roots, k should be 6 only.
3. Is it possible to design a rectangular mango grove whose length is twice its breadth,
and the area is 800 m2? If so, find its length and breadth.
Solution:
Let the breadth of mango grove be l.
Length of mango grove will be 2l.
Area of mango grove = (2l) (l)= 2l2
2l2 = 800
l2 = 800/2 = 400
l2 – 400 =0
Comparing the given equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get
a = 1, b = 0, c = 400
As we know, Discriminant = b2 – 4ac
=> (0)2 – 4 × (1) × ( – 400) = 1600
Here, b2 – 4ac > 0
Thus, the equation will have real roots. And hence, the desired rectangular mango grove can be
designed.
l = ±20
As we know, the value of length cannot be negative.
Therefore, breadth of mango grove = 20 m
Length of mango grove = 2 × 20 = 40 m
4. Is the following situation possible? If so, determine their present ages. The sum of the
ages of two friends is 20 years. Four years ago, the product of their ages in years was 48.
Solution:
Let’s say, the age of one friend be x years.
Then, the age of the other friend will be (20 – x) years.
Four years ago,
Age of First friend = (x – 4) years
Age of Second friend = (20 – x – 4) = (16 – x) years
As per the given question, we can write,
(x – 4) (16 – x) = 48
16x – x2 – 64 + 4x = 48
– x2 + 20x – 112 = 0
x2 – 20x + 112 = 0
Comparing the equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get
a = 1, b = -20 and c = 112
Discriminant = b2 – 4ac
= (-20)2 – 4 × 112
= 400 – 448 = -48
b2 – 4ac < 0
Therefore, there will be no real solution possible for the equations. Hence, condition doesn’t
exist.
5. Is it possible to design a rectangular park of perimeter 80 and area 400 m2? If so find its
length and breadth.
Solution:
Let the length and breadth of the park be l and b.
Perimeter of the rectangular park = 2 (l + b) = 80
So, l + b = 40
Or, b = 40 – l
Area of the rectangular park = l×b = l(40 – l) = 40l – l2 = 400
l2 – 40l + 400 = 0, which is a quadratic equation.
Comparing the equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get
a = 1, b = -40, c = 400
Since, Discriminant = b2 – 4ac
=(-40)2 – 4 × 400
= 1600 – 1600 = 0
Thus, b2 – 4ac = 0
Therefore, this equation has equal real roots. Hence, the situation is possible.
Root of the equation,
l = –b/2a
l = (40)/2(1) = 40/2 = 20
Therefore, length of rectangular park, l = 20 m
And breadth of the park, b = 40 – l = 40 – 20 = 20 m.

Exercise 5.1 Page: 99

1. In which of the following situations, does the list of numbers involved make as
arithmetic progression and why?
(i) The taxi fare after each km when the fare is Rs 15 for the first km and Rs 8 for each
additional km.
Solution:
We can write the given condition as;
Taxi fare for 1 km = 15
Taxi fare for first 2 kms = 15+8 = 23
Taxi fare for first 3 kms = 23+8 = 31
Taxi fare for first 4 kms = 31+8 = 39
And so on……
Thus, 15, 23, 31, 39 … forms an A.P. because every next term is 8 more than the preceding
term.
(ii) The amount of air present in a cylinder when a vacuum pump removes 1/4 of the air
remaining in the cylinder at a time.
Solution:
Let the volume of air in a cylinder, initially, be V litres.
In each stroke, the vacuum pump removes 1/4th of air remaining in the cylinder at a time. Or we
can say, after every stroke, 1-1/4 = 3/4th part of air will remain.
Therefore, volumes will be V, 3V/4 , (3V/4)2 , (3V/4)3…and so on
Clearly, we can see here, the adjacent terms of this series do not have the common difference
between them. Therefore, this series is not an A.P.
(iii) The cost of digging a well after every metre of digging, when it costs Rs 150 for the
first metre and rises by Rs 50 for each subsequent metre.
Solution:
We can write the given condition as;
Cost of digging a well for first metre = Rs.150
Cost of digging a well for first 2 metres = Rs.150+50 = Rs.200
Cost of digging a well for first 3 metres = Rs.200+50 = Rs.250
Cost of digging a well for first 4 metres =Rs.250+50 = Rs.300
And so on..
Clearly, 150, 200, 250, 300 … forms an A.P. with a common difference of 50 between each term.
(iv) The amount of money in the account every year, when Rs 10000 is deposited at
compound interest at 8% per annum.
Solution:
We know that if Rs. P is deposited at r% compound interest per annum for n years, the amount
of money will be:
P(1+r/100)n
Therefore, after each year, the amount of money will be;
10000(1+8/100), 10000(1+8/100)2, 10000(1+8/100)3……
Clearly, the terms of this series do not have the common difference between them. Therefore,
this is not an A.P.
2. Write first four terms of the A.P. when the first term a and the common difference are
given as follows:
(i) a = 10, d = 10
(ii) a = -2, d = 0
(iii) a = 4, d = – 3
(iv) a = -1 d = 1/2
(v) a = – 1.25, d = – 0.25
Solutions:
(i) a = 10, d = 10
Let us consider, the Arithmetic Progression series be a1, a2, a3, a4, a5 …
a1 = a = 10
a2 = a1+d = 10+10 = 20
a3 = a2+d = 20+10 = 30
a4 = a3+d = 30+10 = 40
a5 = a4+d = 40+10 = 50
And so on…
Therefore, the A.P. series will be 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 …
And First four terms of this A.P. will be 10, 20, 30, and 40.
(ii) a = – 2, d = 0
Let us consider, the Arithmetic Progression series be a1, a2, a3, a4, a5 …
a1 = a = -2
a2 = a1+d = – 2+0 = – 2
a3 = a2+d = – 2+0 = – 2
a4 = a3+d = – 2+0 = – 2
Therefore, the A.P. series will be – 2, – 2, – 2, – 2 …
And, First four terms of this A.P. will be – 2, – 2, – 2 and – 2.
(iii) a = 4, d = – 3
Let us consider, the Arithmetic Progression series be a1, a2, a3, a4, a5 …
a1 = a = 4
a2 = a1+d = 4-3 = 1
a3 = a2+d = 1-3 = – 2
a4 = a3+d = -2-3 = – 5
Therefore, the A.P. series will be 4, 1, – 2 – 5 …
And, first four terms of this A.P. will be 4, 1, – 2 and – 5.
(iv) a = – 1, d = 1/2
Let us consider, the Arithmetic Progression series be a1, a2, a3, a4, a5 …
a2 = a1+d = -1+1/2 = -1/2
a3 = a2+d = -1/2+1/2 = 0
a4 = a3+d = 0+1/2 = 1/2
Thus, the A.P. series will be-1, -1/2, 0, 1/2
And First four terms of this A.P. will be -1, -1/2, 0 and 1/2.
(v) a = – 1.25, d = – 0.25
Let us consider, the Arithmetic Progression series be a1, a2, a3, a4, a5 …
a1 = a = – 1.25
a2 = a1 + d = – 1.25-0.25 = – 1.50
a3 = a2 + d = – 1.50-0.25 = – 1.75
a4 = a3 + d = – 1.75-0.25 = – 2.00
Therefore, the A.P series will be 1.25, – 1.50, – 1.75, – 2.00 ……..
And first four terms of this A.P. will be – 1.25, – 1.50, – 1.75 and – 2.00.
3. For the following A.P.s, write the first term and the common difference.
(i) 3, 1, – 1, – 3 …
(ii) -5, – 1, 3, 7 …
(iii) 1/3, 5/3, 9/3, 13/3 ….
(iv) 0.6, 1.7, 2.8, 3.9 …
Solutions
(i) Given series,
3, 1, – 1, – 3 …
First term, a = 3
Common difference, d = Second term – First term
⇒ 1 – 3 = -2
⇒ d = -2
(ii) Given series, – 5, – 1, 3, 7 …
First term, a = -5
Common difference, d = Second term – First term
⇒ ( – 1)-( – 5) = – 1+5 = 4
(iii) Given series, 1/3, 5/3, 9/3, 13/3 ….
First term, a = 1/3
Common difference, d = Second term – First term
⇒ 5/3 – 1/3 = 4/3
(iv) Given series, 0.6, 1.7, 2.8, 3.9 …
First term, a = 0.6
Common difference, d = Second term – First term
⇒ 1.7 – 0.6
⇒ 1.1
4. Which of the following are APs? If they form an A.P. find the common difference d and
write three more terms.
(i) 2, 4, 8, 16 …
(ii) 2, 5/2, 3, 7/2 ….
(iii) -1.2, -3.2, -5.2, -7.2 …
(iv) -10, – 6, – 2, 2 …
(v) 3, 3 + √2, 3 + 2√2, 3 + 3√2
(vi) 0.2, 0.22, 0.222, 0.2222 ….
(vii) 0, – 4, – 8, – 12 …
(viii) -1/2, -1/2, -1/2, -1/2 ….
(ix) 1, 3, 9, 27 …
(x) a, 2a, 3a, 4a …
(xi) a, a2, a3, a4 …
(xii) √2, √8, √18, √32 …
(xiii) √3, √6, √9, √12 …
(xiv) 12, 32, 52, 72 …
(xv) 12, 52, 72, 73 …
Solution
(i) Given to us,
2, 4, 8, 16 …
Here, the common difference is;
a2 – a1 = 4 – 2 = 2
a3 – a2 = 8 – 4 = 4
a4 – a3 = 16 – 8 = 8
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is not the same every time.
Therefore, the given series are not forming an A.P.
(ii) Given, 2, 5/2, 3, 7/2 ….
Here,
a2 – a1 = 5/2-2 = 1/2
a3 – a2 = 3-5/2 = 1/2
a4 – a3 = 7/2-3 = 1/2
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is same every time.
Therefore, d = 1/2 and the given series are in A.P.
The next three terms are;
a5 = 7/2+1/2 = 4
a6 = 4 +1/2 = 9/2
a7 = 9/2 +1/2 = 5
(iii) Given, -1.2, – 3.2, -5.2, -7.2 …
Here,
a2 – a1 = (-3.2)-(-1.2) = -2
a3 – a2 = (-5.2)-(-3.2) = -2
a4 – a3 = (-7.2)-(-5.2) = -2
Since, an+1 – an or common difference is same every time.
Therefore, d = -2 and the given series are in A.P.
Hence, next three terms are;
a5 = – 7.2-2 = -9.2
a6 = – 9.2-2 = – 11.2
a7 = – 11.2-2 = – 13.2
(iv) Given, -10, – 6, – 2, 2 …

Here, the terms and their difference are;

a2 – a1 = (-6)-(-10) = 4
a3 – a2 = (-2)-(-6) = 4
a4 – a3 = (2 -(-2) = 4
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is same every time.
Therefore, d = 4 and the given numbers are in A.P.
Hence, next three terms are;
a5 = 2+4 = 6
a6 = 6+4 = 10
a7 = 10+4 = 14
(v) Given, 3, 3+√2, 3+2√2, 3+3√2

Here,
a2 – a1 = 3+√2-3 = √2
a3 – a2 = (3+2√2)-(3+√2) = √2
a4 – a3 = (3+3√2) – (3+2√2) = √2
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is same every time.
Therefore, d = √2 and the given series forms a A.P.
Hence, next three terms are;
a5 = (3+√2) +√2 = 3+4√2
a6 = (3+4√2)+√2 = 3+5√2
a7 = (3+5√2)+√2 = 3+6√2
(vi) 0.2, 0.22, 0.222, 0.2222 ….

Here,
a2 – a1 = 0.22-0.2 = 0.02
a3 – a2 = 0.222-0.22 = 0.002
a4 – a3 = 0.2222-0.222 = 0.0002
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is not same every time.
Therefore, and the given series doesn’t forms a A.P.
(vii) 0, -4, -8, -12 …

Here,
a2 – a1 = (-4)-0 = -4
a3 – a2 = (-8)-(-4) = -4
a4 – a3 = (-12)-(-8) = -4
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is same every time.
Therefore, d = -4 and the given series forms a A.P.
Hence, next three terms are;
a5 = -12-4 = -16
a6 = -16-4 = -20
a7 = -20-4 = -24
(viii) -1/2, -1/2, -1/2, -1/2 ….

Here,
a2 – a1 = (-1/2) – (-1/2) = 0
a3 – a2 = (-1/2) – (-1/2) = 0
a4 – a3 = (-1/2) – (-1/2) = 0
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is same every time.
Therefore, d = 0 and the given series forms a A.P.
Hence, next three terms are;
a5 = (-1/2)-0 = -1/2
a6 = (-1/2)-0 = -1/2
a7 = (-1/2)-0 = -1/2
(ix) 1, 3, 9, 27 …

Here,
a2 – a1 = 3-1 = 2
a3 – a2 = 9-3 = 6
a4 – a3 = 27-9 = 18
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is not same every time.
Therefore, and the given series doesn’t form a A.P.
(x) a, 2a, 3a, 4a …
Here,
a2 – a1 = 2a–a = a
a3 – a2 = 3a-2a = a
a4 – a3 = 4a-3a = a
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is same every time.
Therefore, d = a and the given series forms a A.P.
Hence, next three terms are;
a5 = 4a+a = 5a
a6 = 5a+a = 6a
a7 = 6a+a = 7a
(xi) a, a2, a3, a4 …
Here,
a2 – a1 = a2–a = a(a-1)
a3 – a2 = a3 – a2 = a2(a-1)
a4 – a3 = a4 – a3 = a3(a-1)
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is not same every time.
Therefore, the given series doesn’t forms a A.P.
(xii) √2, √8, √18, √32 …

Here,
a2 – a1 = √8-√2 = 2√2-√2 = √2
a3 – a2 = √18-√8 = 3√2-2√2 = √2
a4 – a3 = 4√2-3√2 = √2
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is same every time.
Therefore, d = √2 and the given series forms a A.P.
Hence, next three terms are;
a5 = √32+√2 = 4√2+√2 = 5√2 = √50
a6 = 5√2+√2 = 6√2 = √72
a7 = 6√2+√2 = 7√2 = √98
(xiii) √3, √6, √9, √12 …
Here,
a2 – a1 = √6-√3 = √3×√2-√3 = √3(√2-1)
a3 – a2 = √9-√6 = 3-√6 = √3(√3-√2)
a4 – a3 = √12 – √9 = 2√3 – √3×√3 = √3(2-√3)
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is not same every time.
Therefore, the given series doesn’t form a A.P.
(xiv) 12, 32, 52, 72 …
Or, 1, 9, 25, 49 …..
Here,
a2 − a1 = 9−1 = 8
a3 − a2 = 25−9 = 16
a4 − a3 = 49−25 = 24
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is not same every time.
Therefore, the given series doesn’t form a A.P.
(xv) 12, 52, 72, 73 …
Or 1, 25, 49, 73 …
Here,
a2 − a1 = 25−1 = 24
a3 − a2 = 49−25 = 24
a4 − a3 = 73−49 = 24
Since, an+1 – an or the common difference is same every time.
Therefore, d = 24 and the given series forms a A.P.
Hence, next three terms are;
a5 = 73+24 = 97
a6 = 97+24 = 121
a7 = 121+24 = 145

Exercise 5.2 Page: 105

1. Fill in the blanks in the following table, given that a is the first term, d the common
difference and an the nth term of the A.P.

Solutions:
(i) Given,
First term, a = 7
Common difference, d = 3
Number of terms, n = 8,
We have to find the nth term, an = ?
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a+(n−1)d
Putting the values,
=> 7+(8 −1) 3
=> 7+(7) 3
=> 7+21 = 28
Hence, an = 28
(ii) Given,
First term, a = -18
Common difference, d = ?
Number of terms, n = 10
Nth term, an = 0
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a+(n−1)d
Putting the values,
0 = − 18 +(10−1)d
18 = 9d
d = 18/9 = 2
Hence, common difference, d = 2
(iii) Given,
First term, a = ?
Common difference, d = -3
Number of terms, n = 18
Nth term, an = -5
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a+(n−1)d
Putting the values,
−5 = a+(18−1) (−3)
−5 = a+(17) (−3)
−5 = a−51
a = 51−5 = 46
Hence, a = 46
(iv) Given,
First term, a = -18.9
Common difference, d = 2.5
Number of terms, n = ?
Nth term, an = 3.6
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a +(n −1)d
Putting the values,
3.6 = − 18.9+(n −1)2.5
3.6 + 18.9 = (n−1)2.5
22.5 = (n−1)2.5
(n – 1) = 22.5/2.5
n–1=9
n = 10
Hence, n = 10
(v) Given,
First term, a = 3.5
Common difference, d = 0
Number of terms, n = 105
Nth term, an = ?
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a+(n −1)d
Putting the values,
an = 3.5+(105−1) 0
an = 3.5+104×0
an = 3.5
Hence, an = 3.5
2. Choose the correct choice in the following and justify:
(i) 30th term of the A.P: 10,7, 4, …, is
(A) 97 (B) 77 (C) −77 (D) −87
(ii) 11th term of the A.P. -3, -1/2, ,2 …. is
(A) 28 (B) 22 (C) – 38 (D)

Solutions:
(i) Given here,
A.P. = 10, 7, 4, …
Therefore, we can find,
First term, a = 10
Common difference, d = a2 − a1 = 7−10 = −3
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a +(n−1)d
Putting the values;
a30 = 10+(30−1)(−3)
a30 = 10+(29)(−3)
a30 = 10−87 = −77
Hence, the correct answer is option C.
(ii) Given here,
A.P. = -3, -1/2, ,2 …
Therefore, we can find,
First term a = – 3
Common difference, d = a2 − a1 = (-1/2) -(-3)
⇒(-1/2) + 3 = 5/2
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a+(n−1)d
Putting the values;
a11 = 3+(11-1)(5/2)
a11 = 3+(10)(5/2)
a11 = -3+25
a11 = 22
Hence, the answer is option B.
3. In the following APs find the missing term in the boxes.

Solutions:
(i) For the given A.P., 2,2 , 26
The first and third term are;
a=2
a3 = 26
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a+(n −1)d
Therefore, putting the values here,
a3 = 2+(3-1)d
26 = 2+2d
24 = 2d
d = 12
a2 = 2+(2-1)12
= 14
Therefore, 14 is the missing term.
(ii) For the given A.P., , 13, ,3
a2 = 13 and
a4 = 3
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a+(n−1) d
Therefore, putting the values here,
a2 = a +(2-1)d
13 = a+d ………………. (i)
a4 = a+(4-1)d
3 = a+3d ………….. (ii)
On subtracting equation (i) from (ii), we get,
– 10 = 2d
d=–5
From equation (i), putting the value of d,we get
13 = a+(-5)
a = 18
a3 = 18+(3-1)(-5)
= 18+2(-5) = 18-10 = 8
Therefore, the missing terms are 18 and 8 respectively.
(iii) For the given A.P.,
a = 5 and
a4 = 19/2
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a+(n−1)d
Therefore, putting the values here,
a4 = a+(4-1)d
19/2 = 5+3d
(19/2) – 5 = 3d
3d = 9/2
d = 3/2
a2 = a+(2-1)d
a2 = 5+3/2
a2 = 13/2
a3 = a+(3-1)d
a3 = 5+2×3/2
a3 = 8
Therefore, the missing terms are 13/2 and 8 respectively.
(iv) For the given A.P.,
a = −4 and
a6 = 6
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a +(n−1) d
Therefore, putting the values here,
a6 = a+(6−1)d
6 = − 4+5d
10 = 5d
d=2
a2 = a+d = − 4+2 = −2
a3 = a+2d = − 4+2(2) = 0
a4 = a+3d = − 4+ 3(2) = 2
a5 = a+4d = − 4+4(2) = 4
Therefore, the missing terms are −2, 0, 2, and 4 respectively.
(v) For the given A.P.,
a2 = 38
a6 = −22
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a+(n −1)d
Therefore, putting the values here,
a2 = a+(2−1)d
38 = a+d ……………………. (i)
a6 = a+(6−1)d
−22 = a+5d …………………. (ii)
On subtracting equation (i) from (ii), we get
− 22 − 38 = 4d
−60 = 4d
d = −15
a = a2 − d = 38 − (−15) = 53
a3 = a + 2d = 53 + 2 (−15) = 23
a4 = a + 3d = 53 + 3 (−15) = 8
a5 = a + 4d = 53 + 4 (−15) = −7
Therefore, the missing terms are 53, 23, 8, and −7 respectively.
4. Which term of the A.P. 3, 8, 13, 18, … is 78?
Solutions:
Given the A.P. series as3, 8, 13, 18, …
First term, a = 3
Common difference, d = a2 − a1 = 8 − 3 = 5
Let the nth term of given A.P. be 78. Now as we know,
an = a+(n−1)d
Therefore,
78 = 3+(n −1)5
75 = (n−1)5
(n−1) = 15
n = 16
Hence, 16th term of this A.P. is 78.
5. Find the number of terms in each of the following A.P.
(i) 7, 13, 19, …, 205

Solutions:
(i) Given, 7, 13, 19, …, 205 is the A.P
Therefore
First term, a = 7
Common difference, d = a2 − a1 = 13 − 7 = 6
Let there are n terms in this A.P.
an = 205
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a + (n − 1) d
Therefore, 205 = 7 + (n − 1) 6
198 = (n − 1) 6
33 = (n − 1)
n = 34
Therefore, this given series has 34 terms in it.
First term, a = 18
Common difference, d = a2-a1 =

d = (31-36)/2 = -5/2
Let there are n terms in this A.P.
an = 205
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a+(n−1)d
-47 = 18+(n-1)(-5/2)
-47-18 = (n-1)(-5/2)
-65 = (n-1)(-5/2)
(n-1) = -130/-5
(n-1) = 26
n = 27
Therefore, this given A.P. has 27 terms in it.
6. Check whether -150 is a term of the A.P. 11, 8, 5, 2, …
Solution:
For the given series, A.P. 11, 8, 5, 2..
First term, a = 11
Common difference, d = a2−a1 = 8−11 = −3
Let −150 be the nth term of this A.P.
As we know, for an A.P.,
an = a+(n−1)d
-150 = 11+(n -1)(-3)
-150 = 11-3n +3
-164 = -3n
n = 164/3
Clearly, n is not an integer but a fraction.
Therefore, – 150 is not a term of this A.P.
7. Find the 31st term of an A.P. whose 11th term is 38 and the 16th term is 73.
Solution:
Given that,
11th term, a11 = 38
and 16th term, a16 = 73
We know that,
an = a+(n−1)d
a11 = a+(11−1)d
38 = a+10d ………………………………. (i)
In the same way,
a16 = a +(16−1)d
73 = a+15d ………………………………………… (ii)
On subtracting equation (i) from (ii), we get
35 = 5d
d=7
From equation (i), we can write,
38 = a+10×(7)
38 − 70 = a
a = −32
a31 = a +(31−1) d
= − 32 + 30 (7)
= − 32 + 210
= 178
Hence, 31st term is 178.
8. An A.P. consists of 50 terms of which 3rd term is 12 and the last term is 106. Find the
29th term.
Solution: Given that,
3rd term, a3 = 12
50th term, a50 = 106
We know that,
an = a+(n−1)d
a3 = a+(3−1)d
12 = a+2d ……………………………. (i)
In the same way,
a50 = a+(50−1)d
106 = a+49d …………………………. (ii)
On subtracting equation (i) from (ii), we get
94 = 47d
d = 2 = common difference
From equation (i), we can write now,
12 = a+2(2)
a = 12−4 = 8
a29 = a+(29−1) d
a29 = 8+(28)2
a29 = 8+56 = 64
Therefore, 29th term is 64.
9. If the 3rd and the 9th terms of an A.P. are 4 and − 8 respectively. Which term of this A.P. is
zero.
Solution:
Given that,
3rd term, a3 = 4
and 9th term, a9 = −8
We know that,
an = a+(n−1)d
Therefore,
a3 = a+(3−1)d
4 = a+2d ……………………………………… (i)
a9 = a+(9−1)d
−8 = a+8d ………………………………………………… (ii)
On subtracting equation (i) from (ii), we will get here,
−12 = 6d
d = −2
From equation (i), we can write,
4 = a+2(−2)
4 = a−4
a=8
Let nth term of this A.P. be zero.
an = a+(n−1)d
0 = 8+(n−1)(−2)
0 = 8−2n+2
2n = 10
n=5
Hence, 5th term of this A.P. is 0.
10. If 17th term of an A.P. exceeds its 10th term by 7. Find the common difference.
Solution:
We know that, for an A.P series;
an = a+(n−1)d
a17 = a+(17−1)d
a17 = a +16d
In the same way,
a10 = a+9d
As it is given in the question,
a17 − a10 = 7
Therefore,
(a +16d)−(a+9d) = 7
7d = 7
d=1
Therefore, the common difference is 1.
11. Which term of the A.P. 3, 15, 27, 39,.. will be 132 more than its 54th term?
Solution:
Given A.P. is 3, 15, 27, 39, …
first term, a = 3
common difference, d = a2 − a1 = 15 − 3 = 12
We know that,
an = a+(n−1)d
Therefore,
a54 = a+(54−1)d
⇒3+(53)(12)
⇒3+636 = 639
a54 = 639
We have to find the term of this A.P. which is 132 more than a54, i.e.771.
Let nth term be 771.
an = a+(n−1)d
771 = 3+(n −1)12
768 = (n−1)12
(n −1) = 64
n = 65
Therefore, 65th term was 132 more than 54th term.
Or another method is;

Let nth term be 132 more than 54th term.

n = 54 + 132/2
= 54 + 11 = 65th term
12. Two APs have the same common difference. The difference between their 100th term is
100, what is the difference between their 1000th terms?
Solution:
Let, the first term of two APs be a1 and a2 respectively
And the common difference of these APs be d.
For the first A.P.,we know,
an = a+(n−1)d
Therefore,
a100 = a1+(100−1)d
= a1 + 99d
a1000 = a1+(1000−1)d
a1000 = a1+999d
For second A.P., we know,
an = a+(n−1)d
Therefore,
a100 = a2+(100−1)d
= a2+99d
a1000 = a2+(1000−1)d
= a2+999d
Given that, difference between 100th term of the two APs = 100
Therefore, (a1+99d) − (a2+99d) = 100
a1−a2 = 100……………………………………………………………….. (i)
Difference between 1000th terms of the two APs
(a1+999d) − (a2+999d) = a1−a2
From equation (i),
This difference, a1−a2 = 100
Hence, the difference between 1000th terms of the two A.P. will be 100.
13. How many three digit numbers are divisible by 7?
Solution:
First three-digit number that is divisible by 7 are;
First number = 105
Second number = 105+7 = 112
Third number = 112+7 =119
Therefore, 105, 112, 119, …
All are three digit numbers are divisible by 7 and thus, all these are terms of an A.P. having first
term as 105 and common difference as 7.
As we know, the largest possible three-digit number is 999.
When we divide 999 by 7, the remainder will be 5.
Therefore, 999-5 = 994 is the maximum possible three-digit number that is divisible by 7.
Now the series is as follows.
105, 112, 119, …, 994
Let 994 be the nth term of this A.P.
first term, a = 105
common difference, d = 7
an = 994
n=?
As we know,
an = a+(n−1)d
994 = 105+(n−1)7
889 = (n−1)7
(n−1) = 127
n = 128
Therefore, 128 three-digit numbers are divisible by 7.
14. How many multiples of 4 lie between 10 and 250?
Solution:
The first multiple of 4 that is greater than 10 is 12.
Next multiple will be 16.
Therefore, the series formed as;
12, 16, 20, 24, …
All these are divisible by 4 and thus, all these are terms of an A.P. with first term as 12 and
common difference as 4.
When we divide 250 by 4, the remainder will be 2. Therefore, 250 − 2 = 248 is divisible by 4.
The series is as follows, now;
12, 16, 20, 24, …, 248
Let 248 be the nth term of this A.P.
first term, a = 12
common difference, d = 4
an = 248
As we know,
an = a+(n−1)d
248 = 12+(n-1)×4
236/4 = n-1
59 = n-1
n = 60
Therefore, there are 60 multiples of 4 between 10 and 250.
15. For what value of n, are the nth terms of two APs 63, 65, 67, and 3, 10, 17, … equal?
Solution:
Given two APs as; 63, 65, 67,… and 3, 10, 17,….
Taking first AP,
63, 65, 67, …
First term, a = 63
Common difference, d = a2−a1 = 65−63 = 2
We know, nth term of this A.P. = an = a+(n−1)d
an= 63+(n−1)2 = 63+2n−2
an = 61+2n ………………………………………. (i)
Taking second AP,
3, 10, 17, …
First term, a = 3
Common difference, d = a2 − a1 = 10 − 3 = 7
We know that,
nth term of this A.P. = 3+(n−1)7
an = 3+7n−7
an = 7n−4 ……………………………………………………….. (ii)
Given, nth term of these A.P.s are equal to each other.
Equating both these equations, we get,
61+2n = 7n−4
61+4 = 5n
5n = 65
n = 13
Therefore, 13th terms of both these A.P.s are equal to each other.

16. Determine the A.P. whose third term is 16 and the 7th term exceeds the 5th term by 12.
Solutions:
Given,
Third term, a3 = 16
As we know,
a +(3−1)d = 16
a+2d = 16 ………………………………………. (i)
It is given that, 7th term exceeds the 5th term by 12.
a7 − a5 = 12
[a+(7−1)d]−[a +(5−1)d]= 12
(a+6d)−(a+4d) = 12
2d = 12
d=6
From equation (i), we get,
a+2(6) = 16
a+12 = 16
a=4
Therefore, A.P. will be4, 10, 16, 22, …
17. Find the 20th term from the last term of the A.P. 3, 8, 13, …, 253.
Solution:
Given A.P. is3, 8, 13, …, 253
Common difference, d= 5.
Therefore, we can write the given AP in reverse order as;
253, 248, 243, …, 13, 8, 5
Now for the new AP,
first term, a = 253
and common difference, d = 248 − 253 = −5
n = 20
Therefore, using nth term formula, we get,
a20 = a+(20−1)d
a20 = 253+(19)(−5)
a20 = 253−95
a = 158
Therefore, 20th term from the last term of the AP 3, 8, 13, …, 253.is 158.
18. The sum of 4th and 8th terms of an A.P. is 24 and the sum of the 6th and 10th terms is 44.
Find the first three terms of the A.P.
Solution:
We know that, the nth term of the AP is;
an = a+(n−1)d
a4 = a+(4−1)d
a4 = a+3d
In the same way, we can write,
a8 = a+7d
a6 = a+5d
a10 = a+9d
Given that,
a4+a8 = 24
a+3d+a+7d = 24
2a+10d = 24
a+5d = 12 …………………………………………………… (i)
a6+a10 = 44
a +5d+a+9d = 44
2a+14d = 44
a+7d = 22 …………………………………….. (ii)
On subtracting equation (i) from (ii), we get,
2d = 22 − 12
2d = 10
d=5
From equation (i), we get,
a+5d = 12
a+5(5) = 12
a+25 = 12
a = −13
a2 = a+d = − 13+5 = −8
a3 = a2+d = − 8+5 = −3
Therefore, the first three terms of this A.P. are −13, −8, and −3.
19. Subba Rao started work in 1995 at an annual salary of Rs 5000 and received an
increment of Rs 200 each year. In which year did his income reach Rs 7000?
Solution:
It can be seen from the given question, that the incomes of Subba Rao increases every year by
Rs.200 and hence, forms an AP.
Therefore, after 1995, the salaries of each year are;
5000, 5200, 5400, …
Here, first term, a = 5000
and common difference, d = 200
Let after nth year, his salary be Rs 7000.
Therefore, by the nth term formula of AP,
an = a+(n−1) d
7000 = 5000+(n−1)200
200(n−1)= 2000
(n−1) = 10
n = 11
Therefore, in 11th year, his salary will be Rs 7000.
20. Ramkali saved Rs 5 in the first week of a year and then increased her weekly saving by
Rs 1.75. If in the nth week, her weekly savings become Rs 20.75, find n.
Solution:
Given that, Ramkali saved Rs.5 in first week and then started saving each week by Rs.1.75.
Hence,
First term, a = 5
and common difference, d = 1.75
Also given,
an = 20.75
Find, n = ?
As we know, by the nth term formula,
an = a+(n−1)d
Therefore,
20.75 = 5+(n -1)×1.75
15.75 = (n -1)×1.75
(n -1) = 15.75/1.75 = 1575/175
= 63/7 = 9
n -1 = 9
n = 10
Hence, n is 10.

Exercise 5.3 Page: 112

1. Find the sum of the following APs.
(i) 2, 7, 12 ,…., to 10 terms.
(ii) − 37, − 33, − 29 ,…, to 12 terms
(iii) 0.6, 1.7, 2.8 ,…….., to 100 terms
(iv) 1/15, 1/12, 1/10, …… , to 11 terms
Solutions:
(i) Given, 2, 7, 12 ,…, to 10 terms
For this A.P.,
first term, a = 2
And common difference, d = a2 − a1 = 7−2 = 5
n = 10
We know that, the formula for sum of nth term in AP series is,
Sn = n/2 [2a +(n-1)d]
S10 = 10/2 [2(2)+(10 -1)×5]
= 5[4+(9)×(5)]
= 5 × 49 = 245
(ii) Given, −37, −33, −29 ,…, to 12 terms
For this A.P.,
first term, a = −37
And common difference, d = a2− a1
d= (−33)−(−37)
= − 33 + 37 = 4
n = 12
We know that, the formula for sum of nth term in AP series is,
Sn = n/2 [2a+(n-1)d]
S12 = 12/2 [2(-37)+(12-1)×4]
= 6[-74+11×4]
= 6[-74+44]
= 6(-30) = -180
(iii) Given, 0.6, 1.7, 2.8 ,…, to 100 terms
For this A.P.,
first term, a = 0.6
Common difference, d = a2 − a1 = 1.7 − 0.6 = 1.1
n = 100
We know that, the formula for sum of nth term in AP series is,
Sn = n/2[2a +(n-1)d]
S12 = 50/2 [1.2+(99)×1.1]
= 50[1.2+108.9]
= 50[110.1]
= 5505
(iv) Given, 1/15, 1/12, 1/10, …… , to 11 terms
For this A.P.,
First term, a = 1/5
Common difference, d = a2 –a1 = (1/12)-(1/5) = 1/60
And number of terms n = 11
We know that, the formula for sum of nth term in AP series is,
Sn = n/2 [2a + (n – 1) d]

= 11/2(2/15 + 10/60)
= 11/2 (9/30)
= 33/20
2. Find the sums given below:

(ii) 34 + 32 + 30 + ……….. + 10
(iii) − 5 + (− 8) + (− 11) + ………… + (− 230)
Solutions:
(i)

First term, a = 7
nth term, an = 84

Let 84 be the nth term of this A.P., then as per the nth term formula,
an = a(n-1)d
84 = 7+(n – 1)×7/2
77 = (n-1)×7/2
22 = n−1
n = 23
We know that, sum of n term is;
Sn = n/2 (a + l) , l = 84
Sn = 23/2 (7+84)
Sn = (23×91/2) = 2093/2

(ii) Given, 34 + 32 + 30 + ……….. + 10

For this A.P.,
first term, a = 34
common difference, d = a2−a1 = 32−34 = −2
nth term, an= 10
Let 10 be the nth term of this A.P., therefore,
an= a +(n−1)d
10 = 34+(n−1)(−2)
−24 = (n −1)(−2)
12 = n −1
n = 13
We know that, sum of n terms is;
Sn = n/2 (a +l) , l = 10
= 13/2 (34 + 10)
= (13×44/2) = 13 × 22
= 286
(iii) Given, (−5) + (−8) + (−11) + ………… + (−230)
For this A.P.,
First term, a = −5
nth term, an= −230
Common difference, d = a2−a1 = (−8)−(−5)
⇒d = − 8+5 = −3
Let −230 be the nth term of this A.P., and by the nth term formula we know,
an= a+(n−1)d
−230 = − 5+(n−1)(−3)
−225 = (n−1)(−3)
(n−1) = 75
n = 76
And, Sum of n term,
Sn = n/2 (a + l)
= 76/2 [(-5) + (-230)]
= 38(-235)
= -8930
3. In an AP
(i) Given a = 5, d = 3, an = 50, find n and Sn.
(ii) Given a = 7, a13 = 35, find d and S13.
(iii) Given a12 = 37, d = 3, find a and S12.
(iv) Given a3 = 15, S10 = 125, find d and a10.
(v) Given d = 5, S9 = 75, find a and a9.
(vi) Given a = 2, d = 8, Sn = 90, find n and an.
(vii) Given a = 8, an = 62, Sn = 210, find n and d.
(viii) Given an = 4, d = 2, Sn = − 14, find n and a.
(ix) Given a = 3, n = 8, S = 192, find d.
(x) Given l = 28, S = 144 and there are total 9 terms. Find a.
Solutions:
(i) Given that, a = 5, d = 3, an = 50
As we know, from the formula of the nth term in an AP,
an = a +(n −1)d,
Therefore, putting the given values, we get,
⇒ 50 = 5+(n -1)×3
⇒ 3(n -1) = 45
⇒ n -1 = 15
⇒ n = 16
Now, sum of n terms,
Sn = n/2 (a +an)
Sn = 16/2 (5 + 50) = 440
(ii) Given that, a = 7, a13 = 35
As we know, from the formula of the nth term in an AP,
an = a+(n−1)d,
Therefore, putting the given values, we get,
⇒ 35 = 7+(13-1)d
⇒ 12d = 28
⇒ d = 28/12 = 2.33
Now, Sn = n/2 (a+an)
S13 = 13/2 (7+35) = 273
(iii) Given that, a12 = 37, d = 3
As we know, from the formula of the nth term in an AP,
an = a+(n −1)d,
Therefore, putting the given values, we get,
⇒ a12 = a+(12−1)3
⇒ 37 = a+33
⇒a=4
Now, sum of nth term,
Sn = n/2 (a+an)
Sn = 12/2 (4+37)
= 246
(iv) Given that, a3 = 15, S10 = 125
As we know, from the formula of the nth term in an AP,
an = a +(n−1)d,
Therefore, putting the given values, we get,
a3 = a+(3−1)d
15 = a+2d ………………………….. (i)
Sum of the nth term,
Sn = n/2 [2a+(n-1)d]
S10 = 10/2 [2a+(10-1)d]
125 = 5(2a+9d)
25 = 2a+9d ……………………….. (ii)
On multiplying equation (i) by (ii), we will get;
30 = 2a+4d ………………………………. (iii)
By subtracting equation (iii) from (ii), we get,
−5 = 5d
d = −1
From equation (i),
15 = a+2(−1)
15 = a−2
a = 17 = First term
a10 = a+(10−1)d
a10 = 17+(9)(−1)
a10 = 17−9 = 8
(v) Given that, d = 5, S9 = 75
As, sum of n terms in AP is,
Sn = n/2 [2a +(n -1)d]
Therefore, the sum of first nine terms are;
S9 = 9/2 [2a +(9-1)5]
25 = 3(a+20)
25 = 3a+60
3a = 25−60
a = -35/3
As we know, the nth term can be written as;
an = a+(n−1)d
a9 = a+(9−1)(5)
= -35/3+8(5)
= -35/3+40
= (35+120/3) = 85/3
(vi) Given that, a = 2, d = 8, Sn = 90
As, sum of n terms in an AP is,
Sn = n/2 [2a +(n -1)d]
90 = n/2 [2a +(n -1)d]
⇒ 180 = n(4+8n -8) = n(8n-4) = 8n2-4n
⇒ 8n2-4n –180 = 0
⇒ 2n2–n-45 = 0
⇒ 2n2-10n+9n-45 = 0
⇒ 2n(n -5)+9(n -5) = 0
⇒ (n-5)(2n+9) = 0
So, n = 5 (as n only be a positive integer)
∴ a5 = 8+5×4 = 34
(vii) Given that, a = 8, an = 62, Sn = 210
As, sum of n terms in an AP is,
Sn = n/2 (a + an)
210 = n/2 (8 +62)
⇒ 35n = 210
⇒ n = 210/35 = 6
Now, 62 = 8+5d
⇒ 5d = 62-8 = 54
⇒ d = 54/5 = 10.8
(viii) Given that, nth term, an = 4, common difference, d = 2, sum of n terms, Sn = −14.
As we know, from the formula of the nth term in an AP,
an = a+(n −1)d,
Therefore, putting the given values, we get,
4 = a+(n −1)2
4 = a+2n−2
a+2n = 6
a = 6 − 2n …………………………………………. (i)
As we know, the sum of n terms is;
Sn = n/2 (a+an)
-14 = n/2 (a+4)
−28 = n (a+4)
−28 = n (6 −2n +4) {From equation (i)}
−28 = n (− 2n +10)
−28 = − 2n2+10n
2n2 −10n − 28 = 0
n2 −5n −14 = 0
n2 −7n+2n −14 = 0
n (n−7)+2(n −7) = 0
(n −7)(n +2) = 0
Either n − 7 = 0 or n + 2 = 0
n = 7 or n = −2
However, n can neither be negative nor fractional.
Therefore, n = 7
From equation (i), we get
a = 6−2n
a = 6−2(7)
= 6−14
= −8
(ix) Given that, first term, a = 3,
Number of terms, n = 8
And sum of n terms, S = 192
As we know,
Sn = n/2 [2a+(n -1)d]
192 = 8/2 [2×3+(8 -1)d]
192 = 4[6 +7d]
48 = 6+7d
42 = 7d
d=6
(x) Given that, l = 28,S = 144 and there are total of 9 terms.
Sum of n terms formula,
Sn = n/2 (a + l)
144 = 9/2(a+28)
(16)×(2) = a+28
32 = a+28
a=4
4. How many terms of the AP. 9, 17, 25 … must be taken to give a sum of 636?
Solutions:
Let there be n terms of the AP. 9, 17, 25 …
For this A.P.,
First term, a = 9
Common difference, d = a2−a1 = 17−9 = 8
As, the sum of n terms, is;
Sn = n/2 [2a+(n -1)d]
636 = n/2 [2×a+(8-1)×8]
636 = n/2 [18+(n-1)×8]
636 = n [9 +4n −4]
636 = n (4n +5)
4n2 +5n −636 = 0
4n2 +53n −48n −636 = 0
n (4n + 53)−12 (4n + 53) = 0
(4n +53)(n −12) = 0
Either 4n+53 = 0 or n−12 = 0
n = (-53/4) or n = 12
n cannot be negative or fraction, therefore, n = 12 only.
5. The first term of an AP is 5, the last term is 45 and the sum is 400. Find the number of
terms and the common difference.
Solution:
Given that,
first term, a = 5
last term, l = 45
Sum of the AP, Sn = 400
As we know, the sum of AP formula is;
Sn = n/2 (a+l)
400 = n/2(5+45)
400 = n/2(50)
Number of terms, n =16
As we know, the last term of AP series can be written as;
l = a+(n −1)d
45 = 5 +(16 −1)d
40 = 15d
Common difference, d = 40/15 = 8/3
6. The first and the last term of an AP are 17 and 350 respectively. If the common
difference is 9, how many terms are there and what is their sum?
Solution:
Given that,
First term, a = 17
Last term, l = 350
Common difference, d = 9
Let there be n terms in the A.P., thus the formula for last term can be written as;
l = a+(n −1)d
350 = 17+(n −1)9
333 = (n−1)9
(n−1) = 37
n = 38
Sn = n/2 (a+l)
S38 = 13/2 (17+350)
= 19×367
= 6973
Thus, this A.P. contains 38 terms and the sum of the terms of this A.P. is 6973.
7. Find the sum of first 22 terms of an AP in which d = 7 and 22nd term is 149.
Solution:
Given,

Common difference, d = 7
22nd term, a22 = 149
Sum of first 22 term, S22 = ?
By the formula of nth term,
an = a+(n−1)d
a22 = a+(22−1)d
149 = a+21×7
149 = a+147
a = 2 = First term
Sum of n terms,
Sn = n/2(a+an)
S22 = 22/2 (2+149)
= 11×151
= 1661
8. Find the sum of first 51 terms of an AP whose second and third terms are 14 and 18
respectively.
Solution:
Given that,
Second term, a2 = 14
Third term, a3 = 18
Common difference, d = a3−a2 = 18−14 = 4
a2 = a+d
14 = a+4
a = 10 = First term
Sum of n terms;
Sn = n/2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
S51 = 51/2 [2×10 (51-1) 4]
= 51/2 [2+(20)×4]
= 51 × 220/2
= 51 × 110
= 5610
9. If the sum of first 7 terms of an AP is 49 and that of 17 terms is 289, find the sum of
first n terms.
Solution:
Given that,
S7 = 49
S17 = 289
We know, Sum of n terms;
Sn = n/2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
Therefore,
S7= 7/2 [2a +(n -1)d]
S7 = 7/2 [2a + (7 -1)d]
49 = 7/2 [2a +6d]
7 = (a+3d)
a + 3d = 7 …………………………………. (i)
In the same way,
S17 = 17/2 [2a+(17-1)d]
289 = 17/2 (2a +16d)
17 = (a+8d)
a +8d = 17 ………………………………. (ii)
Subtracting equation (i) from equation (ii),
5d = 10
d=2
From equation (i), we can write it as;
a+3(2) = 7
a+ 6 = 7
a=1
Hence,
Sn = n/2[2a+(n-1)d]
= n/2[2(1)+(n – 1)×2]
= n/2(2+2n-2)
= n/2(2n)
= n2

10. Show that a1, a2 … , an , … form an AP where an is defined as below

(i) an = 3+4n
(ii) an = 9−5n
Also find the sum of the first 15 terms in each case.
Solutions:
(i) an = 3+4n
a1 = 3+4(1) = 7
a2 = 3+4(2) = 3+8 = 11
a3 = 3+4(3) = 3+12 = 15
a4 = 3+4(4) = 3+16 = 19
We can see here, the common difference between the terms are;
a2 − a1 = 11−7 = 4
a3 − a2 = 15−11 = 4
a4 − a3 = 19−15 = 4
Hence, ak + 1 − ak is the same value every time. Therefore, this is an AP with common difference
as 4 and first term as 7.
Now, we know, the sum of nth term is;
Sn = n/2[2a+(n -1)d]
S15 = 15/2[2(7)+(15-1)×4]
= 15/2[(14)+56]
= 15/2(70)
= 15×35
= 525
(ii) an = 9−5n
a1 = 9−5×1 = 9−5 = 4
a2 = 9−5×2 = 9−10 = −1
a3 = 9−5×3 = 9−15 = −6
a4 = 9−5×4 = 9−20 = −11
We can see here, the common difference between the terms are;
a2 − a1 = −1−4 = −5
a3 − a2 = −6−(−1) = −5
a4 − a3 = −11−(−6) = −5
Hence, ak + 1 − ak is same every time. Therefore, this is an A.P. with common difference as −5 and
first term as 4.
Now, we know, the sum of nth term is;
Sn = n/2 [2a +(n-1)d]
S15 = 15/2[2(4) +(15 -1)(-5)]
= 15/2[8 +14(-5)]
= 15/2(8-70)
= 15/2(-62)
= 15(-31)
= -465
11. If the sum of the first n terms of an AP is 4n − n2, what is the first term (that is S1)?
What is the sum of first two terms? What is the second term? Similarly find the 3rd,
the10th and the nth terms.
Solution:
Given that,
Sn = 4n−n2
First term, a = S1 = 4(1) − (1)2 = 4−1 = 3
Sum of first two terms = S2= 4(2)−(2)2 = 8−4 = 4
Second term, a2 = S2 − S1 = 4−3 = 1
Common difference, d = a2−a = 1−3 = −2
Nth term, an = a+(n−1)d
= 3+(n −1)(−2)
= 3−2n +2
= 5−2n
Therefore, a3 = 5−2(3) = 5-6 = −1
a10 = 5−2(10) = 5−20 = −15
Hence, the sum of first two terms is 4. The second term is 1.
The 3rd, the 10th, and the nth terms are −1, −15, and 5 − 2n respectively.
12. Find the sum of first 40 positive integers divisible by 6.
Solution:
The positive integers that are divisible by 6 are 6, 12, 18, 24 ….
We can see here, that this series forms an A.P. whose first term is 6 and common difference is 6.
a=6
d=6
S40 = ?
By the formula of sum of n terms, we know,
Sn = n/2 [2a +(n – 1)d]
Therefore, putting n = 40, we get,
S40 = 40/2 [2(6)+(40-1)6]
= 20[12+(39)(6)]
= 20(12+234)
= 20×246
= 4920
13. Find the sum of first 15 multiples of 8.
Solution:
The multiples of 8 are 8, 16, 24, 32…
The series is in the form of AP, having first term as 8 and common difference as 8.
Therefore, a = 8
d=8
S15 = ?
By the formula of sum of nth term, we know,
Sn = n/2 [2a+(n-1)d]
S15 = 15/2 [2(8) + (15-1)8]
= 15/2[6 +(14)(8)]
= 15/2[16 +112]
= 15(128)/2
= 15 × 64
= 960
14. Find the sum of the odd numbers between 0 and 50.
Solution:
The odd numbers between 0 and 50 are 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 … 49.
Therefore, we can see that these odd numbers are in the form of A.P.
Hence,
First term, a = 1
Common difference, d = 2
Last term, l = 49
By the formula of last term, we know,
l = a+(n−1) d
49 = 1+(n−1)2
48 = 2(n − 1)
n − 1 = 24
n = 25 = Number of terms
By the formula of sum of nth term, we know,
Sn = n/2(a +l)
S25 = 25/2 (1+49)
= 25(50)/2
=(25)(25)
= 625
15. A contract on construction job specifies a penalty for delay of completion beyond a
certain date as follows: Rs. 200 for the first day, Rs. 250 for the second day, Rs. 300 for
the third day, etc., the penalty for each succeeding day being Rs. 50 more than for the
preceding day. How much money the contractor has to pay as penalty, if he has delayed
the work by 30 days.
Solution:
We can see, that the given penalties are in the form of A.P. having first term as 200 and common
difference as 50.
Therefore, a = 200 and d = 50
Penalty that has to be paid if contractor has delayed the work by 30 days = S30
By the formula of sum of nth term, we know,
Sn = n/2[2a+(n -1)d]
Therefore,
S30= 30/2[2(200)+(30 – 1)50]
= 15[400+1450]
= 15(1850)
= 27750
Therefore, the contractor has to pay Rs 27750 as penalty.
16. A sum of Rs 700 is to be used to give seven cash prizes to students of a school for
their overall academic performance. If each prize is Rs 20 less than its preceding prize,
find the value of each of the prizes.
Solution:
Let the cost of 1st prize be Rs. P.
Cost of 2nd prize = Rs. P − 20
And cost of 3rd prize = Rs. P − 40
We can see that the cost of these prizes are in the form of A.P., having common difference as
−20 and first term as P.
Thus, a = P and d = −20
Given that, S7 = 700
By the formula of sum of nth term, we know,
Sn = n/2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
7/2 [2a + (7 – 1)d] = 700

a + 3(−20) = 100
a −60 = 100
a = 160
Therefore, the value of each of the prizes was Rs 160, Rs 140, Rs 120, Rs 100, Rs 80, Rs 60,
and Rs 40.
17. In a school, students thought of planting trees in and around the school to reduce air
pollution. It was decided that the number of trees, that each section of each class will
plant, will be the same as the class, in which they are studying, e.g., a section of class I
will plant 1 tree, a section of class II will plant 2 trees and so on till class XII. There are
three sections of each class. How many trees will be planted by the students?
Solution:
It can be observed that the number of trees planted by the students is in an AP.
1, 2, 3, 4, 5………………..12
First term, a = 1
Common difference, d = 2−1 = 1
Sn = n/2 [2a +(n-1)d]
S12 = 12/2 [2(1)+(12-1)(1)]
= 6(2+11)
= 6(13)
= 78
Therefore, number of trees planted by 1 section of the classes = 78
Number of trees planted by 3 sections of the classes = 3×78 = 234
Therefore, 234 trees will be planted by the students.
18. A spiral is made up of successive semicircles, with centres alternately at A and B,
starting with centre at A of radii 0.5, 1.0 cm, 1.5 cm, 2.0 cm, ……… as shown in figure.
What is the total length of such a spiral made up of thirteen consecutive semicircles?
(Take π = 22/7)

Solution:
We know,
Perimeter of a semi-circle = πr
Therefore,
P1 = π(0.5) = π/2 cm
P2 = π(1) = π cm
P3 = π(1.5) = 3π/2 cm
Where, P1, P2, P3 are the lengths of the semi-circles.
Hence we got a series here, as,
π/2, π, 3π/2, 2π, ….
P1 = π/2 cm
P2 = π cm
Common difference, d = P2 – P1 = π – π/2 = π/2
First term = P1= a = π/2 cm
By the sum of n term formula, we know,
Sn = n/2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
Therefor, Sum of the length of 13 consecutive circles is;
S13 = 13/2 [2(π/2) + (13 – 1)π/2]
= 13/2 [π + 6π]
=13/2 (7π)
= 13/2 × 7 × 22/7
= 143 cm
19. 200 logs are stacked in the following manner: 20 logs in the bottom row, 19 in the next
row, 18 in the row next to it and so on. In how many rows are the 200 logs placed and how
many logs are in the top row?

Solution:
We can see that the numbers of logs in rows are in the form of an A.P.20, 19, 18…
For the given A.P.,
First term, a = 20 and common difference, d = a2−a1 = 19−20 = −1
Let a total of 200 logs be placed in n rows.
Thus, Sn = 200
By the sum of nth term formula,
Sn = n/2 [2a +(n -1)d]
S12 = 12/2 [2(20)+(n -1)(-1)]
400 = n (40−n+1)
400 = n (41-n)
400 = 41n−n2
n2−41n + 400 = 0
n2−16n−25n+400 = 0
n(n −16)−25(n −16) = 0
(n −16)(n −25) = 0
Either (n −16) = 0 or n−25 = 0
n = 16 or n = 25
By the nth term formula,
an = a+(n−1)d
a16 = 20+(16−1)(−1)
a16 = 20−15
a16 = 5
Similarly, the 25th term could be written as;
a25 = 20+(25−1)(−1)
a25 = 20−24
= −4
It can be seen, the number of logs in 16th row is 5 as the numbers cannot be negative.
Therefore, 200 logs can be placed in 16 rows and the number of logs in the 16th row is 5.

20. In a potato race, a bucket is placed at the starting point, which is 5 m from the first
potato and other potatoes are placed 3 m apart in a straight line. There are ten potatoes in
the line.

A competitor starts from the bucket, picks up the nearest potato, runs back with it, drops
it in the bucket, runs back to pick up the next potato, runs to the bucket to drop it in, and
she continues in the same way until all the potatoes are in the bucket. What is the total
distance the competitor has to run?
[Hint: to pick up the first potato and the second potato, the total distance (in metres) run
by a competitor is 2×5+2×(5+3)]
Solution:
The distances of potatoes from the bucket are 5, 8, 11, 14…, which is in the form of AP.
Given, the distance run by the competitor for collecting these potatoes are two times of the
distance at which the potatoes have been kept.
Therefore, distances to be run w.r.t distances of potatoes, could be written as;
10, 16, 22, 28, 34,……….
Hence, the first term, a = 10 and d = 16−10 = 6
S10 =?
By the formula of sum of n terms, we know,
S10 = 12/2 [2(20)+(n -1)(-1)]
= 5[20+54]
= 5(74)
= 370
Therefore, the competitor will run a total distance of 370 m.

Exercise 5.4 Page: 115

1. Which term of the AP: 121, 117, 113, . . ., is its first negative term? [Hint: Find n for an <
0]
Solution:
Given the AP series is 121, 117, 113, . . .,
Thus, first term, a = 121
Common difference, d = 117-121= -4
By the nth term formula,
an = a+(n −1)d
Therefore,
an = 121+(n−1)(-4)
= 121-4n+4
=125-4n
To find the first negative term of the series, an < 0
Therefore,
125-4n < 0
125 < 4n
n>125/4
n>31.25
Therefore, the first negative term of the series is 32nd term.
2. The sum of the third and the seventh terms of an AP is 6 and their product is 8. Find the
sum of first sixteen terms of the AP.
Solution:
From the given statements, we can write,
a3 + a7 = 6 …………………………….(i)
And
a3 ×a7 = 8 ……………………………..(ii)
By the nth term formula,
an = a+(n−1)d
Third term, a3 = a+(3 -1)d
a3 = a + 2d………………………………(iii)
And Seventh term, a7= a+(7-1)d
a7 = a + 6d ………………………………..(iv)
From equation (iii) and (iv), putting in equation(i), we get,
a+2d +a+6d = 6
2a+8d = 6
a+4d=3
or
a = 3–4d …………………………………(v)
Again putting the eq.(iii) and (iv), in eq. (ii), we get,
(a+2d)×(a+6d) = 8
Putting the value of a from equation (v), we get,
(3–4d +2d)×(3–4d+6d) = 8
(3 –2d)×(3+2d) = 8
32 – 2d2 = 8
9 – 4d2 = 8
4d2 = 1
d = 1/2 or -1/2
Now, by putting both the values of d, we get,
a = 3 – 4d = 3 – 4(1/2) = 3 – 2 = 1, when d = 1/2
a = 3 – 4d = 3 – 4(-1/2) = 3+2 = 5, when d = -1/2
We know, the sum of nth term of AP is;
Sn = n/2 [2a +(n – 1)d]
So, when a = 1 and d=1/2
Then, the sum of first 16 terms are;
S16 = 16/2 [2 +(16-1)1/2] = 8(2+15/2) = 76
And when a = 5 and d= -1/2
Then, the sum of first 16 terms are;
S16 = 16/2 [2.5+(16-1)(-1/2)] = 8(5/2)=20
3. A ladder has rungs 25 cm apart. (see Fig. 5.7). The rungs decrease uniformly in length
from 45 cm at the bottom to 25 cm at the top. If the top and the bottom rungs are

apart, what is the length of the wood required for the rungs? [Hint: Number of rungs
= -250/25 ].

Solution:
Given,
Distance between the rungs of the ladder is 25cm.
Distance between the top rung and bottom rung of the ladder is =

= 5/2 ×100cm
= 250cm
Therefore, total number of rungs = 250/25 + 1 = 11
As we can see from the figure, the ladder has rungs in decreasing order from top to bottom.
Thus, we can conclude now, that the rungs are decreasing in an order of AP.
And the length of the wood required for the rungs will be equal to the sum of the terms of AP
series formed.
So,
First term, a = 45
Last term, l = 25
Number of terms, n = 11
Now, as we know, sum of nth terms is equal to,
Sn= n/2(a+ l)
Sn= 11/2(45+25) = 11/2(70) = 385 cm
Hence, the length of the wood required for the rungs is 385cm.
4. The houses of a row are numbered consecutively from 1 to 49. Show that there is a
value of x such that the sum of the numbers of the houses preceding the house numbered
x is equal to the sum of the numbers of the houses following it. Find this value of x. [Hint
:Sx – 1 = S49 – Sx ]
Solution:
Given,
Row houses are numbers from 1,2,3,4,5…….49.
Thus we can see the houses numbered in a row are in the form of AP.
So,
First term, a = 1
Common difference, d=1
Let us say the number of xth houses can be represented as;
Sum of nth term of AP = n/2[2a+(n-1)d]
Sum of number of houses beyond x house = Sx-1
= (x-1)/2[2.1+(x-1-1)1]
= (x-1)/2 [2+x-2]
= x(x-1)/2 ………………………………………(i)
By the given condition, we can write,
S49 – Sx = {49/2[2.1+(49-1)1]}–{x/2[2.1+(x-1)1]}
= 25(49) – x(x + 1)/2 ………………………………….(ii)
As per the given condition, eq.(i) and eq(ii) are equal to each other;
Therefore,
x(x-1)/2 = 25(49) – x(x-1)/2
x = ±35
As we know, the number of houses cannot be a negative number. Hence, the value of x is 35.
5. A small terrace at a football ground comprises of 15 steps each of which is 50 m long
and built of solid concrete. Each step has a rise of 1 4 m and a tread of 1 2 m. (see Fig.
5.8). Calculate the total volume of concrete required to build the terrace. [Hint : Volume of
concrete required to build the first step = ¼ ×1/2 ×50 m3.]

Solution:
As we can see from the given figure, the first step is ½ m wide, 2nd step is 1m wide and 3rd step is
3/2m wide. Thus we can understand that the width of step by ½ m each time when height is ¼ m.
And also, given length of the steps is 50m all the time. So, the width of steps forms a series AP in
such a way that;
½ , 1, 3/2, 2, ……..
Volume of steps = Volume of Cuboid
= Length × Breadth Height
Now,
Volume of concrete required to build the first step = ¼ ×1/2 ×50 = 25/4
Volume of concrete required to build the second step =¼ ×1/×50 = 25/2
Volume of concrete required to build the second step = ¼ ×3/2 ×50 = 75/2
Now, we can see the volumes of concrete required to build the steps, are in AP series;
25/4 , 25/2 , 75/2 …..
Thus, applying the AP series concept,
First term, a = 25/4
Common difference, d = 25/2 – 25/4 = 25/4
As we know, the sum of n terms is;
Sn = n/2[2a+(n-1)d] = 15/2(2×(25/4 )+(15/2 -1)25/4)
Upon solving, we get,
Sn = 15/2 (100)
Sn750
Hence, the total volume of concrete required to build the terrace is 750 m3.
Exercise 6.1 Page: 122
1. Fill in the blanks using correct word given in the brackets:-
(i) All circles are __________. (congruent, similar)
Answer: Similar
(ii) All squares are __________. (similar, congruent)
Answer: Similar
(iii) All __________ triangles are similar. (isosceles, equilateral)

Answer: Equilateral
(iv) Two polygons of the same number of sides are similar, if (a) their corresponding
angles are __________ and (b) their corresponding sides are __________. (equal,
proportional)
Answer: (a) Equal
(b) Proportional
2. Give two different examples of pair of
(i) Similar figures
(ii) Non-similar figures
Solution:
3. State whether the following quadrilaterals are similar or not:

Solution:
From the given two figures, we can see their corresponding angles are different or unequal.
Therefore they are not similar.

Exercise 6.2 Page: 128

1. In figure. (i) and (ii), DE || BC. Find EC in (i) and AD in (ii).

Solution:
(i) Given, in △ ABC, DE∥BC
∴ AD/DB = AE/EC [Using Basic proportionality theorem]
⇒1.5/3 = 1/EC
⇒EC = 3/1.5
EC = 3×10/15 = 2 cm
Hence, EC = 2 cm.
(ii) Given, in △ ABC, DE∥BC
∴ AD/DB = AE/EC [Using Basic proportionality theorem]
⇒ AD/7.2 = 1.8 / 5.4
⇒ AD = 1.8 ×7.2/5.4 = (18/10)×(72/10)×(10/54) = 24/10
⇒ AD = 2.4
Hence, AD = 2.4 cm.
2. E and F are points on the sides PQ and PR respectively of a ΔPQR. For each of the
following cases, state whether EF || QR.
(i) PE = 3.9 cm, EQ = 3 cm, PF = 3.6 cm and FR = 2.4 cm
(ii) PE = 4 cm, QE = 4.5 cm, PF = 8 cm and RF = 9 cm
(iii) PQ = 1.28 cm, PR = 2.56 cm, PE = 0.18 cm and PF = 0.63 cm
Solution:
Given, in ΔPQR, E and F are two points on side PQ and PR respectively. See the figure below;
(i) Given, PE = 3.9 cm, EQ = 3 cm, PF = 3.6 cm and FR = 2,4 cm
Therefore, by using Basic proportionality theorem, we get,
PE/EQ = 3.9/3 = 39/30 = 13/10 = 1.3
And PF/FR = 3.6/2.4 = 36/24 = 3/2 = 1.5
So, we get, PE/EQ ≠ PF/FR
Hence, EF is not parallel to QR.
(ii) Given, PE = 4 cm, QE = 4.5 cm, PF = 8cm and RF = 9cm
Therefore, by using Basic proportionality theorem, we get,
PE/QE = 4/4.5 = 40/45 = 8/9
And, PF/RF = 8/9
So, we get here,
PE/QE = PF/RF
Hence, EF is parallel to QR.
(iii) Given, PQ = 1.28 cm, PR = 2.56 cm, PE = 0.18 cm and PF = 0.36 cm
From the figure,
EQ = PQ – PE = 1.28 – 0.18 = 1.10 cm
And, FR = PR – PF = 2.56 – 0.36 = 2.20 cm
So, PE/EQ = 0.18/1.10 = 18/110 = 9/55…………. (i)
And, PE/FR = 0.36/2.20 = 36/220 = 9/55………… (ii)
So, we get here,
PE/EQ = PF/FR
Hence, EF is parallel to QR.
3. In the figure, if LM || CB and LN || CD, prove that AM/AB = AN/AD

Solution:
In the given figure, we can see, LM || CB,
By using basic proportionality theorem, we get,
AM/AB = AL/AC……………………..(i)
Similarly, given, LN || CD and using basic proportionality theorem,
∴AN/AD = AL/AC……………………………(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get,
AM/AB = AN/AD
Hence, proved.
4. In the figure, DE||AC and DF||AE. Prove that BF/FE = BE/EC

Solution:
In ΔABC, given as, DE || AC
Thus, by using Basic Proportionality Theorem, we get,
∴BD/DA = BE/EC ………………………………………………(i)
In ΔABC, given as, DF || AE
Thus, by using Basic Proportionality Theorem, we get,
∴BD/DA = BF/FE ………………………………………………(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get
BE/EC = BF/FE
Hence, proved.
5. In the figure, DE||OQ and DF||OR, show that EF||QR.

Solution:
Given,
In ΔPQO, DE || OQ
So by using Basic Proportionality Theorem,
PD/DO = PE/EQ……………… ..(i)
Again given, in ΔPQO, DE || OQ ,
So by using Basic Proportionality Theorem,
PD/DO = PF/FR………………… (ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get,
PE/EQ = PF/FR
Therefore, by converse of Basic Proportionality Theorem,
EF || QR, in ΔPQR.
6. In the figure, A, B and C are points on OP, OQ and OR respectively such that AB || PQ
and AC || PR. Show that BC || QR.

Solution:
Given here,
In ΔOPQ, AB || PQ
By using Basic Proportionality Theorem,
OA/AP = OB/BQ…………….(i)
Also given,
In ΔOPR, AC || PR
By using Basic Proportionality Theorem
∴ OA/AP = OC/CR……………(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get,
OB/BQ = OC/CR
Therefore, by converse of Basic Proportionality Theorem,
In ΔOQR, BC || QR.
7. Using Basic proportionality theorem, prove that a line drawn through the mid-points of
one side of a triangle parallel to another side bisects the third side. (Recall that you have
proved it in Class IX).

Solution:
Given, in ΔABC, D is the midpoint of AB such that AD=DB.
A line parallel to BC intersects AC at E as shown in above figure such that DE || BC.
We have to prove that E is the mid point of AC.
Since, D is the mid-point of AB.
∴ AD=DB
⇒AD/DB = 1 …………………………. (i)
In ΔABC, DE || BC,
By using Basic Proportionality Theorem,
Therefore, AD/DB = AE/EC
From equation (i), we can write,
⇒ 1 = AE/EC
∴ AE = EC
Hence, proved, E is the midpoint of AC.
8. Using Converse of basic proportionality theorem, prove that the line joining the mid-
points of any two sides of a triangle is parallel to the third side. (Recall that you have done
it in Class IX).
Solution:
Given, in ΔABC, D and E are the mid points of AB and AC respectively, such that,
AD=BD and AE=EC.

We have to prove that: DE || BC.

Since, D is the midpoint of AB
∴ AD=DB
⇒AD/BD = 1……………………………….. (i)

Also given, E is the mid-point of AC.

∴ AE=EC
⇒ AE/EC = 1
From equation (i) and (ii), we get,
AD/BD = AE/EC
By converse of Basic Proportionality Theorem,
DE || BC
Hence, proved.
9. ABCD is a trapezium in which AB || DC and its diagonals intersect each other at the
point O. Show that AO/BO = CO/DO.
Solution:
Given, ABCD is a trapezium where AB || DC and diagonals AC and BD intersect each other at O.

We have to prove, AO/BO = CO/DO

From the point O, draw a line EO touching AD at E, in such a way that,
EO || DC || AB
In ΔADC, we have OE || DC
Therefore, By using Basic Proportionality Theorem
AE/ED = AO/CO ……………..(i)
Now, In ΔABD, OE || AB
Therefore, By using Basic Proportionality Theorem
DE/EA = DO/BO…………….(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get,
AO/CO = BO/DO
⇒AO/BO = CO/DO
Hence, proved.
10. The diagonals of a quadrilateral ABCD intersect each other at the point O such
that AO/BO = CO/DO. Show that ABCD is a trapezium.
Solution:
Given, Quadrilateral ABCD where AC and BD intersects each other at O such that,
AO/BO = CO/DO.
We have to prove here, ABCD is a trapezium
From the point O, draw a line EO touching AD at E, in such a way that,
EO || DC || AB
In ΔDAB, EO || AB
Therefore, By using Basic Proportionality Theorem
DE/EA = DO/OB ……………………(i)
Also, given,
AO/BO = CO/DO
⇒ AO/CO = BO/DO
⇒ CO/AO = DO/BO
⇒DO/OB = CO/AO …………………………..(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get
DE/EA = CO/AO
Therefore, By using converse of Basic Proportionality Theorem,
EO || DC also EO || AB
⇒ AB || DC.
Hence, quadrilateral ABCD is a trapezium with AB || CD.

Exercise 6.3 Page: 138

1. State which pairs of triangles in Figure, are similar. Write the similarity criterion used
by you for answering the question and also write the pairs of similar triangles in the
symbolic form:

Solution:
(i) Given, in ΔABC and ΔPQR,
∠A = ∠P = 60°
∠B = ∠Q = 80°
∠C = ∠R = 40°
Therefore by AAA similarity criterion,
∴ ΔABC ~ ΔPQR
(ii) Given, in ΔABC and ΔPQR,
AB/QR = BC/RP = CA/PQ
By SSS similarity criterion,
ΔABC ~ ΔQRP
(iii) Given, in ΔLMP and ΔDEF,
LM = 2.7, MP = 2, LP = 3, EF = 5, DE = 4, DF = 6
MP/DE = 2/4 = 1/2
PL/DF = 3/6 = 1/2
LM/EF = 2.7/5 = 27/50
Here , MP/DE = PL/DF ≠ LM/EF
Therefore, ΔLMP and ΔDEF are not similar.
(iv) In ΔMNL and ΔQPR, it is given,
MN/QP = ML/QR = 1/2
∠M = ∠Q = 70°
Therefore, by SAS similarity criterion
∴ ΔMNL ~ ΔQPR
(v) In ΔABC and ΔDEF, given that,
AB = 2.5, BC = 3, ∠A = 80°, EF = 6, DF = 5, ∠F = 80°
Here , AB/DF = 2.5/5 = 1/2
And, BC/EF = 3/6 = 1/2
⇒ ∠B ≠ ∠F
Hence, ΔABC and ΔDEF are not similar.
(vi) In ΔDEF, by sum of angles of triangles, we know that,
∠D + ∠E + ∠F = 180°
⇒ 70° + 80° + ∠F = 180°
⇒ ∠F = 180° – 70° – 80°
⇒ ∠F = 30°
Similarly, In ΔPQR,
∠P + ∠Q + ∠R = 180 (Sum of angles of Δ)
⇒ ∠P + 80° + 30° = 180°
⇒ ∠P = 180° – 80° -30°
⇒ ∠P = 70°
Now, comparing both the triangles, ΔDEF and ΔPQR, we have
∠D = ∠P = 70°
∠F = ∠Q = 80°
∠F = ∠R = 30°
Therefore, by AAA similarity criterion,
Hence, ΔDEF ~ ΔPQR
2. In the figure, ΔODC ∝ ¼ ΔOBA, ∠ BOC = 125° and ∠ CDO = 70°. Find ∠ DOC, ∠ DCO and
∠ OAB.
Solution:
As we can see from the figure, DOB is a straight line.
Therefore, ∠DOC + ∠ COB = 180°
⇒ ∠DOC = 180° – 125° (Given, ∠ BOC = 125°)
= 55°
In ΔDOC, sum of the measures of the angles of a triangle is 180º
Therefore, ∠DCO + ∠ CDO + ∠ DOC = 180°
⇒ ∠DCO + 70º + 55º = 180°(Given, ∠ CDO = 70°)
⇒ ∠DCO = 55°
It is given that, ΔODC ∝ ¼ ΔOBA,
Therefore, ΔODC ~ ΔOBA.
Hence, Corresponding angles are equal in similar triangles
∠OAB = ∠OCD
⇒ ∠ OAB = 55°
∠OAB = ∠OCD
⇒ ∠OAB = 55°
3. Diagonals AC and BD of a trapezium ABCD with AB || DC intersect each other at the
point O. Using a similarity criterion for two triangles, show that AO/OC = OB/OD
Solution:

In ΔDOC and ΔBOA,

AB || CD, thus alternate interior angles will be equal,
∴∠CDO = ∠ABO
Similarly,
∠DCO = ∠BAO
Also, for the two triangles ΔDOC and ΔBOA, vertically opposite angles will be equal;
∴∠DOC = ∠BOA
Hence, by AAA similarity criterion,
ΔDOC ~ ΔBOA
Thus, the corresponding sides are proportional.
DO/BO = OC/OA
⇒OA/OC = OB/OD
Hence, proved.
4. In the fig.6.36, QR/QS = QT/PR and ∠1 = ∠2. Show that ΔPQS ~ ΔTQR.

Solution:
In ΔPQR,
∠PQR = ∠PRQ
∴ PQ = PR ………………………(i)
Given,
QR/QS = QT/PRUsing equation (i), we get
QR/QS = QT/QP……………….(ii)
In ΔPQS and ΔTQR, by equation (ii),
QR/QS = QT/QP
∠Q = ∠Q
∴ ΔPQS ~ ΔTQR [By SAS similarity criterion]
5. S and T are point on sides PR and QR of ΔPQR such that ∠P = ∠RTS. Show that ΔRPQ ~
ΔRTS.
Solution:
Given, S and T are point on sides PR and QR of ΔPQR
And ∠P = ∠RTS.

In ΔRPQ and ΔRTS,

∠RTS = ∠QPS (Given)
∠R = ∠R (Common angle)
∴ ΔRPQ ~ ΔRTS (AA similarity criterion)
6. In the figure, if ΔABE ≅ ΔACD, show that ΔADE ~ ΔABC.

Solution:
Given, ΔABE ≅ ΔACD.
∴ AB = AC [By CPCT] ……………………………….(i)
And, AD = AE [By CPCT] ……………………………(ii)
In ΔADE and ΔABC, dividing eq.(ii) by eq(i),
AD/AB = AE/AC
∠A = ∠A [Common angle]
∴ ΔADE ~ ΔABC [SAS similarity criterion]
7. In the figure, altitudes AD and CE of ΔABC intersect each other at the point P. Show
that:

(i) ΔAEP ~ ΔCDP

(ii) ΔABD ~ ΔCBE
(iii) ΔAEP ~ ΔADB
(iv) ΔPDC ~ ΔBEC
Solution:
Given, altitudes AD and CE of ΔABC intersect each other at the point P.
(i) In ΔAEP and ΔCDP,
∠AEP = ∠CDP (90° each)
∠APE = ∠CPD (Vertically opposite angles)
Hence, by AA similarity criterion,
ΔAEP ~ ΔCDP
(ii) In ΔABD and ΔCBE,
∠ADB = ∠CEB ( 90° each)
∠ABD = ∠CBE (Common Angles)
Hence, by AA similarity criterion,
ΔABD ~ ΔCBE
(iii) In ΔAEP and ΔADB,
∠AEP = ∠ADB (90° each)
∠PAE = ∠DAB (Common Angles)
Hence, by AA similarity criterion,
ΔAEP ~ ΔADB
(iv) In ΔPDC and ΔBEC,
∠PDC = ∠BEC (90° each)
∠PCD = ∠BCE (Common angles)
Hence, by AA similarity criterion,
ΔPDC ~ ΔBEC
8. E is a point on the side AD produced of a parallelogram ABCD and BE intersects CD at
F. Show that ΔABE ~ ΔCFB.
Solution:
Given, E is a point on the side AD produced of a parallelogram ABCD and BE intersects CD at F.
Consider the figure below,

In ΔABE and ΔCFB,

∠A = ∠C (Opposite angles of a parallelogram)
∠AEB = ∠CBF (Alternate interior angles as AE || BC)
∴ ΔABE ~ ΔCFB (AA similarity criterion)
9. In the figure, ABC and AMP are two right triangles, right angled at B and M respectively,
prove that:

(i) ΔABC ~ ΔAMP

(ii) CA/PA = BC/MP
Solution:
Given, ABC and AMP are two right triangles, right angled at B and M respectively.
(i) In ΔABC and ΔAMP, we have,
∠CAB = ∠MAP (common angles)
∠ABC = ∠AMP = 90° (each 90°)
∴ ΔABC ~ ΔAMP (AA similarity criterion)
(ii) As, ΔABC ~ ΔAMP (AA similarity criterion)
If two triangles are similar then the corresponding sides are always equal,
Hence, CA/PA = BC/MP
10. CD and GH are respectively the bisectors of ∠ACB and ∠EGF such that D and H lie on
sides AB and FE of ΔABC and ΔEFG respectively. If ΔABC ~ ΔFEG, Show that:
(i) CD/GH = AC/FG
(ii) ΔDCB ~ ΔHGE
(iii) ΔDCA ~ ΔHGF
Solution:
Given, CD and GH are respectively the bisectors of ∠ACB and ∠EGF such that D and H lie on
sides AB and FE of ΔABC and ΔEFG respectively.

(i) From the given condition,

ΔABC ~ ΔFEG.
∴ ∠A = ∠F, ∠B = ∠E, and ∠ACB = ∠FGE
Since, ∠ACB = ∠FGE
∴ ∠ACD = ∠FGH (Angle bisector)
And, ∠DCB = ∠HGE (Angle bisector)
In ΔACD and ΔFGH,
∠A = ∠F
∠ACD = ∠FGH
∴ ΔACD ~ ΔFGH (AA similarity criterion)
⇒CD/GH = AC/FG
(ii) In ΔDCB and ΔHGE,
∠DCB = ∠HGE (Already proved)
∠B = ∠E (Already proved)
∴ ΔDCB ~ ΔHGE (AA similarity criterion)
(iii) In ΔDCA and ΔHGF,
∠ACD = ∠FGH (Already proved)
∠A = ∠F (Already proved)
∴ ΔDCA ~ ΔHGF (AA similarity criterion)
11. In the following figure, E is a point on side CB produced of an isosceles triangle ABC
with AB = AC. If AD ⊥ BC and EF ⊥ AC, prove that ΔABD ~ ΔECF.

Solution:
Given, ABC is an isosceles triangle.
∴ AB = AC
⇒ ∠ABD = ∠ECF
In ΔABD and ΔECF,
∠ADB = ∠EFC (Each 90°)
∠BAD = ∠CEF (Already proved)
∴ ΔABD ~ ΔECF (using AA similarity criterion)
12. Sides AB and BC and median AD of a triangle ABC are respectively proportional to
sides PQ and QR and median PM of ΔPQR (see Fig 6.41). Show that ΔABC ~ ΔPQR.

Solution:
Given, ΔABC and ΔPQR, AB, BC and median AD of ΔABC are proportional to sides PQ, QR and
median PM of ΔPQR
i.e. AB/PQ = BC/QR = AD/PM
We have to prove: ΔABC ~ ΔPQR
As we know here,
AB/PQ = BC/QR = AD/PM

⇒AB/PQ = BC/QR = AD/PM (D is the midpoint of BC. M is the midpoint of QR)

⇒ ΔABD ~ ΔPQM [SSS similarity criterion]
∴ ∠ABD = ∠PQM [Corresponding angles of two similar triangles are equal]
⇒ ∠ABC = ∠PQR
In ΔABC and ΔPQR
AB/PQ = BC/QR ………………………….(i)
∠ABC = ∠PQR ……………………………(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get,
ΔABC ~ ΔPQR [SAS similarity criterion]
13. D is a point on the side BC of a triangle ABC such that ∠ADC = ∠BAC. Show that CA2 =
CB.CD
Solution:
Given, D is a point on the side BC of a triangle ABC such that ∠ADC = ∠BAC.

In ΔADC and ΔBAC,

∠ADC = ∠BAC (Already given)
∠ACD = ∠BCA (Common angles)
∴ ΔADC ~ ΔBAC (AA similarity criterion)
We know that corresponding sides of similar triangles are in proportion.
∴ CA/CB = CD/CA
⇒ CA2 = CB.CD.
Hence, proved.
14. Sides AB and AC and median AD of a triangle ABC are respectively proportional to
sides PQ and PR and median PM of another triangle PQR. Show that ΔABC ~ ΔPQR.
Solution:
Given: Two triangles ΔABC and ΔPQR in which AD and PM are medians such that;
AB/PQ = AC/PR = AD/PM
We have to prove, ΔABC ~ ΔPQR
Let us construct first: Produce AD to E so that AD = DE. Join CE, Similarly produce PM to N
such that PM = MN, also Join RN.

In ΔABD and ΔCDE, we have

AD = DE [By Construction.]
BD = DC [Since, AP is the median]
and, ∠ADB = ∠CDE [Vertically opposite angles]
∴ ΔABD ≅ ΔCDE [SAS criterion of congruence]
⇒ AB = CE [By CPCT] …………………………..(i)
Also, in ΔPQM and ΔMNR,
PM = MN [By Construction.]
QM = MR [Since, PM is the median]
and, ∠PMQ = ∠NMR [Vertically opposite angles]
∴ ΔPQM = ΔMNR [SAS criterion of congruence]
⇒ PQ = RN [CPCT] ………………………………(ii)
Now, AB/PQ = AC/PR = AD/PM
From equation (i) and (ii),
⇒CE/RN = AC/PR = AD/PM
⇒ CE/RN = AC/PR = 2AD/2PM
⇒ CE/RN = AC/PR = AE/PN [Since 2AD = AE and 2PM = PN]
∴ ΔACE ~ ΔPRN [SSS similarity criterion]
Therefore, ∠2 = ∠4
Similarly, ∠1 = ∠3
∴ ∠1 + ∠2 = ∠3 + ∠4
⇒ ∠A = ∠P …………………………………………….(iii)
Now, in ΔABC and ΔPQR, we have
AB/PQ = AC/PR (Already given)
From equation (iii),
∠A = ∠P
∴ ΔABC ~ ΔPQR [ SAS similarity criterion]
15. A vertical pole of a length 6 m casts a shadow 4m long on the ground and at the same
time a tower casts a shadow 28 m long. Find the height of the tower.
Solution:
Given, Length of the vertical pole = 6m
Shadow of the pole = 4 m
Let Height of tower = h m
Length of shadow of the tower = 28 m

In ΔABC and ΔDEF,

∠C = ∠E (angular elevation of sum)
∠B = ∠F = 90°
∴ ΔABC ~ ΔDEF (AA similarity criterion)
∴ AB/DF = BC/EF (If two triangles are similar corresponding sides are proportional)
∴ 6/h = 4/28
⇒h = (6×28)/4
⇒h=6×7
⇒ h = 42 m
Hence, the height of the tower is 42 m.
16. If AD and PM are medians of triangles ABC and PQR, respectively where ΔABC
~ ΔPQR prove that AB/PQ = AD/PM.
Solution:
Given, ΔABC ~ ΔPQR

We know that the corresponding sides of similar triangles are in proportion.

∴AB/PQ = AC/PR = BC/QR……………………………(i)
Also, ∠A = ∠P, ∠B = ∠Q, ∠C = ∠R ………….…..(ii)
Since AD and PM are medians, they will divide their opposite sides.
∴ BD = BC/2 and QM = QR/2 ……………..………….(iii)
From equations (i) and (iii), we get
AB/PQ = BD/QM ……………………….(iv)
In ΔABD and ΔPQM,
From equation (ii), we have
∠B = ∠Q
From equation (iv), we have,
AB/PQ = BD/QM
∴ ΔABD ~ ΔPQM (SAS similarity criterion)
⇒AB/PQ = BD/QM = AD/PM
Exercise 6.4 Page: 143
1. Let ΔABC ~ ΔDEF and their areas be, respectively, 64 cm2 and 121 cm2. If EF = 15.4 cm,
find BC.
Solution: Given, ΔABC ~ ΔDEF,
Area of ΔABC = 64 cm2
Area of ΔDEF = 121 cm2
EF = 15.4 cm

As we know, if two triangles are similar, ratio of their areas are equal to the square of the ratio of
their corresponding sides,
= AC2/DF2 = BC2/EF2
∴ 64/121 = BC2/EF2
⇒ (8/11)2 = (BC/15.4)2
⇒ 8/11 = BC/15.4
⇒ BC = 8×15.4/11
⇒ BC = 8 × 1.4
⇒ BC = 11.2 cm
2. Diagonals of a trapezium ABCD with AB || DC intersect each other at the point O. If AB =
2CD, find the ratio of the areas of triangles AOB and COD.
Solution:
Given, ABCD is a trapezium with AB || DC. Diagonals AC and BD intersect each other at point O.

In ΔAOB and ΔCOD, we have

∠1 = ∠2 (Alternate angles)
∠3 = ∠4 (Alternate angles)
∠5 = ∠6 (Vertically opposite angle)
∴ ΔAOB ~ ΔCOD [AAA similarity criterion]
As we know, If two triangles are similar then the ratio of their areas are equal to the square of the
ratio of their corresponding sides. Therefore,
Area of (ΔAOB)/Area of (ΔCOD) = AB2/CD2
= (2CD)2/CD2 [∴ AB = 2CD]
∴ Area of (ΔAOB)/Area of (ΔCOD)
= 4CD2/CD2 = 4/1
Hence, the required ratio of the area of ΔAOB and ΔCOD = 4:1
3. In the figure, ABC and DBC are two triangles on the same base BC. If AD intersects BC
at O, show that area (ΔABC)/area (ΔDBC) = AO/DO.

Solution:
Given, ABC and DBC are two triangles on the same base BC. AD intersects BC at O.
We have to prove: Area (ΔABC)/Area (ΔDBC) = AO/DO
Let us draw two perpendiculars AP and DM on line BC.

We know that area of a triangle = 1/2 × Base × Height

In ΔAPO and ΔDMO,

∠APO = ∠DMO (Each 90°)
∠AOP = ∠DOM (Vertically opposite angles)
∴ ΔAPO ~ ΔDMO (AA similarity criterion)
∴ AP/DM = AO/DO
⇒ Area (ΔABC)/Area (ΔDBC) = AO/DO.
4. If the areas of two similar triangles are equal, prove that they are congruent.
Solution:
Say ΔABC and ΔPQR are two similar triangles and equal in area

Now let us prove ΔABC ≅ ΔPQR.

Since, ΔABC ~ ΔPQR
∴ Area of (ΔABC)/Area of (ΔPQR) = BC2/QR2
⇒ BC2/QR2 =1 [Since, Area(ΔABC) = (ΔPQR)
⇒ BC2/QR2
⇒ BC = QR
Similarly, we can prove that
AB = PQ and AC = PR
Thus, ΔABC ≅ ΔPQR [SSS criterion of congruence]
5. D, E and F are respectively the mid-points of sides AB, BC and CA of ΔABC. Find the
ratio of the area of ΔDEF and ΔABC.
Solution:
Given, D, E and F are respectively the mid-points of sides AB, BC and CA of ΔABC.

In ΔABC,
F is the mid-point of AB (Already given)
E is the mid-point of AC (Already given)
So, by the mid-point theorem, we have,
FE || BC and FE = 1/2BC
⇒ FE || BC and FE || BD [BD = 1/2BC]
Since, opposite sides of parallelogram are equal and parallel
∴ BDEF is parallelogram.
Similarly, in ΔFBD and ΔDEF, we have
FB = DE (Opposite sides of parallelogram BDEF)
FD = FD (Common sides)
BD = FE (Opposite sides of parallelogram BDEF)
∴ ΔFBD ≅ ΔDEF
Similarly, we can prove that
ΔAFE ≅ ΔDEF
ΔEDC ≅ ΔDEF
As we know, if triangles are congruent, then they are equal in area.
So,
Area(ΔFBD) = Area(ΔDEF) ……………………………(i)
Area(ΔAFE) = Area(ΔDEF) ……………………………….(ii)
and,
Area(ΔEDC) = Area(ΔDEF) ………………………….(iii)
Now,
Area(ΔABC) = Area(ΔFBD) + Area(ΔDEF) + Area(ΔAFE) + Area(ΔEDC) ………(iv)
Area(ΔABC) = Area(ΔDEF) + Area(ΔDEF) + Area(ΔDEF) + Area(ΔDEF)
From equation (i), (ii) and (iii),
⇒ Area(ΔDEF) = (1/4)Area(ΔABC)
⇒ Area(ΔDEF)/Area(ΔABC) = 1/4
Hence, Area(ΔDEF): Area(ΔABC) = 1:4
6. Prove that the ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to the square of the
ratio of their corresponding medians.
Solution:
Given: AM and DN are the medians of triangles ABC and DEF respectively and ΔABC ~ ΔDEF.

We have to prove: Area(ΔABC)/Area(ΔDEF) = AM2/DN2

Since, ΔABC ~ ΔDEF (Given)
∴ Area(ΔABC)/Area(ΔDEF) = (AB2/DE2) ……………………………(i)
and, AB/DE = BC/EF = CA/FD ………………………………………(ii)

In ΔABM and ΔDEN,

Since ΔABC ~ ΔDEF
∴ ∠B = ∠E
AB/DE = BM/EN [Already Proved in equation (i)]
∴ ΔABC ~ ΔDEF [SAS similarity criterion]
⇒ AB/DE = AM/DN …………………………………………………..(iii)
∴ ΔABM ~ ΔDEN
As the areas of two similar triangles are proportional to the squares of the corresponding sides.
∴ area(ΔABC)/area(ΔDEF) = AB2/DE2 = AM2/DN2
Hence, proved.

7. Prove that the area of an equilateral triangle described on one side of a square is equal
to half the area of the equilateral triangle described on one of its diagonals.
Solution:

Given, ABCD is a square whose one diagonal is AC. ΔAPC and ΔBQC are two equilateral
triangles described on the diagonals AC and side BC of the square ABCD.
Area(ΔBQC) = ½ Area(ΔAPC)
Since, ΔAPC and ΔBQC are both equilateral triangles, as per given,
∴ ΔAPC ~ ΔBQC [AAA similarity criterion]
∴ area(ΔAPC)/area(ΔBQC) = (AC2/BC2) = AC2/BC2
Since, Diagonal = √2 side = √2 BC = AC

⇒ area(ΔAPC) = 2 × area(ΔBQC)
⇒ area(ΔBQC) = 1/2area(ΔAPC)
Hence, proved.
Tick the correct answer and justify:
8. ABC and BDE are two equilateral triangles such that D is the mid-point of BC. Ratio of
the area of triangles ABC and BDE is
(A) 2 : 1
(B) 1 : 2
(C) 4 : 1
(D) 1 : 4
Solution:
Given, ΔABC and ΔBDE are two equilateral triangle. D is the midpoint of BC.

∴ BD = DC = 1/2BC
Let each side of triangle is 2a.
As, ΔABC ~ ΔBDE
∴ Area(ΔABC)/Area(ΔBDE) = AB2/BD2 = (2a)2/(a)2 = 4a2/a2 = 4/1 = 4:1
Hence, the correct answer is (C).
9. Sides of two similar triangles are in the ratio 4 : 9. Areas of these triangles are in the
ratio
(A) 2 : 3
(B) 4 : 9
(C) 81 : 16
(D) 16 : 81
Solution:
Given, Sides of two similar triangles are in the ratio 4 : 9.
Let ABC and DEF are two similar triangles, such that,
ΔABC ~ ΔDEF
And AB/DE = AC/DF = BC/EF = 4/9
As, the ratio of the areas of these triangles will be equal to the square of the ratio of the
corresponding sides,
∴ Area(ΔABC)/Area(ΔDEF) = AB2/DE2
∴ Area(ΔABC)/Area(ΔDEF) = (4/9)2 = 16/81 = 16:81
Hence, the correct answer is (D).

Exercise 6.5 Page: 150

1. Sides of triangles are given below. Determine which of them are right triangles? In case
of a right triangle, write the length of its hypotenuse.
(i) 7 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm
(ii) 3 cm, 8 cm, 6 cm
(iii) 50 cm, 80 cm, 100 cm
(iv) 13 cm, 12 cm, 5 cm
Solution:
(i) Given, sides of the triangle are 7 cm, 24 cm, and 25 cm.
Squaring the lengths of the sides of the, we will get 49, 576, and 625.
49 + 576 = 625
(7)2 + (24)2 = (25)2
Therefore, the above equation satisfies, Pythagoras theorem. Hence, it is right angled triangle.
Length of Hypotenuse = 25 cm
(ii) Given, sides of the triangle are 3 cm, 8 cm, and 6 cm.
Squaring the lengths of these sides, we will get 9, 64, and 36.
Clearly, 9 + 36 ≠ 64
Or, 32 + 62 ≠ 82
Therefore, the sum of the squares of the lengths of two sides is not equal to the square of the
length of the hypotenuse.
Hence, the given triangle does not satisfies Pythagoras theorem.
(iii) Given, sides of triangle’s are 50 cm, 80 cm, and 100 cm.
Squaring the lengths of these sides, we will get 2500, 6400, and 10000.
However, 2500 + 6400 ≠ 10000
Or, 502 + 802 ≠ 1002
As you can see, the sum of the squares of the lengths of two sides is not equal to the square of
the length of the third side.
Therefore, the given triangle does not satisfies Pythagoras theorem.
Hence, it is not a right triangle.
(iv) Given, sides are 13 cm, 12 cm, and 5 cm.
Squaring the lengths of these sides, we will get 169, 144, and 25.
Thus, 144 +25 = 169
Or, 122 + 52 = 132
The sides of the given triangle are satisfying Pythagoras theorem.
Therefore, it is a right triangle.
Hence, length of the hypotenuse of this triangle is 13 cm.

2. PQR is a triangle right angled at P and M is a point on QR such that PM ⊥ QR. Show that
PM2 = QM × MR.
Solution:
Given, ΔPQR is right angled at P is a point on QR such that PM ⊥QR

We have to prove, PM2 = QM × MR

In ΔPQM, by Pythagoras theorem
PQ2 = PM2 + QM2
Or, PM2 = PQ2 – QM2 ……………………………..(i)
In ΔPMR, by Pythagoras theorem
PR2 = PM2 + MR2
Or, PM2 = PR2 – MR2 ………………………………………..(ii)
Adding equation, (i) and (ii), we get,
2PM2 = (PQ2 + PM2) – (QM2 + MR2)
= QR2 – QM2 – MR2 [∴ QR2 = PQ2 + PR2]
= (QM + MR)2 – QM2 – MR2
= 2QM × MR
∴ PM2 = QM × MR
3. In Figure, ABD is a triangle right angled at A and AC ⊥ BD. Show that
(i) AB2 = BC × BD
(ii) AC2 = BC × DC
(iii) AD2 = BD × CD

Solution:
(i) In ΔADB and ΔCAB,
∠DAB = ∠ACB (Each 90°)
∠ABD = ∠CBA (Common angles)
∴ ΔADB ~ ΔCAB [AA similarity criterion]
⇒ AB/CB = BD/AB
⇒ AB2 = CB × BD
(ii) Let ∠CAB = x
In ΔCBA,
∠CBA = 180° – 90° – x
∠CBA = 90° – x
Similarly, in ΔCAD
∠CAD = 90° – ∠CBA
= 90° – x
∠CDA = 180° – 90° – (90° – x)
∠CDA = x
In ΔCBA and ΔCAD, we have
∠CBA = ∠CAD
∠CAB = ∠CDA
∠ACB = ∠DCA (Each 90°)
∴ ΔCBA ~ ΔCAD [AAA similarity criterion]
⇒ AC/DC = BC/AC
⇒ AC2 = DC × BC
(iii) In ΔDCA and ΔDAB,
∠DCA = ∠DAB (Each 90°)
∠CDA = ∠ADB (common angles)
∴ ΔDCA ~ ΔDAB [AA similarity criterion]
⇒ DC/DA = DA/DA
⇒ AD2 = BD × CD
4. ABC is an isosceles triangle right angled at C. Prove that AB2 = 2AC2 .
Solution:
Given, ΔABC is an isosceles triangle right angled at C.

In ΔACB, ∠C = 90°
AC = BC (By isosceles triangle property)
AB2 = AC2 + BC2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
= AC2 + AC2 [Since, AC = BC]
AB2 = 2AC2
5. ABC is an isosceles triangle with AC = BC. If AB2 = 2AC2, prove that ABC is a right
triangle.
Solution:
Given, ΔABC is an isosceles triangle having AC = BC and AB2 = 2AC2

In ΔACB,
AC = BC
AB2 = 2AC2
AB2 = AC2 + AC2
= AC2 + BC2 [Since, AC = BC]
Hence, by Pythagoras theorem ΔABC is right angle triangle.
6. ABC is an equilateral triangle of side 2a. Find each of its altitudes.
Solution:
Given, ABC is an equilateral triangle of side 2a.

Draw, AD ⊥ BC
In ΔADB and ΔADC,
AB = AC
AD = AD
∠ADB = ∠ADC [Both are 90°]
Therefore, ΔADB ≅ ΔADC by RHS congruence.
Hence, BD = DC [by CPCT]
In right angled ΔADB,
AB2 = AD2 + BD2
(2a)2 = AD2 + a2
⇒ AD2 = 4a2 – a2
⇒ AD2 = 3a2
⇒ AD = √3a
7. Prove that the sum of the squares of the sides of rhombus is equal to the sum of the
squares of its diagonals.
Solution:
Given, ABCD is a rhombus whose diagonals AC and BD intersect at O.

We have to prove, as per the question,

AB2 + BC2 + CD2 + AD2 = AC2 + BD2
Since, the diagonals of a rhombus bisect each other at right angles.
Therefore, AO = CO and BO = DO
In ΔAOB,
∠AOB = 90°
AB2 = AO2 + BO2 …………………….. (i) [By Pythagoras theorem]
Similarly,
AD2 = AO2 + DO2 …………………….. (ii)
DC2 = DO2 + CO2 …………………….. (iii)
BC2 = CO2 + BO2 …………………….. (iv)
Adding equations (i) + (ii) + (iii) + (iv), we get,
AB2 + AD2 + DC2 + BC2 = 2(AO2 + BO2 + DO2 + CO2)
= 4AO2 + 4BO2 [Since, AO = CO and BO =DO]
= (2AO)2 + (2BO)2 = AC2 + BD2
AB2 + AD2 + DC2 + BC2 = AC2 + BD2
Hence, proved.
8. In Fig. 6.54, O is a point in the interior of a triangle.

ABC, OD ⊥ BC, OE ⊥ AC and OF ⊥ AB. Show that:

(i) OA2 + OB2 + OC2 – OD2 – OE2 – OF2 = AF2 + BD2 + CE2 ,
(ii) AF2 + BD2 + CE2 = AE2 + CD2 + BF2.
Solution:
Given, in ΔABC, O is a point in the interior of a triangle.
And OD ⊥ BC, OE ⊥ AC and OF ⊥ AB.
Join OA, OB and OC

(i) By Pythagoras theorem in ΔAOF, we have

OA2 = OF2 + AF2
Similarly, in ΔBOD
OB2 = OD2 + BD2
Similarly, in ΔCOE
OC2 = OE2 + EC2
Adding these equations,
OA2 + OB2 + OC2 = OF2 + AF2 + OD2 + BD2 + OE2 + EC2
OA2 + OB2 + OC2 – OD2 – OE2 – OF2 = AF2 + BD2 + CE2.
(ii) AF2 + BD2 + EC2 = (OA2 – OE2) + (OC2 – OD2) + (OB2 – OF2)
∴ AF2 + BD2 + CE2 = AE2 + CD2 + BF2.
9. A ladder 10 m long reaches a window 8 m above the ground. Find the distance of the
foot of the ladder from base of the wall.
Solution:
Given, a ladder 10 m long reaches a window 8 m above the ground.

Let BA be the wall and AC be the ladder,

Therefore, by Pythagoras theorem,
AC2 = AB2 + BC2
102 = 82 + BC2
BC2 = 100 – 64
BC2 = 36
BC = 6m
Therefore, the distance of the foot of the ladder from the base of the wall is 6 m.
10. A guy wire attached to a vertical pole of height 18 m is 24 m long and has a stake
attached to the other end. How far from the base of the pole should the stake be driven so
that the wire will be taut?
Solution:
Given, a guy wire attached to a vertical pole of height 18 m is 24 m long and has a stake
attached to the other end.

Let AB be the pole and AC be the wire.

By Pythagoras theorem,
AC2 = AB2 + BC2
242 = 182 + BC2
BC2 = 576 – 324
BC2 = 252
BC = 6√7m
Therefore, the distance from the base is 6√7m.
11. An aeroplane leaves an airport and flies due north at a speed of 1,000 km per hour. At
the same time, another aeroplane leaves the same airport and flies due west at a speed of
1,200 km per hour. How far apart will be the two planes after

hours?
Solution:
Given,
Speed of first aeroplane = 1000 km/hr
Distance covered by first aeroplane flying due north in

hours (OA) = 100 × 3/2 km = 1500 km

Speed of second aeroplane = 1200 km/hr
Distance covered by second aeroplane flying due west in

hours (OB) = 1200 × 3/2 km = 1800 km

In right angle ΔAOB, by Pythagoras Theorem,

AB2 = AO2 + OB2
⇒ AB2 = (1500)2 + (1800)2
⇒ AB = √(2250000 + 3240000)
= √5490000
⇒ AB = 300√61 km
Hence, the distance between two aeroplanes will be 300√61 km.
12. Two poles of heights 6 m and 11 m stand on a plane ground. If the distance between
the feet of the poles is 12 m, find the distance between their tops.
Solution:
Given, Two poles of heights 6 m and 11 m stand on a plane ground.
And distance between the feet of the poles is 12 m.

Let AB and CD be the poles of height 6m and 11m.

Therefore, CP = 11 – 6 = 5m
From the figure, it can be observed that AP = 12m
By Pythagoras theorem for ΔAPC, we get,
AP2 = PC2 + AC2
(12m)2 + (5m)2 = (AC)2
AC2 = (144+25) m2 = 169 m2
AC = 13m
Therefore, the distance between their tops is 13 m.
13. D and E are points on the sides CA and CB respectively of a triangle ABC right angled
at C. Prove that AE2 + BD2 = AB2 + DE2.
Solution:
Given, D and E are points on the sides CA and CB respectively of a triangle ABC right angled at
C.
By Pythagoras theorem in ΔACE, we get
AC2 + CE2 = AE2 ………………………………………….(i)
In ΔBCD, by Pythagoras theorem, we get
BC2 + CD2 = BD2 ………………………………..(ii)
From equations (i) and (ii), we get,
AC2 + CE2 + BC2 + CD2 = AE2 + BD2 …………..(iii)
In ΔCDE, by Pythagoras theorem, we get
DE2 = CD2 + CE2
In ΔABC, by Pythagoras theorem, we get
AB2 = AC2 + CB2
Putting the above two values in equation (iii), we get
DE2 + AB2 = AE2 + BD2.
14. The perpendicular from A on side BC of a Δ ABC intersects BC at D such that DB =
3CD (see Figure). Prove that 2AB2 = 2AC2 + BC2.

Solution:
Given, the perpendicular from A on side BC of a Δ ABC intersects BC at D such that;
DB = 3CD.
In Δ ABC,
AD ⊥BC and BD = 3CD
In right angle triangle, ADB and ADC, by Pythagoras theorem,
AB2 = AD2 + BD2 ……………………….(i)
AC2 = AD2 + DC2 ……………………………..(ii)
Subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i), we get
AB2 – AC2 = BD2 – DC2
= 9CD2 – CD2 [Since, BD = 3CD]
= 8CD2
= 8(BC/4)2 [Since, BC = DB + CD = 3CD + CD = 4CD]
Therefore, AB2 – AC2 = BC2/2
⇒ 2(AB2 – AC2) = BC2
⇒ 2AB2 – 2AC2 = BC2
∴ 2AB2 = 2AC2 + BC2.
15. In an equilateral triangle ABC, D is a point on side BC such that BD = 1/3BC. Prove
that 9AD2 = 7AB2.
Solution:
Given, ABC is an equilateral triangle.
And D is a point on side BC such that BD = 1/3BC

Let the side of the equilateral triangle be a, and AE be the altitude of ΔABC.
∴ BE = EC = BC/2 = a/2
And, AE = a√3/2
Given, BD = 1/3BC
∴ BD = a/3
DE = BE – BD = a/2 – a/3 = a/6
In ΔADE, by Pythagoras theorem,
AD2 = AE2 + DE2

⇒ 9 AD2 = 7 AB2

16. In an equilateral triangle, prove that three times the square of one side is equal to four
times the square of one of its altitudes.
Solution:
Given, an equilateral triangle say ABC,

Let the sides of the equilateral triangle be of length a, and AE be the altitude of ΔABC.
∴ BE = EC = BC/2 = a/2
In ΔABE, by Pythagoras Theorem, we get
AB2 = AE2 + BE2

4AE2 = 3a2
⇒ 4 × (Square of altitude) = 3 × (Square of one side)
Hence, proved.
17. Tick the correct answer and justify: In ΔABC, AB = 6√3 cm, AC = 12 cm and BC = 6 cm.
The angle B is:
(A) 120°
(B) 60°
(C) 90°
(D) 45°
Solution:
Given, in ΔABC, AB = 6√3 cm, AC = 12 cm and BC = 6 cm.

We can observe that,

AB2 = 108
AC2 = 144
And, BC2 = 36
AB2 + BC2 = AC2
The given triangle, ΔABC, is satisfying Pythagoras theorem.
Therefore, the triangle is a right triangle, right-angled at B.
∴ ∠B = 90°
Hence, the correct answer is (C).

Exercise 6.6 Page: 152

1. In Figure, PS is the bisector of ∠ QPR of ∆ PQR. Prove that QS/PQ = SR/PR

Solution:
Let us draw a line segment RT parallel to SP which intersects extended line segment QP at point
T.
Given, PS is the angle bisector of ∠QPR. Therefore,
∠QPS = ∠SPR………………………………..(i)

As per the constructed figure,

∠SPR=∠PRT(Since, PS||TR)……………(ii)
∠QPS = ∠QRT(Since, PS||TR) …………..(iii)
From the above equations, we get,
∠PRT=∠QTR
Therefore,
PT=PR
In △QTR, by basic proportionality theorem,
QS/SR = QP/PT
Since, PT=TR
Therefore,
QS/SR = PQ/PR
Hence, proved.
2. In Fig. 6.57, D is a point on hypotenuse AC of ∆ABC, such that BD ⊥AC, DM ⊥ BC and
DN ⊥ AB. Prove that: (i) DM2 = DN . MC (ii) DN2 = DM . AN.

Solution:

1. Let us join Point D and B.

Given,
BD ⊥AC, DM ⊥ BC and DN ⊥ AB
Now from the figure we have,
DN || CB, DM || AB and ∠B = 90 °
Therefore, DMBN is a rectangle.
So, DN = MB and DM = NB
The given condition which we have to prove, is when D is the foot of the perpendicular drawn
from B to AC.
∴ ∠CDB = 90° ⇒ ∠2 + ∠3 = 90° ……………………. (i)
In ∆CDM, ∠1 + ∠2 + ∠DMC = 180°
⇒ ∠1 + ∠2 = 90° …………………………………….. (ii)
In ∆DMB, ∠3 + ∠DMB + ∠4 = 180°
⇒ ∠3 + ∠4 = 90° …………………………………….. (iii)
From equation (i) and (ii), we get
∠1 = ∠3
From equation (i) and (iii), we get
∠2 = ∠4
In ∆DCM and ∆BDM,
∠1 = ∠3 (Already Proved)
∠2 = ∠4 (Already Proved)
∴ ∆DCM ∼ ∆BDM (AA similarity criterion)
BM/DM = DM/MC
DN/DM = DM/MC (BM = DN)
⇒ DM2 = DN × MC
Hence, proved.
(ii) In right triangle DBN,
∠5 + ∠7 = 90° ……………….. (iv)
In right triangle DAN,
∠6 + ∠8 = 90° ………………… (v)
D is the point in triangle, which is foot of the perpendicular drawn from B to AC.
∴ ∠ADB = 90° ⇒ ∠5 + ∠6 = 90° ………….. (vi)
From equation (iv) and (vi), we get,
∠6 = ∠7
From equation (v) and (vi), we get,
∠8 = ∠5
In ∆DNA and ∆BND,
∠6 = ∠7 (Already proved)
∠8 = ∠5 (Already proved)
∴ ∆DNA ∼ ∆BND (AA similarity criterion)
AN/DN = DN/NB
⇒ DN2 = AN × NB
⇒ DN2 = AN × DM (Since, NB = DM)
Hence, proved.
3. In Figure, ABC is a triangle in which ∠ABC > 90° and AD ⊥ CB produced. Prove that
AC2= AB2+ BC2+ 2 BC.BD.

Solution:
By applying Pythagoras Theorem in ∆ADB, we get,
AB2 = AD2 + DB2 ……………………… (i)
Again, by applying Pythagoras Theorem in ∆ACD, we get,
AC2 = AD2 + DC2
AC2 = AD2 + (DB + BC) 2
AC2 = AD2 + DB2 + BC2 + 2DB × BC
From equation (i), we can write,
AC2 = AB2 + BC2 + 2DB × BC
Hence, proved.
4. In Figure, ABC is a triangle in which ∠ ABC < 90° and AD ⊥ BC. Prove that
AC2= AB2+ BC2 – 2 BC.BD.

Solution:
By applying Pythagoras Theorem in ∆ADB, we get,
AB2 = AD2 + DB2
We can write it as;
⇒ AD2 = AB2 − DB2 ……………….. (i)
By applying Pythagoras Theorem in ∆ADC, we get,
AD2 + DC2 = AC2
From equation (i),
AB2 − BD2 + DC2 = AC2
AB2 − BD2 + (BC − BD) 2 = AC2
AC2 = AB2 − BD2 + BC2 + BD2 −2BC × BD
AC2 = AB2 + BC2 − 2BC × BD
Hence, proved.
5. In Figure, AD is a median of a triangle ABC and AM ⊥ BC. Prove that :
(i) AC2 = AD2 + BC.DM + 2 (BC/2) 2
(ii) AB2 = AD2 – BC.DM + 2 (BC/2) 2
(iii) AC2 + AB2 = 2 AD2 + ½ BC2

Solution:
(i) By applying Pythagoras Theorem in ∆AMD, we get,
AM2 + MD2 = AD2 ………………. (i)
Again, by applying Pythagoras Theorem in ∆AMC, we get,
AM2 + MC2 = AC2
AM2 + (MD + DC) 2 = AC2
(AM2 + MD2 ) + DC2 + 2MD.DC = AC2
From equation(i), we get,
AD2 + DC2 + 2MD.DC = AC2
Since, DC=BC/2, thus, we get,
AD2 + (BC/2) 2 + 2MD.(BC/2) 2 = AC2
AD2 + (BC/2) 2 + 2MD × BC = AC2
Hence, proved.
(ii) By applying Pythagoras Theorem in ∆ABM, we get;
AB2 = AM2 + MB2
= (AD2 − DM2) + MB2
= (AD2 − DM2) + (BD − MD) 2
= AD2 − DM2 + BD2 + MD2 − 2BD × MD
= AD2 + BD2 − 2BD × MD
= AD2 + (BC/2)2 – 2(BC/2) MD
= AD2 + (BC/2)2 – BC MD
Hence, proved.
(iii) By applying Pythagoras Theorem in ∆ABM, we get,
AM2 + MB2 = AB2 ………………….… (i)
By applying Pythagoras Theorem in ∆AMC, we get,
AM2 + MC2 = AC2 …………………..… (ii)
Adding both the equations (i) and (ii), we get,
2AM2 + MB2 + MC2 = AB2 + AC2
2AM2 + (BD − DM) 2 + (MD + DC) 2 = AB2 + AC2
2AM2+BD2 + DM2 − 2BD.DM + MD2 + DC2 + 2MD.DC = AB2 + AC2
2AM2 + 2MD2 + BD2 + DC2 + 2MD (− BD + DC) = AB2 + AC2
2(AM2+ MD2) + (BC/2) 2 + (BC/2) 2 + 2MD (-BC/2 + BC/2) 2 = AB2 + AC2
2AD2 + BC2/2 = AB2 + AC2
6. Prove that the sum of the squares of the diagonals of parallelogram is equal to the sum
of the squares of its sides.
Solution:
Let us consider, ABCD be a parallelogram. Now, draw perpendicular DE on extended side of AB,
and draw a perpendicular AF meeting DC at point F.

By applying Pythagoras Theorem in ∆DEA, we get,

DE2 + EA2 = DA2 ……………….… (i)
By applying Pythagoras Theorem in ∆DEB, we get,
DE2 + EB2 = DB2
DE2 + (EA + AB) 2 = DB2
(DE2 + EA2) + AB2 + 2EA × AB = DB2
DA2 + AB2 + 2EA × AB = DB2 ……………. (ii)
By applying Pythagoras Theorem in ∆ADF, we get,
AD2 = AF2 + FD2
Again, applying Pythagoras theorem in ∆AFC, we get,
AC2 = AF2 + FC2 = AF2 + (DC − FD) 2
= AF2 + DC2 + FD2 − 2DC × FD
= (AF2 + FD2) + DC2 − 2DC × FD AC2
AC2= AD2 + DC2 − 2DC × FD ………………… (iii)
Since ABCD is a parallelogram,
AB = CD ………………….…(iv)
And BC = AD ………………. (v)
In ∆DEA and ∆ADF,
∠DEA = ∠AFD (Each 90°)
∠EAD = ∠ADF (EA || DF)
AD = AD (Common Angles)
∴ ∆EAD ≅ ∆FDA (AAS congruence criterion)
⇒ EA = DF ……………… (vi)
Adding equations (i) and (iii), we get,
DA2 + AB2 + 2EA × AB + AD2 + DC2 − 2DC × FD = DB2 + AC2
DA2 + AB2 + AD2 + DC2 + 2EA × AB − 2DC × FD = DB2 + AC2
From equation (iv) and (vi),
BC2 + AB2 + AD2 + DC2 + 2EA × AB − 2AB × EA = DB2 + AC2
AB2 + BC2 + CD2 + DA2 = AC2 + BD2
7. In Figure, two chords AB and CD intersect each other at the point P. Prove that :
(i) ∆APC ~ ∆ DPB
(ii) AP . PB = CP . DP

Solution:
Firstly, let us join CB, in the given figure.
(i) In ∆APC and ∆DPB,
∠APC = ∠DPB (Vertically opposite angles)
∠CAP = ∠BDP (Angles in the same segment for chord CB)
Therefore,
∆APC ∼ ∆DPB (AA similarity criterion)
(ii) In the above, we have proved that ∆APC ∼ ∆DPB
We know that the corresponding sides of similar triangles are proportional.
∴ AP/DP = PC/PB = CA/BD
⇒AP/DP = PC/PB
∴AP. PB = PC. DP
Hence, proved.
8. In Fig. 6.62, two chords AB and CD of a circle intersect each other at the point P (when
produced) outside the circle. Prove that:
(i) ∆ PAC ~ ∆ PDB
(ii) PA . PB = PC . PD.

Solution:
(i) In ∆PAC and ∆PDB,
∠P = ∠P (Common Angles)
As we know, exterior angle of a cyclic quadrilateral is ∠PCA and ∠PBD is opposite interior angle,
which are both equal.
∠PAC = ∠PDB
Thus, ∆PAC ∼ ∆PDB(AA similarity criterion)
(ii) We have already proved above,
∆APC ∼ ∆DPB
We know that the corresponding sides of similar triangles are proportional.
Therefore,
AP/DP = PC/PB = CA/BD
AP/DP = PC/PB
∴ AP. PB = PC. DP
9. In Figure, D is a point on side BC of ∆ ABC such that BD/CD = AB/AC. Prove that AD is
the bisector of ∠ BAC.

Solution:
In the given figure, let us extend BA to P such that;
AP = AC.
Now join PC.

Given, BD/CD = AB/AC

⇒ BD/CD = AP/AC
By using the converse of basic proportionality theorem, we get,
AD || PC
∠BAD = ∠APC (Corresponding angles) ……………….. (i)
And, ∠DAC = ∠ACP (Alternate interior angles) …….… (ii)
By the new figure, we have;
AP = AC
⇒ ∠APC = ∠ACP ……………………. (iii)
On comparing equations (i), (ii), and (iii), we get,
∠BAD = ∠APC
Therefore, AD is the bisector of the angle BAC.
Hence, proved.
10. Nazima is fly fishing in a stream. The tip of her fishing rod is 1.8 m above the surface
of the water and the fly at the end of the string rests on the water 3.6 m away and 2.4 m
from a point directly under the tip of the rod. Assuming that her string (from the tip of her
rod to the fly) is taut, how much string does she have out (see Figure)? If she pulls in the
string at the rate of 5 cm per second, what will be the horizontal distance of the fly from
her after 12 seconds?

Solution:
Let us consider, AB is the height of the tip of the fishing rod from the water surface and BC is the
horizontal distance of the fly from the tip of the fishing rod. Therefore, AC is now the length of the
string.

To find AC, we have to use Pythagoras theorem in ∆ABC, is such way;

AC2 = AB2+ BC2
AB2 = (1.8 m) 2 + (2.4 m) 2
AB2 = (3.24 + 5.76) m2
AB2 = 9.00 m2
⟹ AB = √9 m = 3m
Thus, the length of the string out is 3 m.
As its given, she pulls the string at the rate of 5 cm per second.
Therefore, string pulled in 12 seconds = 12 × 5 = 60 cm = 0.6 m

Let us say now, the fly is at point D after 12 seconds.

Length of string out after 12 seconds is AD.
AD = AC − String pulled by Nazima in 12 seconds
= (3.00 − 0.6) m
= 2.4 m
In ∆ADB, by Pythagoras Theorem,
AB2 + BD2 = AD2
(1.8 m) 2 + BD2 = (2.4 m) 2
BD2 = (5.76 − 3.24) m2 = 2.52 m2
BD = 1.587 m
Horizontal distance of fly = BD + 1.2 m
= (1.587 + 1.2) m = 2.787 m
= 2.79 m
Exercise7.1 Page No: 161
1. Find the distance between the following pairs of points:
(i) (2, 3), (4, 1)
(ii) (-5, 7), (-1, 3)
(iii) (a, b), (- a, – b)
Solution:
Distance formula to find the distance between two points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) is, say d,

2. Find the distance between the points (0, 0) and (36, 15). Can you now find the distance
between the two towns A and B discussed in Section 7.2.
Solution:
Let us consider, town A at point (0, 0). Therefore, town B will be at point (36, 15).
Distance between points (0, 0) and (36, 15)

The distance between town A and B will be 39 km.

3. Determine if the points (1, 5), (2, 3) and (-2, -11) are collinear.
Solution: The sum of the lengths of any two line segments is equal to the length of the third line
segment then all three points are collinear.
Consider, A = (1, 5) B = (2, 3) and C = (-2, -11)
Find the distance between points; say AB, BC and CA

Since AB + BC ≠ CA
Therefore, the points (1, 5), (2, 3), and ( – 2, – 11) are not collinear.
4. Check whether (5, – 2), (6, 4) and (7, – 2) are the vertices of an isosceles triangle.
Solution:
Since two sides of any isosceles triangle are equal. To check whether given points are vertices of
an isosceles triangle, we will find the distance between all the points.
Let the points (5, – 2), (6, 4), and (7, – 2) are representing the vertices A, B, and C respectively.

This implies, whether given points are vertices of an isosceles triangle.

5. In a classroom, 4 friends are seated at the points A, B, C and D as shown in Fig. 7.8.
Champa and Chameli walk into the class and after observing for a few minutes Champa
asks Chameli, “Don’t you think ABCD is a square?” Chameli disagrees. Using distance
formula, find which of them is correct.

Solution:
From figure, the coordinates of points A, B, C and D are (3, 4), (6, 7), (9, 4) and (6,1).
Find distance between points using distance formula, we get
AB = BC = CD = DA = 3√2
All sides are of equal length. Therefore, ABCD is a square and hence, Champa was correct.
6. Name the type of quadrilateral formed, if any, by the following points, and give reasons
for your answer:
(i) (- 1, – 2), (1, 0), (- 1, 2), (- 3, 0)
(ii) (- 3, 5), (3, 1), (0, 3), (- 1, – 4)
(iii) (4, 5), (7, 6), (4, 3), (1, 2)
Solution:
(i) Let the points (- 1, – 2), (1, 0), ( – 1, 2), and ( – 3, 0) be representing the vertices A, B, C, and
D of the given quadrilateral respectively.

Side length = AB = BC = CD = DA = 2√2

Diagonal Measure = AC = BD = 4
Therefore, the given points are the vertices of a square.
(ii) Let the points (- 3, 5), (3, 1), (0, 3), and ( – 1, – 4) be representing the vertices A, B, C, and D
of the given quadrilateral respectively.

Its also seen that points A, B and C are collinear.

So, the given points can only form 3 sides i.e, a triangle and not a quadrilateral which has 4
sides.
Therefore, the given points cannot form a general quadrilateral.
(iii) Let the points (4, 5), (7, 6), (4, 3), and (1, 2) be representing the vertices A, B, C, and D of the
given quadrilateral respectively.
Opposite sides of this quadrilateral are of the same length. However, the diagonals are of
different lengths. Therefore, the given points are the vertices of a parallelogram.
7. Find the point on the x-axis which is equidistant from (2, – 5) and (- 2, 9).
Solution:
To find a point on x-axis. Therefore, its y-coordinate will be 0. Let the point on x-axis be (x,0).
Consider A = (x, 0); B = (2, – 5) and C = (- 2, 9).

Simplify the above equation,

Remove square root by taking square both the sides, we get
(2 – x)2 + 25 = (-2 – x)2 + 81
x2 + 4 – 4x + 25 = x2 + 4 + 4x + 81
8x = 25 – 81 = -56
x = -7
Therefore, the point is (- 7, 0).
8. Find the values of y for which the distance between the points P (2, – 3) and Q (10, y) is
10 units.
Solution:
Given: Distance between (2, – 3) and (10, y) is 10.
Using distance formula,

Simplify the above equation and find the value of y.

Squaring both sides,
64 + (y + 3)2 = 100
(y + 3)2 = 36
y + 3 = ±6
y + 3 = +6 or y + 3 = −6
Therefore, y = 3 or -9.
9. If Q (0, 1) is equidistant from P (5, – 3) and R (x, 6), find the values of x. Also find the
distance QR and PR.
Solution:
Given: Q (0, 1) is equidistant from P (5, – 3) and R (x, 6), which means PQ = QR
Step 1: Find the distance between PQ and QR using distance formula,

Squaring both the sides, to omit square root

41 = x2 + 25
x2 = 16
x=±4
x = 4 or x = -4
Coordinates of Point R will be R (4, 6) or R (-4, 6),
If R (4, 6), then QR

10. Find a relation between x and y such that the point (x, y) is equidistant from the point
(3, 6) and (- 3, 4).
Solution:
Point (x, y) is equidistant from (3, 6) and ( – 3, 4).

Squaring both sides, (x – 3)2+(y – 6)2 = (x + 3)2 +(y – 4)2

x2 + 9 – 6x + y2+ 36 – 12y = x2 + 9 + 6x + y2 +16 – 8y
36 – 16 = 6x + 6x + 12y – 8y
20 = 12x + 4y
3x + y = 5
3x + y – 5 = 0

Exercise 7.2 Page No: 167

1. Find the coordinates of the point which divides the join of (- 1, 7) and (4, – 3) in the ratio
2:3.
Solution:
Let P(x, y) be the required point. Using the section formula, we get
x = (2×4 + 3×(-1))/(2 + 3) = (8 – 3)/5 = 1
y = (2×-3 + 3×7)/(2 + 3) = (-6 + 21)/5 = 3
Therefore, the point is (1, 3).
2. Find the coordinates of the points of trisection of the line segment joining (4, -1) and (-2,
-3).
Solution:

Let P (x1, y1) and Q (x2, y2) are the points of trisection of the line segment joining the given points
i.e., AP = PQ = QB
Therefore, point P divides AB internally in the ratio 1:2.
x1 = (1×(-2) + 2×4)/3 = (-2 + 8)/3 = 6/3 = 2
y1 = (1×(-3) + 2×(-1))/(1 + 2) = (-3 – 2)/3 = -5/3
Therefore: P (x1, y1) = P(2, -5/3)
Point Q divides AB internally in the ratio 2:1.
x2 = (2×(-2) + 1×4)/(2 + 1) = (-4 + 4)/3 = 0
y2 = (2×(-3) + 1×(-1))/(2 + 1) = (-6 – 1)/3 = -7/3
The coordinates of the point Q is (0, -7/3)
3. To conduct Sports Day activities, in your rectangular shaped school ground ABCD,
lines have been drawn with chalk powder at a distance of 1 m each. 100 flower pots have
been placed at a distance of 1 m from each other along AD, as shown in the following
figure. Niharika runs 1/4 th the distance AD on the 2nd line and posts a green flag. Preet
runs 1/5th the distance AD on the eighth line and posts a red flag. What is the distance
between both the flags? If Rashmi has to post a blue flag exactly halfway between the line
segment joining the two flags, where should she post her flag?
Solution:
From the given instruction, we observed that Niharika posted the green flag at 1/4th of the
distance AD i.e., (1/4 ×100) m = 25 m from the starting point of 2nd line. Therefore, the
coordinates of this point are (2, 25).
Similarly, Preet posted red flag at 1/5 of the distance AD i.e., (1/5 ×100) m = 20m from the
starting point of 8th line. Therefore, the coordinates of this point are (8, 20).
Distance between these flags can be calculated by using distance formula,

The point at which Rashmi should post her blue flag is the mid-point of the line joining these
points. Let say this point be P(x, y).
x = (2 + 8)/2 = 10/2 = 5 and y = (20 + 25)/2 = 45/2
Hence, P( x, y) = (5, 45/2)
Therefore, Rashmi should post her blue flag at 45/2 = 22.5m on 5th line.
4. Find the ratio in which the line segment joining the points (-3, 10) and (6, – 8) is divided
by (-1, 6).
Solution:
Consider the ratio in which the line segment joining ( -3, 10) and (6, -8) is divided by point ( -1, 6)
be k :1.
Therefore, -1 = ( 6k-3)/(k+1)
–k – 1 = 6k -3
7k = 2
k = 2/7
Therefore, the required ratio is 2: 7.
5. Find the ratio in which the line segment joining A (1, – 5) and B (- 4, 5) is divided by the
x-axis. Also find the coordinates of the point of division.
Solution:
Let the ratio in which the line segment joining A (1, – 5) and B ( – 4, 5) is divided by x-axis be k :
1. Therefore, the coordinates of the point of division, say P(x, y) is ((-4k+1)/(k+1), (5k-5)/(k+1)).

We know that y-coordinate of any point on x-axis is 0.

Therefore, ( 5k – 5)/(k + 1) = 0
5k = 5
or k = 1
So, x-axis divides the line segment in the ratio 1:1.
Now, find the coordinates of the point of division:
P (x, y) = ((-4(1)+1)/(1+1) , (5(1)-5)/(1+1)) = (-3/2 , 0)
6. If (1, 2), (4, y), (x, 6) and (3, 5) are the vertices of a parallelogram taken in order,
find x and y.
Solution:
Let A,B,C and D be the points of a parallelogram : A(1, 2), B(4, y), C(x, 6) and D(3, 5).
Since the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other, the midpoint is same.
To find the value of x and y, solve for midpoint first.
Midpoint of AC = ( (1+x)/2 , (2+6)/2 ) = ((1+x)/2 , 4)
Midpoint of BD = ((4+3)/2 , (5+y)/2 ) = (7/2 , (5+y)/2)
Midpoint of AC and BD are same, this implies
(1+x)/2 = 7/2 and 4 = (5+y)/2
x + 1 = 7 and 5 + y = 8
x = 6 and y = 3
7. Find the coordinates of a point A, where AB is the diameter of circle whose centre is (2,
– 3) and B is (1, 4).
Solution:
Let the coordinates of point A be (x, y).
Mid-point of AB is (2, – 3), which is the centre of the circle.
Coordinate of B = (1, 4)
(2, -3) =((x+1)/2 , (y+4)/2)
(x+1)/2 = 2 and (y+4)/2 = -3
x + 1 = 4 and y + 4 = -6
x = 3 and y = -10
The coordinates of A(3,-10).
8. If A and B are (-2, -2) and (2, -4), respectively, find the coordinates of P such that AP =
3/7 AB and P lies on the line segment AB.
Solution:

The coordinates of point A and B are (-2,-2) and (2,-4) respectively. Since AP = 3/7 AB
Therefore, AP: PB = 3:4
Point P divides the line segment AB in the ratio 3:4.
9. Find the coordinates of the points which divide the line segment joining A (- 2, 2) and B
(2, 8) into four equal parts.
Solution:
Draw a figure, line dividing by 4 points.

From the figure, it can be observed that points X, Y, Z are dividing the line segment in a ratio 1:3,
1:1, 3:1 respectively.

10. Find the area of a rhombus if its vertices are (3, 0), (4, 5), (-1, 4) and (-2,-1) taken in
order.
[Hint: Area of a rhombus = 1/2 (product of its diagonals)
Solution:
Let A(3, 0), B (4, 5), C( – 1, 4) and D ( – 2, – 1) are the vertices of a rhombus ABCD.
Exercise 7.3 Page No: 170
1. Find the area of the triangle whose vertices are:
(i) (2, 3), (-1, 0), (2, -4)
(ii) (-5, -1), (3, -5), (5, 2)
Solution:
Area of a triangle formula = 1/2 × [x1(y2 – y3) + x2(y3 – y1) + x3(y1 – y2)]
(i) Here,
x1 = 2, x2 = -1, x3 = 2, y1 = 3, y2 = 0 and y3 = -4
Substitute all the values in the above formula, we get
Area of triangle = 1/2 [2 {0- (-4)} + (-1) {(-4) – (3)} + 2 (3 – 0)]
= 1/2 {8 + 7 + 6}
= 21/2
So, area of triangle is 21/2 square units.
(ii) Here,
x1 = -5, x2 = 3, x3 = 5, y1 = -1, y2 = -5 and y3 = 2
Area of the triangle = 1/2 [-5 { (-5)- (2)} + 3(2-(-1)) + 5{-1 – (-5)}]
= 1/2{35 + 9 + 20} = 32
Therefore, the area of the triangle is 32 square units.
2. In each of the following find the value of ‘k’, for which the points are collinear.
(i) (7, -2), (5, 1), (3, -k)
(ii) (8, 1), (k, -4), (2, -5)
Solution:
(i) For collinear points, area of triangle formed by them is always zero.
Let points (7, -2) (5, 1), and (3, k) are vertices of a triangle.
Area of triangle = 1/2 [7 { 1- k} + 5(k-(-2)) + 3{(-2) – 1}] = 0
7 – 7k + 5k +10 -9 = 0
-2k + 8 = 0
k=4
(ii) For collinear points, area of triangle formed by them is zero.
Therefore, for points (8, 1), (k, – 4), and (2, – 5), area = 0
1/2 [8 { -4- (-5)} + k{(-5)-(1)} + 2{1 -(-4)}] = 0
8 – 6k + 10 = 0
6k = 18
k=3
3. Find the area of the triangle formed by joining the mid-points of the sides of the triangle
whose vertices are (0, -1), (2, 1) and (0, 3). Find the ratio of this area to the area of the
given triangle.
Solution:
Let the vertices of the triangle be A (0, -1), B (2, 1), C (0, 3).
Let D, E, F be the mid-points of the sides of this triangle.
Coordinates of D, E, and F are given by
D = (0+2/2, -1+1/2 ) = (1, 0)
E = ( 0+0/2, -1+3/2 ) = (0, 1)
F = ( 0+2/2, 3+1/2 ) = (1, 2)

Area of a triangle = 1/2 × [x1(y2 – y3) + x2(y3 – y1) + x3(y1 – y2)]

Area of ΔDEF = 1/2 {1(2-1) + 1(1-0) + 0(0-2)} = 1/2 (1+1) = 1
Area of ΔDEF is 1 square units
Area of ΔABC = 1/2 [0(1-3) + 2{3-(-1)} + 0(-1-1)] = 1/2 {8} = 4
Area of ΔABC is 4 square units
Therefore, the required ratio is 1:4.
4. Find the area of the quadrilateral whose vertices, taken in order, are
(-4, -2), (-3, -5), (3, -2) and (2, 3).
Solution:
Let the vertices of the quadrilateral be A (- 4, – 2), B ( – 3, – 5), C (3, – 2), and D (2, 3).
Join AC and divide the quadrilateral into two triangles.
We have two triangles ΔABC and ΔACD.
Area of a triangle = 1/2 × [x1(y2 – y3) + x2(y3 – y1) + x3(y1 – y2)]
Area of ΔABC = 1/2 [(-4) {(-5) – (-2)} + (-3) {(-2) – (-2)} + 3 {(-2) – (-5)}]
= 1/2 (12 + 0 + 9)
= 21/2 square units
Area of ΔACD = 1/2 [(-4) {(-2) – (3)} + 3{(3) – (-2)} + 2 {(-2) – (-2)}]
= 1/2 (20 + 15 + 0)
= 35/2 square units
Area of quadrilateral ABCD = Area of ΔABC + Area of ΔACD
= (21/2 + 35/2) square units = 28 square units
5. You have studied in Class IX that a median of a triangle divides it into two triangles of
equal areas. Verify this result for ΔABC whose vertices are A (4, – 6), B (3, – 2) and C (5,
2).
Solution:
Let the vertices of the triangle be A (4, -6), B (3, -2), and C (5, 2).

Let D be the mid-point of side BC of ΔABC. Therefore, AD is the median in ΔABC.

Coordinates of point D = Midpoint of BC = ((3+5)/2, (-2+2)/2) = (4, 0)
Formula, to find Area of a triangle = 1/2 × [x1(y2 – y3) + x2(y3 – y1) + x3(y1 – y2)]
Now, Area of ΔABD = 1/2 [(4) {(-2) – (0)} + 3{(0) – (-6)} + (4) {(-6) – (-2)}]
= 1/2 (-8 + 18 – 16)
= -3 square units
However, area cannot be negative. Therefore, area of ΔABD is 3 square units.
Area of ΔACD = 1/2 [(4) {0 – (2)} + 4{(2) – (-6)} + (5) {(-6) – (0)}]
= 1/2 (-8 + 32 – 30) = -3 square units
However, area cannot be negative. Therefore, the area of ΔACD is 3 square units.
The area of both sides is the same. Thus, median AD has divided ΔABC in two triangles of equal
areas.

Exercise 7.4 Page No: 171

1. Determine the ratio in which the line 2x + y – 4 = 0 divides the line segment joining the
points A(2, –2) and B(3, 7).
Solution:
Consider line 2x + y – 4 = 0 divides line AB joined by the two points A(2, -2) and B(3, 7) in k : 1
ratio.
Coordinates of point of division can be given as follows:
x = (2 + 3k)/(k + 1) and y = (-2 + 7k)/(k + 1)
Substituting the values of x and y given equation, i.e. 2x + y – 4 = 0, we have
2{(2 + 3k)/(k + 1)} + {(-2 + 7k)/(k + 1)} – 4 = 0
(4 + 6k)/(k + 1) + (-2 + 7k)/(k + 1) = 4
4 + 6k – 2 + 7k = 4(k+1)
-2 + 9k = 0
Or k = 2/9
Hence, the ratio is 2: 9.
2. Find the relation between x and y if the points (x, y), (1, 2) and (7, 0) are collinear.
Solution:
If given points are collinear then area of triangle formed by them must be zero.
Let (x, y), (1, 2) and (7, 0) are vertices of a triangle,
Area of a triangle = 1/2 × [x1(y2 – y3) + x2(y3 – y1) + x3(y1 – y2)] = 0
[x(2 – 0) + 1 (0 – y) + 7( y – 2)] = 0
2x – y + 7y – 14 = 0
2x + 6y – 14 = 0
x + 3y – 7 = 0.
Which is the required result.
3. Find the centre of a circle passing through points (6, -6), (3, -7) and (3, 3).
Solution:
Let A = (6, -6), B = (3, -7), C = (3, 3) are the points on a circle.
If O is the centre, then OA = OB = OC (radii are equal)
If O = (x, y) then
OA = √[(x – 6)2 + (y + 6)2]
OB = √[(x – 3)2 + (y + 7)2]
OC = √[(x – 3)2 + (y – 3)2]
Choose: OA = OB, we have
After simplifying above, we get -6x = 2y – 14 ….(1)
Similarly: OB = OC
(x – 3)2 + (y + 7)2 = (x – 3)2 + (y – 3)2
(y + 7)2 = (y – 3)2
y2 + 14y + 49 = y2 – 6y + 9
20y =-40
or y = -2
Substituting the value of y in equation (1), we get;
-6x = 2y – 14
-6x = -4 – 14 = -18
x=3
Hence, the centre of the circle located at point (3,-2).
4. The two opposite vertices of a square are (-1, 2) and (3, 2). Find the coordinates of the
other two vertices.
Solution:
Let ABCD is a square, where A(-1,2) and B(3,2). And Point O is the point of intersection of AC
and BD
To Find: Coordinate of points B and D.
Step 1: Find distance between A and C and coordinates of point O.
We know that, diagonals of a square are equal and bisect each other.
AC = √[(3 + 1)2 + (2 – 2)2] = 4
Coordinates of O can be calculated as follows:
x = (3 – 1)/2 = 1 and y = (2 + 2)/2 = 2
So, O(1,2)
Step 2: Find the side of the square using Pythagoras theorem
Let a be the side of square and AC = 4
From right triangle, ACD,
a = 2√2
Hence, each side of square = 2√2
Step 3: Find coordinates of point D
Equate length measure of AD and CD
Say, if coordinate of D are (x1, y1)
AD = √[(x1 + 1)2 + (y1 – 2)2]
Squaring both sides,
AD2 = (x1 + 1)2 + (y1 – 2)2
Similarly, CD2 = (x1 – 3)2 + (y1 – 2)2
Since all sides of a square are equal, which means AD = CD
(x1 + 1)2 + (y1 – 2)2 = (x1 – 3)2 + (y1 – 2)2
x12 + 1 + 2x1 = x12 + 9 – 6x1
8x1 = 8
x1 = 1
Value of y1 can be calculated as follows by using the value of x.
From step 2: each side of square = 2√2
CD2 = (x1 – 3)2 + (y1 – 2)2
8 = (1 – 3)2 + (y1 – 2)2
8 = 4 + (y1 – 2)2
y1 – 2 = 2
y1 = 4
Hence, D = (1, 4)
Step 4: Find coordinates of point B
From line segment, BOD
Coordinates of B can be calculated using coordinates of O; as follows:
Earlier, we had calculated O = (1, 2)
Say B = (x2, y2)
For BD;
1 = (x2 + 1)/2
x2 = 1
And 2 = (y2 + 4)/2
=> y2 = 0
Therefore, the coordinates of required points are B = (1,0) and D = (1,4)
5. The class X students of a secondary school in Krishinagar have been allotted a
rectangular plot of land for their gardening activity. Saplings of Gulmohar are planted on
the boundary at a distance of 1 m from each other. There is a triangular lawn in the plot as
shown in the fig. 7.14. The students are to sow the seeds of flowering plants on the
remaining area of the plot.
(i) Taking A as origin, find the coordinates of the vertices of the triangle.
(ii) What will be the coordinates of the vertices of triangle PQR if C is the origin?
Also calculate the areas of the triangles in these cases. What do you observe?
Solution:
(i) Taking A as origin, coordinates of the vertices P, Q and R are,
From figure: P = (4, 6), Q = (3, 2), R (6, 5)
Here AD is the x-axis and AB is the y-axis.
(ii) Taking C as origin,
Coordinates of vertices P, Q and R are ( 12, 2), (13, 6) and (10, 3) respectively.
Here CB is the x-axis and CD is the y-axis.
Find the area of triangles:
Area of triangle PQR in case of origin A:
Using formula: Area of a triangle = 1/2 × [x1(y2 – y3) + x2(y3 – y1) + x3(y1 – y2)]
= ½ [4(2 – 5) + 3 (5 – 6) + 6 (6 – 2)]
= ½ (- 12 – 3 + 24 )
= 9/2 sq unit
(ii) Area of triangle PQR in case of origin C:
Area of a triangle = 1/2 × [x1(y2 – y3) + x2(y3 – y1) + x3(y1 – y2)]
= ½ [ 12(6 – 3) + 13 ( 3 – 2) + 10( 2 – 6)]
= ½ ( 36 + 13 – 40)
= 9/2 sq unit
This implies, Area of triangle PQR at origin A = Area of triangle PQR at origin C
Area is same in both case because triangle remains the same no matter which point is
considered as origin.
6. The vertices of a ∆ ABC are A (4, 6), B (1, 5) and C (7, 2). A line is drawn to intersect
sides AB and AC at D and E respectively, such that AD/AB = AE/AC = 1/4. Calculate the
area of the ∆ ADE and compare it with area of ∆ ABC. (Recall Theorem 6.2 and Theorem
6.6)
Solution:
Given: The vertices of a ∆ ABC are A (4, 6), B (1, 5) and C (7, 2)
AD/AB = AE/AC = 1/4
AD/(AD + BD) = AE/(AE + EC) = 1/4
Point D and Point E divide AB and AC respectively in ratio 1 : 3.
Coordinates of D can be calculated as follows:
x = (m1x2 + m2x1)/(m1 + m2) and y = (m1y2 + m2y1)/(m1 + m2)
Here m1 = 1 and m2 = 3
Consider line segment AB which is divided by the point D at the ratio 1:3.
x = [3(4) + 1(1)]/4 = 13/4
y = [3(6) + 1(5)]/4 = 23/4
Similarly, Coordinates of E can be calculated as follows:
x = [1(7) + 3(4)]/4 = 19/4
y = [1(2) + 3(6)]/4 = 20/4 = 5
Find Area of triangle:
Using formula: Area of a triangle = 1/2 × [x1(y2 – y3) + x2(y3 – y1) + x3(y1 – y2)]
Area of triangle ∆ ABC can be calculated as follows:
= ½ [4(5 – 2) + 1( 2 – 6) + 7( 6 – 5)]
= ½ (12 – 4 + 7) = 15/2 sq unit
Area of ∆ ADE can be calculated as follows:
= ½ [4(23/4 – 5) + 13/4 (5 – 6) + 19/4 (6 – 23/4)]
= ½ (3 – 13/4 + 19/16)
= ½ ( 15/16 ) = 15/32 sq unit
Hence, ratio of area of triangle ADE to area of triangle ABC = 1 : 16.
7. Let A (4, 2), B (6, 5) and C (1, 4) be the vertices of ∆ ABC.
(i) The median from A meets BC at D. Find the coordinates of point D.
(ii) Find the coordinates of the point P on AD such that AP : PD = 2 : 1.
(iii) Find the coordinates of point Q and R on medians BE and CF respectively such that
BQ : QE = 2:1 and CR : RF = 2 : 1.
(iv) What do you observe?
[Note: The point which is common to all the three medians is called the centroid
and this point divides each median in the ratio 2 : 1.]
(v) If A (x1, y1), B (x2, y2) and C (x3, y3) are the vertices of triangle ABC, find the coordinates
of the centroid of the triangle.
Solution:

(i) Coordinates of D can be calculated as follows:

Coordinates of D = ( (6+1)/2, (5+4)/2 ) = (7/2, 9/2)
So, D is (7/2, 9/2)
(ii) Coordinates of P can be calculated as follows:
Coordinates of P = ( [2(7/2) + 1(4)]/(2 + 1), [2(9/2) + 1(2)]/(2 + 1) ) = (11/3, 11/3)
So, P is (11/3, 11/3)
(iii) Coordinates of E can be calculated as follows:
Coordinates of E = ( (4+1)/2, (2+4)/2 ) = (5/2, 6/2) = (5/2 , 3)
So, E is (5/2 , 3)
Point Q and P would be coincident because medians of a triangle intersect each other at a
common point called centroid. Coordinate of Q can be given as follows:
Coordinates of Q =( [2(5/2) + 1(6)]/(2 + 1), [2(3) + 1(5)]/(2 + 1) ) = (11/3, 11/3)
F is the mid- point of the side AB
Coordinates of F = ( (4+6)/2, (2+5)/2 ) = (5, 7/2)
Point R divides the side CF in ratio 2:1
Coordinates of R = ( [2(5) + 1(1)]/(2 + 1), [2(7/2) + 1(4)]/(2 + 1) ) = (11/3, 11/3)
(iv) Coordinates of P, Q and R are same which shows that medians intersect each other at a
common point, i.e. centroid of the triangle.
(v) If A (x1, y1), B (x2, y2) and C (x3, y3) are the vertices of triangle ABC, the coordinates of centroid
can be given as follows:
x = (x1 + x2 + x3)/3 and y = (y1 + y2 + y3)/3
8. ABCD is a rectangle formed by the points A (-1, – 1), B (-1, 4), C (5, 4) and D (5, -1). P, Q,
R and S are the midpoints of AB, BC, CD and DA respectively. Is the quadrilateral PQRS a
square? a rectangle? or a rhombus? Justify your answer.
Solution:

P id the mid-point of side AB,

Coordinate of P = ( (-1 – 1)/2, (-1 + 4)/2 ) = (-1, 3/2)
Similarly, Q, R and S are (As Q is mid-point of BC, R is midpoint of CD and S is midpoint of AD)
Coordinate of Q = (2, 4)
Coordinate of R = (5, 3/2)
Coordinate of S = (2, -1)
Now,
Length of PQ = √[(-1 – 2)2 + (3/2 – 4)2] = √(61/4) = √61/2
Length of SP = √[(2 + 1)2 + (-1 – 3/2)2] = √(61/4) = √61/2
Length of QR = √[(2 – 5)2 + (4 – 3/2)2] = √(61/4) = √61/2
Length of RS = √[(5 – 2)2 + (3/2 + 1)2] = √(61/4) = √61/2
Length of PR (diagonal) = √[(-1 – 5)2 + (3/2 – 3/2)2] = 6
Length of QS (diagonal) = √[(2 – 2)2 + (4 + 1)2] = 5
The above values show that, PQ = SP = QR = RS = √61/2, i.e. all sides are equal.
But PR ≠ QS i.e. diagonals are not of equal measure.
Hence, the given figure is a rhombus.
Exercise 8.1 Page: 181
1. In ∆ ABC, right-angled at B, AB = 24 cm, BC = 7 cm. Determine:
(i) sin A, cos A
(ii) sin C, cos C
Solution:
In a given triangle ABC, right angled at B = ∠B = 90°
Given: AB = 24 cm and BC = 7 cm
According to the Pythagoras Theorem,
In a right- angled triangle, the squares of the hypotenuse side is equal to the sum of the squares
of the other two sides.
By applying Pythagoras theorem, we get
AC2=AB2+BC2
AC2 = (24)2+72
AC2 = (576+49)
AC2 = 625cm2
AC = √625 = 25
Therefore, AC = 25 cm
(i) To find Sin (A), Cos (A)
We know that sine (or) Sin function is the equal to the ratio of length of the opposite side to the
hypotenuse side. So it becomes
Sin (A) = Opposite side /Hypotenuse = BC/AC = 7/25
Cosine or Cos function is equal to the ratio of the length of the adjacent side to the hypotenuse
side and it becomes,
Cos (A) = Adjacent side/Hypotenuse = AB/AC = 24/25
(ii) To find Sin (C), Cos (C)
Sin (C) = AB/AC = 24/25
Cos (C) = BC/AC = 7/25
2. In Fig. 8.13, find tan P – cot R

Solution:
In the given triangle PQR, the given triangle is right angled at Q and the given measures are:
PR = 13cm,
PQ = 12cm
Since the given triangle is right angled triangle, to find the side QR, apply the Pythagorean
theorem
According to Pythagorean theorem,
In a right- angled triangle, the squares of the hypotenuse side is equal to the sum of the squares
of the other two sides.
PR2 = QR2 + PQ2
Substitute the values of PR and PQ
132 = QR2+122
169 = QR2+144
Therefore, QR2 = 169−144
QR2 = 25
QR = √25 = 5
Therefore, the side QR = 5 cm
To find tan P – cot R:
According to the trigonometric ratio, the tangent function is equal to the ratio of the length of the
opposite side to the adjacent sides, the value of tan (P) becomes
tan (P) = Opposite side /Adjacent side = QR/PQ = 5/12
Since cot function is the reciprocal of the tan function, the ratio of cot function becomes,
Cot (R) = Adjacent side/Opposite side = QR/PQ = 5/12
Therefore,
tan (P) – cot (R) = 5/12 – 5/12 = 0
Therefore, tan(P) – cot(R) = 0
3. If sin A = 3/4, Calculate cos A and tan A.
Solution:
Let us assume a right angled triangle ABC, right angled at B
Given: Sin A = 3/4
We know that, Sin function is the equal to the ratio of length of the opposite side to the
hypotenuse side.
Therefore, Sin A = Opposite side /Hypotenuse= 3/4
Let BC be 3k and AC will be 4k
where k is a positive real number.
According to the Pythagoras theorem, the squares of the hypotenuse side is equal to the sum of
the squares of the other two sides of a right angle triangle and we get,
AC2=AB2 + BC2
Substitute the value of AC and BC
(4k)2=AB2 + (3k)2
16k2−9k2 =AB2
AB2=7k2
Therefore, AB = √7k
Now, we have to find the value of cos A and tan A
We know that,
Cos (A) = Adjacent side/Hypotenuse
Substitute the value of AB and AC and cancel the constant k in both numerator and denominator,
we get
AB/AC = √7k/4k = √7/4
Therefore, cos (A) = √7/4
tan(A) = Opposite side/Adjacent side
Substitute the Value of BC and AB and cancel the constant k in both numerator and
denominator, we get,
BC/AB = 3k/√7k = 3/√7
Therefore, tan A = 3/√7
4. Given 15 cot A = 8, find sin A and sec A.
Solution:
Let us assume a right angled triangle ABC, right angled at B
Given: 15 cot A = 8
So, Cot A = 8/15
We know that, cot function is the equal to the ratio of length of the adjacent side to the opposite
side.
Therefore, cot A = Adjacent side/Opposite side = AB/BC = 8/15
Let AB be 8k and BC will be 15k
Where, k is a positive real number.
According to the Pythagoras theorem, the squares of the hypotenuse side is equal to the sum of
the squares of the other two sides of a right angle triangle and we get,
AC2=AB2 + BC2
Substitute the value of AB and BC
AC2= (8k)2 + (15k)2
AC2= 64k2 + 225k2
AC2= 289k2
Therefore, AC = 17k
Now, we have to find the value of sin A and sec A
We know that,
Sin (A) = Opposite side /Hypotenuse
Substitute the value of BC and AC and cancel the constant k in both numerator and denominator,
we get
Sin A = BC/AC = 15k/17k = 15/17
Therefore, sin A = 15/17
Since secant or sec function is the reciprocal of the cos function which is equal to the ratio of the
length of the hypotenuse side to the adjacent side.
Sec (A) = Hypotenuse/Adjacent side
Substitute the Value of BC and AB and cancel the constant k in both numerator and
denominator, we get,
AC/AB = 17k/8k = 17/8
Therefore sec (A) = 17/8
5. Given sec θ = 13/12 Calculate all other trigonometric ratios
Solution:
We know that sec function is the reciprocal of the cos function which is equal to the ratio of the
length of the hypotenuse side to the adjacent side
Let us assume a right angled triangle ABC, right angled at B
sec θ =13/12 = Hypotenuse/Adjacent side = AC/AB
Let AC be 13k and AB will be 12k
Where, k is a positive real number.
According to the Pythagoras theorem, the squares of the hypotenuse side is equal to the sum of
the squares of the other two sides of a right angle triangle and we get,
AC2=AB2 + BC2
Substitute the value of AB and AC
(13k)2= (12k)2 + BC2
169k2= 144k2 + BC2
169k2= 144k2 + BC2
BC2 = 169k2 – 144k2
BC2= 25k2
Therefore, BC = 5k
Now, substitute the corresponding values in all other trigonometric ratios
So,
Sin θ = Opposite Side/Hypotenuse = BC/AC = 5/13
Cos θ = Adjacent Side/Hypotenuse = AB/AC = 12/13
tan θ = Opposite Side/Adjacent Side = BC/AB = 5/12
Cosec θ = Hypotenuse/Opposite Side = AC/BC = 13/5
cot θ = Adjacent Side/Opposite Side = AB/BC = 12/5
6. If ∠A and ∠B are acute angles such that cos A = cos B, then show that ∠ A = ∠ B.
Solution:
Let us assume the triangle ABC in which CD⊥AB
Give that the angles A and B are acute angles, such that
Cos (A) = cos (B)
As per the angles taken, the cos ratio is written as
AD/AC = BD/BC
Now, interchange the terms, we get
AD/BD = AC/BC
Let take a constant value
AD/BD = AC/BC = k
Now consider the equation as
AD = k BD …(1)
AC = k BC …(2)
By applying Pythagoras theorem in △CAD and △CBD we get,
CD2 = BC2 – BD2 … (3)
CD2 =AC2 −AD2 ….(4)
From the equations (3) and (4) we get,
AC2−AD2 = BC2−BD2
Now substitute the equations (1) and (2) in (3) and (4)
K2(BC2−BD2)=(BC2−BD2) k2=1
Putting this value in equation, we obtain
AC = BC
∠A=∠B (Angles opposite to equal side are equal-isosceles triangle)
7. If cot θ = 7/8, evaluate :
(i) (1 + sin θ)(1 – sin θ)/(1+cos θ)(1-cos θ)
(ii) cot2 θ
Solution:
Let us assume a △ABC in which ∠B = 90° and ∠C = θ
Given:
cot θ = BC/AB = 7/8
Let BC = 7k and AB = 8k, where k is a positive real number
According to Pythagoras theorem in △ABC we get.
AC2 = AB2+BC2
AC2 = (8k)2+(7k)2
AC2 = 64k2+49k2
AC2 = 113k2
AC = √113 k
According to the sine and cos function ratios, it is written as
sin θ = AB/AC = Opposite Side/Hypotenuse = 8k/√113 k = 8/√113 and
cos θ = Adjacent Side/Hypotenuse = BC/AC = 7k/√113 k = 7/√113
Now apply the values of sin function and cos function:

8. If 3 cot A = 4, check whether (1-tan2 A)/(1+tan2 A) = cos2 A – sin 2 A or not.

Solution:
Let △ABC in which ∠B=90°
We know that, cot function is the reciprocal of tan function and it is written as
cot(A) = AB/BC = 4/3
Let AB = 4k an BC =3k, where k is a positive real number.
According to the Pythagorean theorem,
AC2=AB2+BC2
AC2=(4k)2+(3k)2
AC2=16k2+9k2
AC2=25k2
AC=5k
Now, apply the values corresponding to the ratios
tan(A) = BC/AB = 3/4
sin (A) = BC/AC = 3/5
cos (A) = AB/AC = 4/5
Now compare the left hand side(LHS) with right hand side(RHS)

Since, both the LHS and RHS = 7/25

R.H.S. =L.H.S.
Hence, (1-tan2 A)/(1+tan2 A) = cos2 A – sin 2 A is proved
9. In triangle ABC, right-angled at B, if tan A = 1/√3 find the value of:
(i) sin A cos C + cos A sin C
(ii) cos A cos C – sin A sin C
Solution:
Let ΔABC in which ∠B=90°
tan A = BC/AB = 1/√3
Let BC = 1k and AB = √3 k,
Where k is the positive real number of the problem
By Pythagoras theorem in ΔABC we get:
AC2=AB2+BC2
AC2=(√3 k)2+(k)2
AC2=3k2+k2
AC2=4k2
AC = 2k
Now find the values of cos A, Sin A
Sin A = BC/AC = 1/2
Cos A = AB/AC = √3/2
Then find the values of cos C and sin C
Sin C = AB/AC = √3/2
Cos C = BC/AC = 1/2
Now, substitute the values in the given problem
(i) sin A cos C + cos A sin C = (1/2) ×(1/2 )+ √3/2 ×√3/2 = 1/4 + 3/4 = 1
(ii) cos A cos C – sin A sin C = (√3/2 )(1/2) – (1/2) (√3/2 ) = 0
10. In ∆ PQR, right-angled at Q, PR + QR = 25 cm and PQ = 5 cm. Determine the values of
sin P, cos P and tan P
Solution:
In a given triangle PQR, right angled at Q, the following measures are
PQ = 5 cm
PR + QR = 25 cm
Now let us assume, QR = x
PR = 25-QR
PR = 25- x
According to the Pythagorean Theorem,
PR2 = PQ2 + QR2
Substitute the value of PR as x
(25- x) 2 = 52 + x2
252 + x2 – 50x = 25 + x2
625 + x2-50x -25 – x2 = 0
-50x = -600
x= -600/-50
x = 12 = QR
Now, find the value of PR
PR = 25- QR
Substitute the value of QR
PR = 25-12
PR = 13
Now, substitute the value to the given problem
(1) sin p = Opposite Side/Hypotenuse = QR/PR = 12/13
(2) Cos p = Adjacent Side/Hypotenuse = PQ/PR = 5/13
(3) tan p =Opposite Side/Adjacent side = QR/PQ = 12/5
11. State whether the following are true or false. Justify your answer.
(i) The value of tan A is always less than 1.
(ii) sec A = 12/5 for some value of angle A.
(iii)cos A is the abbreviation used for the cosecant of angle A.
(iv) cot A is the product of cot and A.
(v) sin θ = 4/3 for some angle θ.
Solution:
(i) The value of tan A is always less than 1.
Answer: False
Proof: In ΔMNC in which ∠N = 90∘,
MN = 3, NC = 4 and MC = 5
Value of tan M = 4/3 which is greater than.
The triangle can be formed with sides equal to 3, 4 and hypotenuse = 5 as it will follow the
Pythagoras theorem.
MC2=MN2+NC2
52=32+42
25=9+16
25 = 25
(ii) sec A = 12/5 for some value of angle A
Answer: True
Justification: Let a ΔMNC in which ∠N = 90º,
MC=12k and MB=5k, where k is a positive real number.
By Pythagoras theorem we get,
MC2=MN2+NC2
(12k)2=(5k)2+NC2
NC2+25k2=144k2
NC2=119k2
Such a triangle is possible as it will follow the Pythagoras theorem.
(iii) cos A is the abbreviation used for the cosecant of angle A.
Answer: False
Justification: Abbreviation used for cosecant of angle M is cosec M. cos M is the abbreviation
used for cosine of angle M.
(iv) cot A is the product of cot and A.
Answer: False
Justification: cot M is not the product of cot and M. It is the cotangent of ∠M.
(v) sin θ = 4/3 for some angle θ.
Answer: False
Justification: sin θ = Height/Hypotenuse
We know that in a right angled triangle, Hypotenuse is the longest side.
∴ sin θ will always less than 1 and it can never be 4/3 for any value of θ.

Exercise 8.2 Page: 187

1. Evaluate the following:
(i) sin 60° cos 30° + sin 30° cos 60°
(ii) 2 tan2 45° + cos2 30° – sin2 60

Solution:
(i) sin 60° cos 30° + sin 30° cos 60°
First, find the values of the given trigonometric ratios
sin 30° = 1/2
cos 30° = √3/2
sin 60° = 3/2
cos 60°= 1/2
Now, substitute the values in the given problem
sin 60° cos 30° + sin 30° cos 60° = √3/2 ×√3/2 + (1/2) ×(1/2 ) = 3/4+1/4 = 4/4 =
(ii) 2 tan2 45° + cos2 30° – sin2 60
We know that, the values of the trigonometric ratios are:
sin 60° = √3/2
cos 30° = √3/2
tan 45° = 1
Substitute the values in the given problem
2 tan2 45° + cos2 30° – sin2 60 = 2(1)2 + (√3/2)2-(√3/2)2
2 tan2 45° + cos2 30° – sin2 60 = 2 + 0
2 tan2 45° + cos2 30° – sin2 60 = 2
(iii) cos 45°/(sec 30°+cosec 30°)
We know that,
cos 45° = 1/√2
sec 30° = 2/√3
cosec 30° = 2
Substitute the values, we get

Now, multiply both the numerator and denominator by √2 , we get

Therefore, cos 45°/(sec 30°+cosec 30°) = (3√2 – √6)/8

We know that,
sin 30° = 1/2
tan 45° = 1
cosec 60° = 2/√3
sec 30° = 2/√3
cos 60° = 1/2
cot 45° = 1
Substitute the values in the given problem, we get

We know that,
cos 60° = 1/2
sec 30° = 2/√3
tan 45° = 1
sin 30° = 1/2
cos 30° = √3/2
Now, substitute the values in the given problem, we get
(5cos260° + 4sec230° – tan245°)/(sin2 30° + cos2 30°)
= 5(1/2)2+4(2/√3)2-12/(1/2)2+(√3/2)2
= (5/4+16/3-1)/(1/4+3/4)
= (15+64-12)/12/(4/4)
= 67/12
2. Choose the correct option and justify your choice :
(i) 2tan 30°/1+tan230° =
(A) sin 60° (B) cos 60° (C) tan 60° (D) sin 30°
(ii) 1-tan245°/1+tan245° =
(A) tan 90° (B) 1 (C) sin 45° (D) 0
(iii) sin 2A = 2 sin A is true when A =
(A) 0° (B) 30° (C) 45° (D) 60°
(iv) 2tan30°/1-tan230° =
(A) cos 60° (B) sin 60° (C) tan 60° (D) sin 30°
Solution:
(i) (A) is correct.
Substitute the of tan 30° in the given equation
tan 30° = 1/√3
2tan 30°/1+tan230° = 2(1/√3)/1+(1/√3)2
= (2/√3)/(1+1/3) = (2/√3)/(4/3)
= 6/4√3 = √3/2 = sin 60°
The obtained solution is equivalent to the trigonometric ratio sin 60°
(ii) (D) is correct.
Substitute the of tan 45° in the given equation
tan 45° = 1
1-tan245°/1+tan245° = (1-12)/(1+12)
= 0/2 = 0
The solution of the above equation is 0.
(iii) (A) is correct.
To find the value of A, substitute the degree given in the options one by one
sin 2A = 2 sin A is true when A = 0°
As sin 2A = sin 0° = 0
2 sin A = 2 sin 0° = 2 × 0 = 0
or,
Apply the sin 2A formula, to find the degree value
sin 2A = 2sin A cos A
⇒2sin A cos A = 2 sin A
⇒ 2cos A = 2 ⇒ cos A = 1
Now, we have to check, to get the solution as 1, which degree value has to be applied.
When 0 degree is applied to cos value, i.e., cos 0 =1
Therefore, ⇒ A = 0°
(iv) (C) is correct.
Substitute the of tan 30° in the given equation
tan 30° = 1/√3
2tan30°/1-tan230° = 2(1/√3)/1-(1/√3)2
= (2/√3)/(1-1/3) = (2/√3)/(2/3) = √3 = tan 60°
The value of the given equation is equivalent to tan 60°.
3. If tan (A + B) = √3 and tan (A – B) = 1/√3 ,0° < A + B ≤ 90°; A > B, find A and B.
Solution:
tan (A + B) = √3
Since √3 = tan 60°
Now substitute the degree value
⇒ tan (A + B) = tan 60°
(A + B) = 60° … (i)
The above equation is assumed as equation (i)
tan (A – B) = 1/√3
Since 1/√3 = tan 30°
Now substitute the degree value
⇒ tan (A – B) = tan 30°
(A – B) = 30° … equation (ii)
Now add the equation (i) and (ii), we get
A + B + A – B = 60° + 30°
Cancel the terms B
2A = 90°
A= 45°
Now, substitute the value of A in equation (i) to find the value of B
45° + B = 60°
B = 60° – 45°
B = 15°
Therefore A = 45° and B = 15°
4. State whether the following are true or false. Justify your answer.
(i) sin (A + B) = sin A + sin B.
(ii) The value of sin θ increases as θ increases.
(iii) The value of cos θ increases as θ increases.
(iv) sin θ = cos θ for all values of θ.
(v) cot A is not defined for A = 0°.
Solution:
(i) False.
Justification:
Let us take A = 30° and B = 60°, then
Substitute the values in the sin (A + B) formula, we get
sin (A + B) = sin (30° + 60°) = sin 90° = 1 and,
sin A + sin B = sin 30° + sin 60°
= 1/2 + √3/2 = 1+√3/2
Since the values obtained are not equal, the solution is false.
(ii) True.
Justification:
According to the values obtained as per the unit circle, the values of sin are:
sin 0° = 0
sin 30° = 1/2
sin 45° = 1/√2
sin 60° = √3/2
sin 90° = 1
Thus the value of sin θ increases as θ increases. Hence, the statement is true
(iii) False.
According to the values obtained as per the unit circle, the values of cos are:
cos 0° = 1
cos 30° = √3/2
cos 45° = 1/√2
cos 60° = 1/2
cos 90° = 0
Thus, the value of cos θ decreases as θ increases. So, the statement given above is false.
(iv) False
sin θ = cos θ, when a right triangle has 2 angles of (π/4). Therefore, the above statement is false.
(v) True.
Since cot function is the reciprocal of the tan function, it is also written as:
cot A = cos A/sin A
Now substitute A = 0°
cot 0° = cos 0°/sin 0° = 1/0 = undefined.
Hence, it is true

Exercise 8.3 Page: 189

1. Evaluate :
(i) sin 18°/cos 72°
(ii) tan 26°/cot 64°
(iii) cos 48° – sin 42°
(iv) cosec 31° – sec 59°
Solution:
(i) sin 18°/cos 72°
To simplify this, convert the sin function into cos function
We know that, 18° is written as 90° – 18°, which is equal to the cos 72°.
= sin (90° – 18°) /cos 72°
Substitute the value, to simplify this equation
= cos 72° /cos 72° = 1
(ii) tan 26°/cot 64°
To simplify this, convert the tan function into cot function
We know that, 26° is written as 90° – 36°, which is equal to the cot 64°.
= tan (90° – 36°)/cot 64°
Substitute the value, to simplify this equation
= cot 64°/cot 64° = 1
(iii) cos 48° – sin 42°
To simplify this, convert the cos function into sin function
We know that, 48° is written as 90° – 42°, which is equal to the sin 42°.
= cos (90° – 42°) – sin 42°
Substitute the value, to simplify this equation
= sin 42° – sin 42° = 0
(iv) cosec 31° – sec 59°
To simplify this, convert the cosec function into sec function
We know that, 31° is written as 90° – 59°, which is equal to the sec 59°
= cosec (90° – 59°) – sec 59°
Substitute the value, to simplify this equation
= sec 59° – sec 59° = 0
2. Show that:
(i) tan 48° tan 23° tan 42° tan 67° = 1
(ii) cos 38° cos 52° – sin 38° sin 52° = 0
Solution:
(i) tan 48° tan 23° tan 42° tan 67°
Simplify the given problem by converting some of the tan functions to the cot functions
We know that, tan 48° = tan (90° – 42°) = cot 42°
tan 23° = tan (90° – 67°) = cot 67°
= tan (90° – 42°) tan (90° – 67°) tan 42° tan 67°
Substitute the values
= cot 42° cot 67° tan 42° tan 67°
= (cot 42° tan 42°) (cot 67° tan 67°) = 1×1 = 1
(ii) cos 38° cos 52° – sin 38° sin 52°
Simplify the given problem by converting some of the cos functions to the sin functions
We know that,
cos 38° = cos (90° – 52°) = sin 52°
cos 52°= cos (90°-38°) = sin 38°
= cos (90° – 52°) cos (90°-38°) – sin 38° sin 52°
Substitute the values
= sin 52° sin 38° – sin 38° sin 52° = 0
3. If tan 2A = cot (A – 18°), where 2A is an acute angle, find the value of A.
Solution:
tan 2A = cot (A- 18°)
We know that tan 2A = cot (90° – 2A)
Substitute the above equation in the given problem
⇒ cot (90° – 2A) = cot (A -18°)
Now, equate the angles,
⇒ 90° – 2A = A- 18° ⇒ 108° = 3A
A = 108° / 3
Therefore, the value of A = 36°
4. If tan A = cot B, prove that A + B = 90°.
Solution:
tan A = cot B
We know that cot B = tan (90° – B)
To prove A + B = 90°, substitute the above equation in the given problem
tan A = tan (90° – B)
A = 90° – B
A + B = 90°
Hence Proved.
5. If sec 4A = cosec (A – 20°), where 4A is an acute angle, find the value of A.
Solution:
sec 4A = cosec (A – 20°)
We know that sec 4A = cosec (90° – 4A)
To find the value of A, substitute the above equation in the given problem
cosec (90° – 4A) = cosec (A – 20°)
Now, equate the angles
90° – 4A= A- 20°
110° = 5A
A = 110°/ 5 = 22°
Therefore, the value of A = 22°
6. If A, B and C are interior angles of a triangle ABC, then show that
sin (B+C/2) = cos A/2
Solution:
We know that, for a given triangle, sum of all the interior angles of a triangle is equal to 180°
A + B + C = 180° ….(1)
To find the value of (B+ C)/2, simplify the equation (1)
⇒ B + C = 180° – A
⇒ (B+C)/2 = (180°-A)/2
⇒ (B+C)/2 = (90°-A/2)
Now, multiply both sides by sin functions, we get
⇒ sin (B+C)/2 = sin (90°-A/2)
Since sin (90°-A/2) = cos A/2, the above equation is equal to
sin (B+C)/2 = cos A/2
Hence proved.
7. Express sin 67° + cos 75° in terms of trigonometric ratios of angles between 0° and 45°.
Solution:
Given:
sin 67° + cos 75°
In term of sin as cos function and cos as sin function, it can be written as follows
sin 67° = sin (90° – 23°)
cos 75° = cos (90° – 15°)
So, sin 67° + cos 75° = sin (90° – 23°) + cos (90° – 15°)
Now, simplify the above equation
= cos 23° + sin 15°
Therefore, sin 67° + cos 75° is also expressed as cos 23° + sin 15°

Exercise 8.4 Page: 193

1. Express the trigonometric ratios sin A, sec A and tan A in terms of cot A.
Solution:
To convert the given trigonometric ratios in terms of cot functions, use trigonometric formulas
We know that,
cosec2A – cot2A = 1
cosec2A = 1 + cot2A
Since cosec function is the inverse of sin function, it is written as
1/sin2A = 1 + cot2A
Now, rearrange the terms, it becomes
sin2A = 1/(1+cot2A)
Now, take square roots on both sides, we get
sin A = ±1/(√(1+cot2A)
The above equation defines the sin function in terms of cot function
Now, to express sec function in terms of cot function, use this formula
sin2A = 1/ (1+cot2A)
Now, represent the sin function as cos function
1 – cos2A = 1/ (1+cot2A)
Rearrange the terms,
cos2A = 1 – 1/(1+cot2A)
⇒cos2A = (1-1+cot2A)/(1+cot2A)
Since sec function is the inverse of cos function,
⇒ 1/sec2A = cot2A/(1+cot2A)
Take the reciprocal and square roots on both sides, we get
⇒ sec A = ±√ (1+cot2A)/cotA
Now, to express tan function in terms of cot function
tan A = sin A/cos A and cot A = cos A/sin A
Since cot function is the inverse of tan function, it is rewritten as
tan A = 1/cot A
2. Write all the other trigonometric ratios of ∠A in terms of sec A.

Solution:
Cos A function in terms of sec A:
sec A = 1/cos A
⇒ cos A = 1/sec A
sec A function in terms of sec A:
cos2A + sin2A = 1
Rearrange the terms
sin2A = 1 – cos2A
sin2A = 1 – (1/sec2A)
sin2A = (sec2A-1)/sec2A
sin A = ± √(sec2A-1)/sec A
cosec A function in terms of sec A:
sin A = 1/cosec A
⇒cosec A = 1/sin A
cosec A = ± sec A/√(sec2A-1)
Now, tan A function in terms of sec A:
sec2A – tan2A = 1
Rearrange the terms
⇒ tan2A = sec2A – 1
tan A = √(sec2A – 1)
cot A function in terms of sec A:
tan A = 1/cot A
⇒ cot A = 1/tan A
cot A = ±1/√(sec2A – 1)
3. Evaluate:
(i) (sin263° + sin227°)/(cos217° + cos273°)
(ii) sin 25° cos 65° + cos 25° sin 65°
Solution:
(i) (sin263° + sin227°)/(cos217° + cos273°)
To simplify this, convert some of the sin functions into cos functions and cos function into sin
function and it becomes,
= [sin2(90°-27°) + sin227°] / [cos2(90°-73°) + cos273°)]
= (cos227° + sin227°)/(sin227° + cos273°)
= 1/1 =1 (since sin2A + cos2A = 1)
Therefore, (sin263° + sin227°)/(cos217° + cos273°) = 1
(ii) sin 25° cos 65° + cos 25° sin 65°
To simplify this, convert some of the sin functions into cos functions and cos function into sin
function and it becomes,
= sin(90°-25°) cos 65° + cos (90°-65°) sin 65°
= cos 65° cos 65° + sin 65° sin 65°
= cos265° + sin265° = 1 (since sin2A + cos2A = 1)
Therefore, sin 25° cos 65° + cos 25° sin 65° = 1
4. Choose the correct option. Justify your choice.
(i) 9 sec2A – 9 tan2A =
(A) 1 (B) 9 (C) 8 (D) 0
(ii) (1 + tan θ + sec θ) (1 + cot θ – cosec θ)
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) – 1
(iii) (sec A + tan A) (1 – sin A) =
(A) sec A (B) sin A (C) cosec A (D) cos A
(iv) 1+tan2A/1+cot2A =
(A) sec2 A (B) -1 (C) cot2A (D) tan2A
Solution:
(i) (B) is correct.
Justification:
Take 9 outside, and it becomes
9 sec2A – 9 tan2A
= 9 (sec2A – tan2A)
= 9×1 = 9 (∵ sec2 A – tan2 A = 1)
Therefore, 9 sec2A – 9 tan2A = 9
(ii) (C) is correct
Justification:
(1 + tan θ + sec θ) (1 + cot θ – cosec θ)
We know that, tan θ = sin θ/cos θ
sec θ = 1/ cos θ
cot θ = cos θ/sin θ
cosec θ = 1/sin θ
Now, substitute the above values in the given problem, we get
= (1 + sin θ/cos θ + 1/ cos θ) (1 + cos θ/sin θ – 1/sin θ)
Simplify the above equation,
= (cos θ +sin θ+1)/cos θ × (sin θ+cos θ-1)/sin θ
= (cos θ+sin θ)2-12/(cos θ sin θ)
= (cos2θ + sin2θ + 2cos θ sin θ -1)/(cos θ sin θ)
= (1+ 2cos θ sin θ -1)/(cos θ sin θ) (Since cos2θ + sin2θ = 1)
= (2cos θ sin θ)/(cos θ sin θ) = 2
Therefore, (1 + tan θ + sec θ) (1 + cot θ – cosec θ) =2
(iii) (D) is correct.
Justification:
We know that,
Sec A= 1/cos A
Tan A = sin A / cos A
Now, substitute the above values in the given problem, we get
(secA + tanA) (1 – sinA)
= (1/cos A + sin A/cos A) (1 – sinA)
= (1+sin A/cos A) (1 – sinA)
= (1 – sin2A)/cos A
= cos2A/cos A = cos A
Therefore, (secA + tanA) (1 – sinA) = cos A
(iv) (D) is correct.
Justification:
We know that,
tan2A =1/cot2A
Now, substitute this in the given problem, we get
1+tan2A/1+cot2A
= (1+1/cot2A)/1+cot2A
= (cot2A+1/cot2A)×(1/1+cot2A)
= 1/cot2A = tan2A
So, 1+tan2A/1+cot2A = tan2A
5. Prove the following identities, where the angles involved are acute angles for which the
expressions are defined.
(i) (cosec θ – cot θ)2 = (1-cos θ)/(1+cos θ)
(ii) cos A/(1+sin A) + (1+sin A)/cos A = 2 sec A
(iii) tan θ/(1-cot θ) + cot θ/(1-tan θ) = 1 + sec θ cosec θ
[Hint : Write the expression in terms of sin θ and cos θ]
(iv) (1 + sec A)/sec A = sin2A/(1-cos A)
[Hint : Simplify LHS and RHS separately]
(v) ( cos A–sin A+1)/( cos A +sin A–1) = cosec A + cot A, using the identity cosec2A =
1+cot2A.

(vii) (sin θ – 2sin3θ)/(2cos3θ-cos θ) = tan θ

(viii) (sin A + cosec A)2 + (cos A + sec A)2 = 7+tan2A+cot2A
(ix) (cosec A – sin A)(sec A – cos A) = 1/(tan A+cotA)
[Hint : Simplify LHS and RHS separately]
(x) (1+tan2A/1+cot2A) = (1-tan A/1-cot A)2 = tan2A
Solution:
(i) (cosec θ – cot θ)2 = (1-cos θ)/(1+cos θ)
To prove this, first take the Left-Hand side (L.H.S) of the given equation, to prove the Right Hand
Side (R.H.S)
L.H.S. = (cosec θ – cot θ)2
The above equation is in the form of (a-b)2, and expand it
Since (a-b)2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab
Here a = cosec θ and b = cot θ
= (cosec2θ + cot2θ – 2cosec θ cot θ)
Now, apply the corresponding inverse functions and equivalent ratios to simplify
= (1/sin2θ + cos2θ/sin2θ – 2cos θ/sin2θ)
= (1 + cos2θ – 2cos θ)/(1 – cos2θ)
= (1-cos θ)2/(1 – cosθ)(1+cos θ)
= (1-cos θ)/(1+cos θ) = R.H.S.
Therefore, (cosec θ – cot θ)2 = (1-cos θ)/(1+cos θ)
Hence proved.
(ii) (cos A/(1+sin A)) + ((1+sin A)/cos A) = 2 sec A
Now, take the L.H.S of the given equation.
L.H.S. = (cos A/(1+sin A)) + ((1+sin A)/cos A)
= [cos2A + (1+sin A)2]/(1+sin A)cos A
= (cos2A + sin2A + 1 + 2sin A)/(1+sin A) cos A
Since cos2A + sin2A = 1, we can write it as
= (1 + 1 + 2sin A)/(1+sin A) cos A
= (2+ 2sin A)/(1+sin A)cos A
= 2(1+sin A)/(1+sin A)cos A
= 2/cos A = 2 sec A = R.H.S.
L.H.S. = R.H.S.
(cos A/(1+sin A)) + ((1+sin A)/cos A) = 2 sec A
Hence proved.
(iii) tan θ/(1-cot θ) + cot θ/(1-tan θ) = 1 + sec θ cosec θ
L.H.S. = tan θ/(1-cot θ) + cot θ/(1-tan θ)
We know that tan θ =sin θ/cos θ
cot θ = cos θ/sin θ
Now, substitute it in the given equation, to convert it in a simplified form
= [(sin θ/cos θ)/1-(cos θ/sin θ)] + [(cos θ/sin θ)/1-(sin θ/cos θ)]
= [(sin θ/cos θ)/(sin θ-cos θ)/sin θ] + [(cos θ/sin θ)/(cos θ-sin θ)/cos θ]
= sin2θ/[cos θ(sin θ-cos θ)] + cos2θ/[sin θ(cos θ-sin θ)]
= sin2θ/[cos θ(sin θ-cos θ)] – cos2θ/[sin θ(sin θ-cos θ)]
= 1/(sin θ-cos θ) [(sin2θ/cos θ) – (cos2θ/sin θ)]
= 1/(sin θ-cos θ) × [(sin3θ – cos3θ)/sin θ cos θ]
= [(sin θ-cos θ)(sin2θ+cos2θ+sin θ cos θ)]/[(sin θ-cos θ)sin θ cos θ]
= (1 + sin θ cos θ)/sin θ cos θ
= 1/sin θ cos θ + 1
= 1 + sec θ cosec θ = R.H.S.
Therefore, L.H.S. = R.H.S.
Hence proved
(iv) (1 + sec A)/sec A = sin2A/(1-cos A)
First find the simplified form of L.H.S
L.H.S. = (1 + sec A)/sec A
Since secant function is the inverse function of cos function and it is written as
= (1 + 1/cos A)/1/cos A
= (cos A + 1)/cos A/1/cos A
Therefore, (1 + sec A)/sec A = cos A + 1
R.H.S. = sin2A/(1-cos A)
We know that sin2A = (1 – cos2A), we get
= (1 – cos2A)/(1-cos A)
= (1-cos A)(1+cos A)/(1-cos A)
Therefore, sin2A/(1-cos A)= cos A + 1
L.H.S. = R.H.S.
Hence proved
(v) (cos A–sin A+1)/(cos A+sin A–1) = cosec A + cot A, using the identity cosec2A = 1+cot2A.
With the help of identity function, cosec2A = 1+cot2A, let us prove the above equation.
L.H.S. = (cos A–sin A+1)/(cos A+sin A–1)
Divide the numerator and denominator by sin A, we get
= (cos A–sin A+1)/sin A/(cos A+sin A–1)/sin A
We know that cos A/sin A = cot A and 1/sin A = cosec A
= (cot A – 1 + cosec A)/(cot A+ 1 – cosec A)
= (cot A – cosec2A + cot2A + cosec A)/(cot A+ 1 – cosec A) (using cosec2A – cot2A = 1
= [(cot A + cosec A) – (cosec2A – cot2A)]/(cot A+ 1 – cosec A)
= [(cot A + cosec A) – (cosec A + cot A)(cosec A – cot A)]/(1 – cosec A + cot A)
= (cot A + cosec A)(1 – cosec A + cot A)/(1 – cosec A + cot A)
= cot A + cosec A = R.H.S.
Therefore, (cos A–sin A+1)/(cos A+sin A–1) = cosec A + cot A
Hence Proved
First divide the numerator and denominator of L.H.S. by cos A,

We know that 1/cos A = sec A and sin A/ cos A = tan A and it becomes,
= √(sec A+ tan A)/(sec A-tan A)
Now using rationalization, we get

= (sec A + tan A)/1

= sec A + tan A = R.H.S
Hence proved
(vii) (sin θ – 2sin3θ)/(2cos3θ-cos θ) = tan θ
L.H.S. = (sin θ – 2sin3θ)/(2cos3θ – cos θ)
Take sin θ as in numerator and cos θ in denominator as outside, it becomes
= [sin θ(1 – 2sin2θ)]/[cos θ(2cos2θ- 1)]
We know that sin2θ = 1-cos2θ
= sin θ[1 – 2(1-cos2θ)]/[cos θ(2cos2θ -1)]
= [sin θ(2cos2θ -1)]/[cos θ(2cos2θ -1)]
= tan θ = R.H.S.
Hence proved
(viii) (sin A + cosec A)2 + (cos A + sec A)2 = 7+tan2A+cot2A
L.H.S. = (sin A + cosec A)2 + (cos A + sec A)2
It is of the form (a+b)2, expand it
(a+b)2 =a2 + b2 +2ab
= (sin2A + cosec2A + 2 sin A cosec A) + (cos2A + sec2A + 2 cos A sec A)
= (sin2A + cos2A) + 2 sin A(1/sin A) + 2 cos A(1/cos A) + 1 + tan2A + 1 + cot2A
= 1 + 2 + 2 + 2 + tan2A + cot2A
= 7+tan2A+cot2A = R.H.S.
Therefore, (sin A + cosec A)2 + (cos A + sec A)2 = 7+tan2A+cot2A
Hence proved.
(ix) (cosec A – sin A)(sec A – cos A) = 1/(tan A+cotA)
First, find the simplified form of L.H.S
L.H.S. = (cosec A – sin A)(sec A – cos A)
Now, substitute the inverse and equivalent trigonometric ratio forms
= (1/sin A – sin A)(1/cos A – cos A)
= [(1-sin2A)/sin A][(1-cos2A)/cos A]
= (cos2A/sin A)×(sin2A/cos A)
= cos A sin A
Now, simplify the R.H.S
R.H.S. = 1/(tan A+cotA)
= 1/(sin A/cos A +cos A/sin A)
= 1/[(sin2A+cos2A)/sin A cos A]
= cos A sin A
L.H.S. = R.H.S.
(cosec A – sin A)(sec A – cos A) = 1/(tan A+cotA)
Hence proved
(x) (1+tan2A/1+cot2A) = (1-tan A/1-cot A)2 = tan2A
L.H.S. = (1+tan2A/1+cot2A)
Since cot function is the inverse of tan function,
= (1+tan2A/1+1/tan2A)
= 1+tan2A/[(1+tan2A)/tan2A]
Now cancel the 1+tan2A terms, we get
= tan2A
(1+tan2A/1+cot2A) = tan2A
Similarly,
(1-tan A/1-cot A)2 = tan2A
Hence proved
Exercise 9.1 Page No: 203
1. A circus artist is climbing a 20 m long rope, which is tightly stretched and tied from the
top of a vertical pole to the ground. Find the height of the pole, if the angle made by the
rope with the ground level is 30°. (see fig. 9.11)

Solution:
Length of the rope is 20 m and angle made by the rope with the ground level is 30°.
Given: AC = 20 m and angle C = 30°
To Find: Height of the pole
Let AB be the vertical pole
In right ΔABC, using sine formula
sin 30° = AB/AC
Using value of sin 30 degrees is ½, we have

1/2 = AB/20

AB = 20/2

AB = 10

Therefore, the height of the pole is 10 m.

2. A tree breaks due to storm and the broken part bends so that the top of the tree
touches the ground making an angle 30° with it. The distance between the foot of the tree
to the point where the top touches the ground is 8 m. Find the height of the tree.
Solution:
Using given instructions, draw a figure. Let AC be the broken part of the tree. Angle C = 30°
BC = 8 m
To Find: Height of the tree, which is AB
From figure: Total height of the tree is the sum of AB and AC i.e. AB+AC
In right ΔABC,
Using Cosine and tangent angles,
cos 30° = BC/AC
We know that, cos 30° = √3/2
√3/2 = 8/AC
AC = 16/√3 …(1)
Also,
tan 30° = AB/BC
1/√3 = AB/8
AB = 8/√3 ….(2)
Therefore, total height of the tree = AB + AC = 16/√3 + 8/√3 = 24/√3 = 8√3 m.
3. A contractor plans to install two slides for the children to play in a park. For the
children below the age of 5 years, she prefers to have a slide whose top is at a height of
1.5 m, and is inclined at an angle of 30° to the ground, whereas for elder children, she
wants to have a steep slide at a height of 3m, and inclined at an angle of 60° to the
ground. What should be the length of the slide in each case?
Solution:
As per contractor’s plan,
Let, ABC is the slide inclined at 30° with length AC and PQR is the slide inclined at
60° with length PR.
To Find: AC and PR
In right ΔABC,
sin 30° = AB/AC
1/2 = 1.5/AC
AC = 3
Also,
In right ΔPQR,
sin 60° = PQ/PR
⇒ √3/2 = 3/PR
⇒ PR = 2√3
Hence, length of the slide for below 5 = 3 m and
Length of the slide for elders children = 2√3 m
4. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from a point on the ground, which is 30 m
away from the foot of the tower, is 30°. Find the height of the tower.
Solution:
Let AB be the height of the tower and C is the point elevation which is 30 m away from the foot of
the tower.

To Find: AB (height of the tower)

In right ABC
tan 30° = AB/BC
1/√3 = AB/30
⇒ AB = 10√3
Thus, the height of the tower is 10√3 m.
5. A kite is flying at a height of 60 m above the ground. The string attached to the kite is
temporarily tied to a point on the ground. The inclination of the string with the ground is
60°. Find the length of the string, assuming that there is no slack in the string.
Solution:
Draw a figure, based on given instruction,

Let BC = Height of the kite from the ground, BC = 60 m

AC = Inclined length of the string from the ground and
A is the point where string of the kite is tied.
To Find: Length of the string from the ground i.e. the value of AC
From the above figure,
sin 60° = BC/AC
⇒ √3/2 = 60/AC
⇒ AC = 40√3 m
Thus, the length of the string from the ground is 40√3 m.
6. A 1.5 m tall boy is standing at some distance from a 30 m tall building. The angle of
elevation from his eyes to the top of the building increases from 30° to 60° as he walks
towards the building. Find the distance he walked towards the building.
Solution:
Let the boy initially stand at point Y with inclination 30° and then he approaches the building to
the point X with inclination 60°.
To Find: The distance boy walked towards the building i.e. XY
From figure,
XY = CD.
Height of the building = AZ = 30 m.
AB = AZ – BZ = 30 – 1.5 = 28.5
Measure of AB is 28.5 m
In right ΔABD,
tan 30° = AB/BD
1/√3 = 28.5/BD
BD = 28.5√3 m
Again,
In right ΔABC,
tan 60° = AB/BC
√3 = 28.5/BC
BC = 28.5/√3 = 28.5√3/3
Therefore, the length of BC is 28.5√3/3 m.
XY = CD = BD – BC = (28.5√3-28.5√3/3) = 28.5√3(1-1/3) = 28.5√3 × 2/3 = 57/√3 = 19√3 m.
Thus, the distance boy walked towards the building is 19√3 m.
7. From a point on the ground, the angles of elevation of the bottom and the top of a
transmission tower fixed at the top of a 20 m high building are 45° and 60° respectively.
Find the height of the tower.
Solution:
Let BC be the 20 m high building.
D is the point on the ground from where the elevation is taken.
Height of transmission tower = AB = AC – BC
To Find: AB, Height of the tower
From figure, In right ΔBCD,
tan 45° = BC/CD
1 = 20/CD
CD = 20
Again,
In right ΔACD,
tan 60° = AC/CD
√3 = AC/20
AC = 20√3
Now, AB = AC – BC = (20√3-20) = 20(√3-1)
Height of transmission tower = 20(√3 – 1) m.
8. A statue, 1.6 m tall, stands on the top of a pedestal. From a point on the ground, the
angle of elevation of the top of the statue is 60° and from the same point the angle of
elevation of the top of the pedestal is 45°. Find the height of the pedestal.
Solution:
Let AB be the height of statue.
D is the point on the ground from where the elevation is taken.
To Find: Height of pedestal = BC = AC-AB

From figure,
In right triangle BCD,
tan 45° = BC/CD
1 = BC/CD

BC = CD …..(1)
Again,
In right ΔACD,
tan 60° = AC/AD
√3 = ( AB+BC)/CD

√3CD = 1.6 + BC

√3BC = 1.6 + BC (using equation (1)

√3BC – BC = 1.6

BC(√3-1) = 1.6

BC = 1.6/(√3-1) m

BC = 0.8(√3+1)

Thus, the height of the pedestal is 0.8(√3+1) m.

9. The angle of elevation of the top of a building from the foot of the tower is 30° and the
angle of elevation of the top of the tower from the foot of the building is 60°. If the tower is
50 m high, find the height of the building.
Solution:
Let CD be the height of the tower. AB be the height of the building. BC be the distance between
the foot of the building and the tower. Elevation is 30 degree and 60 degree from the tower and
the building respectively.

In right ΔBCD,
tan 60° = CD/BC
√3 = 50/BC

BC = 50/√3 …(1)

Again,
In right ΔABC,
tan 30° = AB/BC
⇒ 1/√3 = AB/BC

Use result obtained in equation (1)

AB = 50/3

Thus, the height of the building is 50/3 m.

10. Two poles of equal heights are standing opposite each other on either side of the
road, which is 80 m wide. From a point between them on the road, the angles of elevation
of the top of the poles are 60° and 30°, respectively. Find the height of the poles and the
distances of the point from the poles.
Solution:
Let AB and CD be the poles of equal height.
O is the point between them from where the height of elevation taken. BD is the distance
between the poles.

As per above figure, AB = CD,

OB + OD = 80 m
Now,
In right ΔCDO,
tan 30° = CD/OD
1/√3 = CD/OD
CD = OD/√3 … (1)
Again,
In right ΔABO,
tan 60° = AB/OB
√3 = AB/(80-OD)
AB = √3(80-OD)
AB = CD (Given)
√3(80-OD) = OD/√3 (Using equation (1))
3(80-OD) = OD
240 – 3 OD = OD
4 OD = 240
OD = 60
Putting the value of OD in equation (1)
CD = OD/√3
CD = 60/√3
CD = 20√3 m
Also,
OB + OD = 80 m
⇒ OB = (80-60) m = 20 m
Thus, the height of the poles are 20√3 m and distance from the point of elevation are 20 m and
60 m respectively.
11. A TV tower stands vertically on a bank of a canal. From a point on the other bank
directly opposite the tower, the angle of elevation of the top of the tower is 60°. From
another point 20 m away from this point on the line joing this point to the foot of the
tower, the angle of elevation of the top of the tower is 30° (see Fig. 9.12). Find the height of
the tower and the width of the canal.

Solution: Given, AB is the height of the tower.

DC = 20 m (given)
As per given diagram, In right ΔABD,
tan 30° = AB/BD
1/√3 = AB/(20+BC)
AB = (20+BC)/√3 … (i)
Again,
In right ΔABC,
tan 60° = AB/BC
√3 = AB/BC
AB = √3 BC … (ii)
From equation (i) and (ii)
√3 BC = (20+BC)/√3
3 BC = 20 + BC
2 BC = 20
BC = 10
Putting the value of BC in equation (ii)
AB = 10√3
This implies, the height of the tower is 10√3 m and the width of the canal is 10 m.
12. From the top of a 7 m high building, the angle of elevation of the top of a cable tower is
60° and the angle of depression of its foot is 45°. Determine the height of the tower.
Solution:
Let AB be the building of height 7 m and EC be the height of the tower.
A is the point from where elevation of tower is 60° and the angle of depression of its foot is 45°.
EC = DE + CD
Also, CD = AB = 7 m. and BC = AD
To Find: EC = Height of the tower
Design a figure based on given instructions:

In right ΔABC,
tan 45° = AB/BC
1= 7/BC
BC = 7
Since BC = AD
So AD = 7
Again, from right triangle ADE,
tan 60° = DE/AD
√3 = DE/7
⇒ DE = 7√3 m
Now: EC = DE + CD
= (7√3 + 7) = 7(√3+1)
Therefore, Height of the tower is 7(√3+1) m. Answer!
13. As observed from the top of a 75 m high lighthouse from the sea-level, the angles of
depression of two ships are 30° and 45°. If one ship is exactly behind the other on the
same side of the lighthouse, find the distance between the two ships.
Solution:
Let AB be the lighthouse of height 75 m. Let C and D be the positions of the ships.
30° and 45° are the angles of depression from the lighthouse.
Draw a figure based on given instructions:

To Find: CD = distance between two ships

Step 1: From right triangle ABC,
tan 45° = AB/BC
1= 75/BC
BC = 75 m
Step 2: Form right triangle ABD,
tan 30° = AB/BD
1/√3 = 75/BD
BD = 75√3
Step 3: To find measure of CD, use results obtained in step 1 and step 2.
CD = BD – BC = (75√3 – 75) = 75(√3-1)
The distance between the two ships is 75(√3-1) m. Answer!
14. A 1.2 m tall girl spots a balloon moving with the wind in a horizontal line at a height of
88.2 m from the ground. The angle of elevation of the balloon from the eyes of the girl at
any instant is 60°. After some time, the angle of elevation reduces to 30° (see Fig. 9.13).
Find the distance travelled by the balloon during the interval.
Solution:
Let the initial position of the balloon be A and final position be B.
Height of balloon above the girl height = 88.2 m – 1.2 m = 87 m.
To Find: Distance travelled by the balloon = DE = CE – CD
Let us redesign the given figure as per our convenient

Step 1: In right ΔBEC,

tan 30° = BE/CE
1/√3= 87/CE
CE = 87√3
Step 2:
In right ΔADC,
tan 60° = AD/CD
√3= 87/CD
CD = 87/√3 = 29√3
Step 3:
DE = CE – CD = (87√3 – 29√3) = 29√3(3 – 1) = 58√3
Distance travelled by the balloon = 58√3 m.
15. A straight highway leads to the foot of a tower. A man standing at the top of the tower
observes a car at an angle of depression of 30°, which is approaching the foot of the
tower with a uniform speed. Six seconds later, the angle of depression of the car is found
to be 60°. Find the time taken by the car to reach the foot of the tower from this point.
Solution:
Let AB be the tower.
D is the initial and C is the final position of the car respectively.
Since man is standing at the top of the tower so, Angles of depression are measured from A.
BC is the distance from the foot of the tower to the car.
Step 1: In right ΔABC,
tan 60° = AB/BC
√3 = AB/BC
BC = AB/√3
AB = √3 BC
Step 2:
In right ΔABD,
tan 30° = AB/BD
1/√3 = AB/BD
AB = BD/√3
Step 3: Form step 1 and Step 2, we have
√3 BC = BD/√3 (Since LHS are same, so RHS are also same)
3 BC = BD
3 BC = BC + CD
2BC = CD
or BC = CD/2
Here, distance of BC is half of CD. Thus, the time taken is also half.
Time taken by car to travel distance CD = 6 sec. Time taken by car to travel BC = 6/2 = 3 sec.
16. The angles of elevation of the top of a tower from two points at a distance of 4 m and 9
m from the base of the tower and in the same straight line with it are complementary.
Prove that the height of the tower is 6 m.
Solution:
Let AB be the tower. C and D be the two points with distance 4 m and 9 m from the base
respectively. As per question,
In right ΔABC,
tan x = AB/BC
tan x = AB/4
AB = 4 tan x … (i)
Again, from right ΔABD,
tan (90°-x) = AB/BD
cot x = AB/9
AB = 9 cot x … (ii)
Multiplying equation (i) and (ii)
AB2 = 9 cot x × 4 tan x
⇒ AB2 = 36 (because cot x = 1/tan x
⇒ AB = ± 6
Since height cannot be negative. Therefore, the height of the tower is 6 m.
Hence Proved.
Exercise: 10.1 (Page No: 209)
1. How many tangents can a circle have?
Answer:
There can be infinite tangents to a circle. A circle is made up of infinite points which are at an
equal distance from a point. Since there are infinite points on the circumference of a circle,
infinite tangents can be drawn from them.
2. Fill in the blanks:
(i) A tangent to a circle intersects it in …………… point(s).
(ii) A line intersecting a circle in two points is called a ………….
(iii) A circle can have …………… parallel tangents at the most.
(iv) The common point of a tangent to a circle and the circle is called …………
Answer:
(i) A tangent to a circle intersects it in one point(s).
(ii) A line intersecting a circle in two points is called a secant.
(iii) A circle can have two parallel tangents at the most.
(iv) The common point of a tangent to a circle and the circle is called the point of contact.
3. A tangent PQ at a point P of a circle of radius 5 cm meets a line through the centre O at
a point Q so that OQ = 12 cm. Length PQ is :
(A) 12 cm
(B) 13 cm
(C) 8.5 cm
(D) √119 cm
Answer:

In the above figure, the line that is drawn from the centre of the given circle to the tangent PQ is
perpendicular to PQ.
And so, OP ⊥ PQ
Using Pythagoras theorem in triangle ΔOPQ we get,
OQ2 = OP2+PQ2
(12)2 = 52+PQ2
PQ2 = 144-25
PQ2 = 119
PQ = √119 cm
So, option D i.e. √119 cm is the length of PQ.
4. Draw a circle and two lines parallel to a given line such that one is a tangent and the
other, a secant to the circle.
Answer:

In the above figure, XY and AB are two the parallel lines. The line segment AB is the tangent at
point C while the line segment XY is the secant.

Exercise: 10.2 (Page NO: 213)

In Q.1 to 3, choose the correct option and give justification.
1. From a point Q, the length of the tangent to a circle is 24 cm and the distance of Q from
the centre is 25 cm. The radius of the circle is
(A) 7 cm
(B) 12 cm
(C) 15 cm
(D) 24.5 cm
Answer:
First, draw a perpendicular from the center O of the triangle to a point P on the circle which is
touching the tangent. This line will be perpendicular to the tangent of the circle.

So, OP is perpendicular to PQ i.e. OP ⊥ PQ

From the above figure, it is also seen that △OPQ is a right angled triangle.
It is given that
OQ = 25 cm and PQ = 24 cm
By using Pythagoras theorem in △OPQ,
OQ2 = OP2 +PQ2
(25)2 = OP2+(24)2
OP2 = 625-576
OP2 = 49
OP = 7 cm
So, option A i.e. 7 cm is the radius of the given circle.
2. In Fig. 10.11, if TP and TQ are the two tangents to a circle with centre O so that ∠POQ =
110°, then ∠PTQ is equal to
(A) 60°
(B) 70°
(C) 80°
(D) 90°
Answer:
From the question, it is clear that OP is the radius of the circle to the tangent PT and OQ is the
radius to the tangents TQ.

So, OP ⊥ PT and TQ ⊥ OQ
∴∠OPT = ∠OQT = 90°
Now, in the quadrilateral POQT, we know that the sum of the interior angles is 360°
So, ∠PTQ+∠POQ+∠OPT+∠OQT = 360°
Now, by putting the respective values we get,
∠PTQ +90°+110°+90° = 360°
∠PTQ = 70°
So, ∠PTQ is 70° which is option B.
3. If tangents PA and PB from a point P to a circle with centre O are inclined to each other
at angle of 80°, then ∠ POA is equal to
(A) 50°
(B) 60°
(C) 70°
(D) 80°
Answer:
First, draw the diagram according to the given statement.

Now, in the above diagram, OA is the radius to tangent PA and OB is the radius to tangents PB.
So, OA is perpendicular to PA and OB is perpendicular to PB i.e. OA ⊥ PA and OB ⊥ PB
So, ∠OBP = ∠OAP = 90°
Now, in the quadrilateral AOBP,
The sum of all the interior angles will be 360°
So, ∠AOB+∠OAP+∠OBP+∠APB = 360°
Putting their values, we get,
∠AOB + 260° = 360°
∠AOB = 100°
Now, consider the triangles △OPB and △OPA. Here,
AP = BP (Since the tangents from a point are always equal)
OA = OB (Which are the radii of the circle)
OP = OP (It is the common side)
Now, we can say that triangles OPB and OPA are similar using SSS congruency.
∴△OPB ≅ △OPA
So, ∠POB = ∠POA
∠AOB = ∠POA+∠POB
2 (∠POA) = ∠AOB
By putting the respective values, we get,
=>∠POA = 100°/2 = 50°
As angle ∠POA is 50° option A is the correct option.
4. Prove that the tangents drawn at the ends of a diameter of a circle are parallel.
Answer:
First, draw a circle and connect two points A and B such that AB becomes the diameter of the
circle. Now, draw two tangents PQ and RS at points A and B respectively.

Now, both radii i.e. AO and OP are perpendicular to the tangents.

So, OB is perpendicular to RS and OA perpendicular to PQ
So, ∠OAP = ∠OAQ = ∠OBR = ∠OBS = 90°
From the above figure, angles OBR and OAQ are alternate interior angles.
Also, ∠OBR = ∠OAQ and ∠OBS = ∠OAP (Since they are also alternate interior angles)
So, it can be said that line PQ and the line RS will be parallel to each other. (Hence Proved).
5. Prove that the perpendicular at the point of contact to the tangent to a circle passes
through the center.
Solution:
First, draw a circle with center O and draw a tangent AB which touches the radius of the circle at
point P.
To Proof: PQ passes through point O.
Now, let us consider that PQ doesn’t pass through point O. Also, draw a CD parallel to AB
through O. Here, CD is a straight line and AB is the tangent. Refer the diagram now.
From the above diagram, PQ intersects CD and AB at R and P respectively.
AS, CD ∥ AB,
Here, the line segment PQ is the line of intersection.
Now angles ORP and RPA are equal as they are alternate interior angles
So, ∠ORP = ∠RPA
And,
∠RPA = 90° (Since, PQ is perpendicular to AB)
∠ORP = 90°
Now, ∠ROP+∠OPA = 180° (Since they are co-interior angles)
∠ROP+90° = 180°
∠ROP = 90°
Now, it is seen that the △ORP has two right angles which are ∠ORP and ∠ROP. Since this
condition is impossible, it can be said the supposition we took is wrong.
6. The length of a tangent from a point A at distance 5 cm from the centre of the circle is 4
cm. Find the radius of the circle.
Answer:
Draw the diagram as shown below.

Here, AB is the tangent that is drawn on the circle from a point A.

So, the radius OB will be perpendicular to AB i.e. OB ⊥ AB
We know, OA = 5cm and AB = 4 cm
Now, In △ABO,
OA2 =AB2+BO2 (Using Pythagoras theorem)
52 = 42+BO2
BO2 = 25-16
BO2 = 9
BO = 3
So, the radius of the given circle i.e. BO is 3 cm.
7. Two concentric circles are of radii 5 cm and 3 cm. Find the length of the chord of the
larger circle which touches the smaller circle.
Answer:
Draw two concentric circles with the center O. Now, draw a chord AB in the larger circle which
touches the smaller circle at a point P as shown in the figure below.

From the above diagram, AB is tangent to the smaller circle to point P.

∴ OP ⊥ AB
Using Pythagoras theorem in triangle OPA,
OA2= AP2+OP2
52 = AP2+32
AP2 = 25-9
AP = 4
Now, as OP ⊥ AB,
Since the perpendicular from the center of the circle bisects the chord, AP will be equal to PB
So, AB = 2AP = 2×4 = 8 cm
So, the length of the chord of the larger circle is 8 cm.
8. A quadrilateral ABCD is drawn to circumscribe a circle (see Fig. 10.12). Prove that AB +
CD = AD + BC
Answer:
The figure given is:
From this figure we can conclude a few points which are:
(i) DR = DS
(ii) BP = BQ
(iii) AP = AS
(iv) CR = CQ
Since they are tangents on the circle from points D, B, A, and C respectively.
Now, adding the LHS and RHS of the above equations we get,
DR+BP+AP+CR = DS+BQ+AS+CQ
By rearranging them we get,
(DR+CR) + (BP+AP) = (CQ+BQ) + (DS+AS)
By simplifying,
AD+BC= CD+AB
9. In Fig. 10.13, XY and X′Y′ are two parallel tangents to a circle with centre O and another
tangent AB with point of contact C intersecting XY at A and X′Y′ at B. Prove that ∠ AOB =
90°.
Answer:
From the figure given in the textbook, join OC. Now, the diagram will be as-

Now the triangles △OPA and △OCA are similar using SSS congruency as:
(i) OP = OC They are the radii of the same circle
(ii) AO = AO It is the common side
(iii) AP = AC These are the tangents from point A
So, △OPA ≅ △OCA
Similarly,
△OQB ≅ △OCB
So,
∠POA = ∠COA … (Equation i)
And, ∠QOB = ∠COB … (Equation ii)
Since the line POQ is a straight line, it can be considered as a diameter of the circle.
So, ∠POA +∠COA +∠COB +∠QOB = 180°
Now, from equations (i) and equation (ii) we get,
2∠COA+2∠COB = 180°
∠COA+∠COB = 90°
∴∠AOB = 90°
10. Prove that the angle between the two tangents drawn from an external point to a circle
is supplementary to the angle subtended by the line-segment joining the points of contact
at the center.
Answer:
First, draw a circle with centre O. Choose an external point P and draw two tangents PA and PB
at point A and point B respectively. Now, join A and B to make AB in a way that it subtends
∠AOB at the center of the circle. The diagram is as follows:

From the above diagram, it is seen that the line segments OA and PA are perpendicular.
So, ∠OAP = 90°
In a similar way, the line segments OB ⊥ PB and so, ∠OBP = 90°
Now, in the quadrilateral OAPB,
∴∠APB+∠OAP +∠PBO +∠BOA = 360° (since the sum of all interior angles will be 360°)
By putting the values we get,
∠APB + 180° + ∠BOA = 360°
So, ∠APB + ∠BOA = 180° (Hence proved).
11. Prove that the parallelogram circumscribing a circle is a rhombus.
Answer:
Consider a parallelogram ABCD which is circumscribing a circle with a center O. Now, since
ABCD is a parallelogram, AB = CD and BC = AD.

From the above figure, it is seen that,

(i) DR = DS
(ii) BP = BQ
(iii) CR = CQ
(iv) AP = AS
These are the tangents to the circle at D, B, C, and A respectively.
Adding all these we get,
DR+BP+CR+AP = DS+BQ+CQ+AS
By rearranging them we get,
(BP+AP)+(DR+CR) = (CQ+BQ)+(DS+AS)
Again by rearranging them we get,
AB+CD = BC+AD
Now, since AB = CD and BC = AD, the above equation becomes
2AB = 2BC
∴ AB = BC
Since AB = BC = CD = DA, it can be said that ABCD is a rhombus.
12. A triangle ABC is drawn to circumscribe a circle of radius 4 cm such that the
segments BD and DC into which BC is divided by the point of contact D are of lengths 8
cm and 6 cm respectively (see Fig. 10.14). Find the sides AB and AC.
Answer:
The figure given is as follows:

Consider the triangle ABC,

We know that the length of any two tangents which are drawn from the same point to the circle is
equal.
So,
(i) CF = CD = 6 cm
(ii) BE = BD = 8 cm
(iii) AE = AF = x
Now, it can be observed that,
(i) AB = EB+AE = 8+x
(ii) CA = CF+FA = 6+x
(iii) BC = DC+BD = 6+8 = 14
Now the semi perimeter “s” will be calculated as follows
2s = AB+CA+BC
By putting the respective values we get,
2s = 28+2x
s = 14+x

By solving this we get,

= √(14+x)48x ……… (i)
Again, the area of △ABC = 2 × area of (△AOF + △COD + △DOB)
= 2×[(½×OF×AF)+(½×CD×OD)+(½×DB×OD)]
= 2×½(4x+24+32) = 56+4x …………..(ii)
Now from (i) and (ii) we get,
√(14+x)48x = 56+4x
Now, square both the sides,
48x(14+x) = (56+4x)2
48x = [4(14+x)]2/(14+x)
48x = 16(14+x)
48x = 224+16x
32x = 224
x = 7 cm
So, AB = 8+x
i.e. AB = 15 cm
And, CA = x+6 =13 cm.
13. Prove that opposite sides of a quadrilateral circumscribing a circle subtend
supplementary angles at the centre of the circle.
Answer:
First draw a quadrilateral ABCD which will circumscribe a circle with its centre O in a way that it
touches the circle at point P, Q, R, and S. Now, after joining the vertices of ABCD we get the
following figure:

Now, consider the triangles OAP and OAS,

AP = AS (They are the tangents from the same point A)
OA = OA (It is the common side)
OP = OS (They are the radii of the circle)
So, by SSS congruency △OAP ≅ △OAS
So, ∠POA = ∠AOS
Which implies that∠1 = ∠8
Similarly, other angles will be,
∠4 = ∠5
∠2 = ∠3
∠6 = ∠7
Now by adding these angles we get,
∠1+∠2+∠3 +∠4 +∠5+∠6+∠7+∠8 = 360°
Now by rearranging,
(∠1+∠8)+(∠2+∠3)+(∠4+∠5)+(∠6+∠7) = 360°
2∠1+2∠2+2∠5+2∠6 = 360°
Taking 2 as common and solving we get,
(∠1+∠2)+(∠5+∠6) = 180°
Thus, ∠AOB+∠COD = 180°
Similarly, it can be proved that ∠BOC+∠DOA = 180°
Therefore, the opposite sides of any quadrilateral which is circumscribing a given circle will
subtend supplementary angles at the center of the circle.

Exercise 11.1 Page: 220

In each of the following, give the justification of the construction also:
1. Draw a line segment of length 7.6 cm and divide it in the ratio 5 : 8. Measure the two
parts.
Construction Procedure:
A line segment with a measure of 7.6 cm length is divided in the ratio of 5:8 as follows.
1. Draw line segment AB with the length measure of 7.6 cm
2. Draw a ray AX that makes an acute angle with line segment AB.
3. Locate the points i.e.,13 (= 5+8) points, such as A1, A2, A3, A4 …….. A13, on the ray AX such
that it becomes AA1 = A1A2 = A2A3 and so on.
4. Join the line segment and the ray, BA13.
5. Through the point A5, draw a line parallel to BA13 which makes an angle equal to ∠AA13B
6. The point A5 which intersects the line AB at point C.
7. C is the point divides line segment AB of 7.6 cm in the required ratio of 5:8.
8. Now, measure the lengths of the line AC and CB. It comes out to the measure of 2.9 cm and
4.7 cm respectively.

Justification:
The construction of the given problem can be justified by proving that
AC/CB = 5/ 8
By construction, we have A5C || A13B. From Basic proportionality theorem for the triangle
AA13B, we get
AC/CB =AA5/A5A13….. (1)
From the figure constructed, it is observed that AA5 and A5A13 contain 5 and 8 equal divisions
of line segments respectively.
Therefore, it becomes
AA5/A5A13=5/8… (2)
Compare the equations (1) and (2), we obtain
AC/CB = 5/ 8
Hence, Justified.
2. Construct a triangle of sides 4 cm, 5 cm and 6 cm and then a triangle similar to it whose
sides are 2/3 of
the corresponding sides of the first triangle.
Construction Procedure:
1. Draw a line segment AB which measures 4 cm, i.e., AB = 4 cm.
2. Take the point A as centre, and draw an arc of radius 5 cm.
3. Similarly, take the point B as its centre, and draw an arc of radius 6 cm.
4. The arcs drawn will intersect each other at point C.
5. Now, we obtained AC = 5 cm and BC = 6 cm and therefore ΔABC is the required triangle.
6. Draw a ray AX which makes an acute angle with the line segment AB on the opposite side of
vertex C.
7. Locate 3 points such as A1, A2, A3 (as 3 is greater between 2 and 3) on line AX such that it
becomes AA1= A1A2 = A2A3.
8. Join the point BA3 and draw a line through A2which is parallel to the line BA3 that intersect AB
at point B’.
9. Through the point B’, draw a line parallel to the line BC that intersect the line AC at C’.
10. Therefore, ΔAB’C’ is the required triangle.

Justification:
The construction of the given problem can be justified by proving that
AB’ = (2/3)AB
B’C’ = (2/3)BC
AC’= (2/3)AC
From the construction, we get B’C’ || BC
∴ ∠AB’C’ = ∠ABC (Corresponding angles)
In ΔAB’C’ and ΔABC,
∠ABC = ∠AB’C (Proved above)
∠BAC = ∠B’AC’ (Common)
∴ ΔAB’C’ ∼ ΔABC (From AA similarity criterion)
Therefore, AB’/AB = B’C’/BC= AC’/AC …. (1)
In ΔAAB’ and ΔAAB,
∠A2AB’ =∠A3AB (Common)
From the corresponding angles, we get,
∠AA2B’ =∠AA3B
Therefore, from the AA similarity criterion, we obtain
ΔAA2B’ and AA3B
So, AB’/AB = AA2/AA3
Therefore, AB’/AB = 2/3 ……. (2)
From the equations (1) and (2), we get
AB’/AB=B’C’/BC = AC’/ AC = 2/3
This can be written as
AB’ = (2/3)AB
B’C’ = (2/3)BC
AC’= (2/3)AC
Hence, justified.
3. Construct a triangle with sides 5 cm, 6 cm and 7 cm and then another triangle whose
sides are 7/5 of the corresponding sides of the first triangle
Construction Procedure:
1. Draw a line segment AB =5 cm.
2. Take A and B as centre, and draw the arcs of radius 6 cm and 5 cm respectively.
3. These arcs will intersect each other at point C and therefore ΔABC is the required triangle with
the length of sides as 5 cm, 6 cm, and 7 cm respectively.
4. Draw a ray AX which makes an acute angle with the line segment AB on the opposite side of
vertex C.
5. Locate the 7 points such as A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7 (as 7 is greater between 5 and 7), on line
AX such that it becomes AA1 = A1A2 = A2A3 = A3A4 = A4A5 = A5A6 = A6A7
6. Join the points BA5 and draw a line from A7 to BA5 which is parallel to the line BA5 where it
intersects the extended line segment AB at point B’.
7. Now, draw a line from B’ the extended line segment AC at C’ which is parallel to the line BC
and it intersects to make a triangle.
8. Therefore, ΔAB’C’ is the required triangle.
Justification:
The construction of the given problem can be justified by proving that
AB’ = (7/5)AB
B’C’ = (7/5)BC
AC’= (7/5)AC
From the construction, we get B’C’ || BC
∴ ∠AB’C’ = ∠ABC (Corresponding angles)
In ΔAB’C’ and ΔABC,
∠ABC = ∠AB’C (Proved above)
∠BAC = ∠B’AC’ (Common)
∴ ΔAB’C’ ∼ ΔABC (From AA similarity criterion)
Therefore, AB’/AB = B’C’/BC= AC’/AC …. (1)
In ΔAA7B’ and ΔAA5B,
∠A7AB’=∠A5AB (Common)
From the corresponding angles, we get,
∠A A7B’=∠A A5B
Therefore, from the AA similarity criterion, we obtain
ΔA A2B’ and A A3B
So, AB’/AB = AA5/AA7
Therefore, AB /AB’ = 5/7 ……. (2)
From the equations (1) and (2), we get
AB’/AB = B’C’/BC = AC’/ AC = 7/5
This can be written as
AB’ = (7/5)AB
B’C’ = (7/5)BC
AC’= (7/5)AC
Hence, justified.

Construction Procedure:
1. Draw a line segment BC with the measure of 8 cm.
2. Now draw the perpendicular bisector of the line segment BC and intersect at the point D
3. Take the point D as centre and draw an arc with the radius of 4 cm which intersect the
perpendicular bisector at the point A
4. Now join the lines AB and AC and the triangle is the required triangle.
5. Draw a ray BX which makes an acute angle with the line BC on the side opposite to the vertex
A.
6. Locate the 3 points B1, B2 and B3 on the ray BX such that BB1 = B1B2 = B2B3
7. Join the points B2C and draw a line from B3 which is parallel to the line B2C where it intersects
the extended line segment BC at point C’.
8. Now, draw a line from C’ the extended line segment AC at A’ which is parallel to the line AC
and it intersects to make a triangle.
9. Therefore, ΔA’BC’ is the required triangle.
Justification:
The construction of the given problem can be justified by proving that
A’B = (3/2)AB
BC’ = (3/2)BC
A’C’= (3/2)AC
From the construction, we get A’C’ || AC
∴ ∠ A’C’B = ∠ACB (Corresponding angles)
In ΔA’BC’ and ΔABC,
∠B = ∠B (common)
∠A’BC’ = ∠ACB
∴ ΔA’BC’ ∼ ΔABC (From AA similarity criterion)
Therefore, A’B/AB = BC’/BC= A’C’/AC
Since the corresponding sides of the similar triangle are in the same ratio, it becomes
A’B/AB = BC’/BC= A’C’/AC = 3/2
Hence, justified.
5. Draw a triangle ABC with side BC = 6 cm, AB = 5 cm and ∠ABC = 60°. Then construct a
triangle whose sides are 3/4 of the corresponding sides of the triangle ABC.
Construction Procedure:
1. Draw a ΔABC with base side BC = 6 cm, and AB = 5 cm and ∠ABC = 60°.
2. Draw a ray BX which makes an acute angle with BC on the opposite side of vertex A.
3. Locate 4 points (as 4 is greater in 3 and 4), such as B1, B2, B3, B4, on line segment BX.
4. Join the points B4C and also draw a line through B3, parallel to B4C intersecting the line
segment BC at C’.
5. Draw a line through C’ parallel to the line AC which intersects the line AB at A’.
6. Therefore, ΔA’BC’ is the required triangle.

Justification:
The construction of the given problem can be justified by proving that
Since the scale factor is 3/4 , we need to prove
A’B = (3/4)AB
BC’ = (3/4)BC
A’C’= (3/4)AC
From the construction, we get A’C’ || AC
In ΔA’BC’ and ΔABC,
∴ ∠ A’C’B = ∠ACB (Corresponding angles)
∠B = ∠B (common)
∴ ΔA’BC’ ∼ ΔABC (From AA similarity criterion)
Since the corresponding sides of the similar triangle are in the same ratio, it becomes
Therefore, A’B/AB = BC’/BC= A’C’/AC
So, it becomes A’B/AB = BC’/BC= A’C’/AC = 3/4
Hence, justified.
6. Draw a triangle ABC with side BC = 7 cm, ∠ B = 45°, ∠ A = 105°. Then, construct a
triangle whose sides are 4/3 times the corresponding sides of ∆ ABC.
To find ∠C:
Given:
∠B = 45°, ∠A = 105°
We know that,
Sum of all interior angles in a triangle is 180°.
∠A+∠B +∠C = 180°
105°+45°+∠C = 180°
∠C = 180° − 150°
∠C = 30°
So, from the property of triangle, we get ∠C = 30°
Construction Procedure:
The required triangle can be drawn as follows.
1. Draw a ΔABC with side measures of base BC = 7 cm, ∠B = 45°, and ∠C = 30°.
2. Draw a ray BX makes an acute angle with BC on the opposite side of vertex A.
3. Locate 4 points (as 4 is greater in 4 and 3), such as B1, B2, B3, B4, on the ray BX.
4. Join the points B3C.
5. Draw a line through B4 parallel to B3C which intersects the extended line BC at C’.
6. Through C’, draw a line parallel to the line AC that intersects the extended line segment at C’.
7. Therefore, ΔA’BC’ is the required triangle.
Justification:
The construction of the given problem can be justified by proving that
Since the scale factor is 4/3, we need to prove
A’B = (4/3)AB
BC’ = (4/3)BC
A’C’= (4/3)AC
From the construction, we get A’C’ || AC
In ΔA’BC’ and ΔABC,
∴ ∠A’C’B = ∠ACB (Corresponding angles)
∠B = ∠B (common)
∴ ΔA’BC’ ∼ ΔABC (From AA similarity criterion)
Since the corresponding sides of the similar triangle are in the same ratio, it becomes
Therefore, A’B/AB = BC’/BC= A’C’/AC
So, it becomes A’B/AB = BC’/BC= A’C’/AC = 4/3
Hence, justified.
7. Draw a right triangle in which the sides (other than hypotenuse) are of lengths 4 cm and
3 cm. Then construct another triangle whose sides are 5/3 times the corresponding sides
of the given triangle.
Given:
The sides other than hypotenuse are of lengths 4cm and 3cm. It defines that the sides are
perpendicular to each other
Construction Procedure:
The required triangle can be drawn as follows.
1. Draw a line segment BC =3 cm.
2. Now measure and draw ∠= 90°
3. Take B as centre and draw an arc with the radius of 4 cm and intersects the ray at the point B.
4. Now, join the lines AC and the triangle ABC is the required triangle.
5. Draw a ray BX makes an acute angle with BC on the opposite side of vertex A.
6. Locate 5 such as B1, B2, B3, B4, on the ray BX such that such that BB1 = B1B2 = B2B3= B3B4 =
B4B5
7. Join the points B3C.
8. Draw a line through B5 parallel to B3C which intersects the extended line BC at C’.
9. Through C’, draw a line parallel to the line AC that intersects the extended line AB at A’.
10. Therefore, ΔA’BC’ is the required triangle.
Justification:
The construction of the given problem can be justified by proving that
Since the scale factor is 5/3, we need to prove
A’B = (5/3)AB
BC’ = (5/3)BC
A’C’= (5/3)AC
From the construction, we get A’C’ || AC
In ΔA’BC’ and ΔABC,
∴ ∠ A’C’B = ∠ACB (Corresponding angles)
∠B = ∠B (common)
∴ ΔA’BC’ ∼ ΔABC (From AA similarity criterion)
Since the corresponding sides of the similar triangle are in the same ratio, it becomes
Therefore, A’B/AB = BC’/BC= A’C’/AC
So, it becomes A’B/AB = BC’/BC= A’C’/AC = 5/3
Hence, justified.
Exercise 11.2 Page: 221
In each of the following, give the justification of the construction also:
1. Draw a circle of radius 6 cm. From a point 10 cm away from its centre, construct the
pair of tangents to the circle and measure their lengths.
Construction Procedure:
The construction to draw a pair of tangents to the given circle is as follows.
1. Draw a circle with radius = 6 cm with centre O.
2. Locate a point P, which is 10 cm away from O.
3. Join the points O and P through line
4. Draw the perpendicular bisector of the line OP.
5. Let M be the mid-point of the line PO.
6. Take M as centre and measure the length of MO
7. The length MO is taken as radius and draw a circle.
8. The circle drawn with the radius of MO, intersect the previous circle at point Q and R.
9. Join PQ and PR.
10. Therefore, PQ and PR are the required tangents.
Justification:
The construction of the given problem can be justified by proving that PQ and PR are the
tangents to the circle of radius 6cm with centre O.
To prove this, join OQ and OR represented in dotted lines.
From the construction,
∠PQO is an angle in the semi-circle.
We know that angle in a semi-circle is a right angle, so it becomes,
∴ ∠PQO = 90°
Such that
⇒ OQ ⊥ PQ
Since OQ is the radius of the circle with radius 6 cm, PQ must be a tangent of the circle.
Similarly, we can prove that PR is a tangent of the circle.
Hence, justified.
2. Construct a tangent to a circle of radius 4 cm from a point on the concentric circle of
radius 6 cm and measure its length. Also verify the measurement by actual calculation.
Construction Procedure:
For the given circle, the tangent can be drawn as follows.
1. Draw a circle of 4 cm radius with centre “O”.
2. Again, take O as centre draw a circle of radius 6 cm.
3. Locate a point P on this circle
4. Join the points O and P through lines such that it becomes OP.
5. Draw the perpendicular bisector to the line OP
6. Let M be the mid-point of PO.
7. Draw a circle with M as its centre and MO as its radius
8. The circle drawn with the radius OM, intersect the given circle at the points Q and R.
9. Join PQ and PR.
10. PQ and PR are the required tangents.
From the construction, it is observed that PQ and PR are of length 4.47 cm each.
It can be calculated manually as follows
In ∆PQO,
Since PQ is a tangent,
∠PQO = 90°. PO = 6cm and QO = 4 cm
Applying Pythagoras theorem in ∆PQO, we obtain PQ2+QO2 = PQ2
PQ2+(4)2 = (6)2
PQ2 +16 =36
PQ2 = 36−16
PQ2 = 20
PQ = 2√5
PQ = 4.47 cm
Therefore, the tangent length PQ = 4.47

Justification:
The construction of the given problem can be justified by proving that PQ and PR are the
tangents to the circle of radius 4 cm with centre O.
To prove this, join OQ and OR represented in dotted lines.
From the construction,
∠PQO is an angle in the semi-circle.
We know that angle in a semi-circle is a right angle, so it becomes,
∴ ∠PQO = 90°
Such that
⇒ OQ ⊥ PQ
Since OQ is the radius of the circle with radius 4 cm, PQ must be a tangent of the circle.
Similarly, we can prove that PR is a tangent of the circle.
Hence, justified.
3. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm. Take two points P and Q on one of its extended diameter
each at a distance of 7 cm from its centre. Draw tangents to the circle from these two
points P and Q
Construction Procedure:
The tangent for the given circle can be constructed as follows.
1. Draw a circle with a radius of 3cm with centre “O”.
2. Draw a diameter of a circle and it extends 7 cm from the centre and mark it as P and Q.
3. Draw the perpendicular bisector of the line PO and mark the midpoint as M.
4. Draw a circle with M as centre and MO as radius
5. Now join the points PA and PB in which the circle with radius MO intersects the circle of circle
3cm.
6. Now PA and PB are the required tangents.
7. Similarly, from the point Q, we can draw the tangents.
8. From that, QC and QD are the required tangents.

Justification:
The construction of the given problem can be justified by proving that PQ and PR are the
tangents to the circle of radius 3 cm with centre O.
To prove this, join OA and OB.
From the construction,
∠PAO is an angle in the semi-circle.
We know that angle in a semi-circle is a right angle, so it becomes,
∴ ∠PAO = 90°
Such that
⇒ OA ⊥ PA
Since OA is the radius of the circle with radius 3 cm, PA must be a tangent of the circle. Similarly,
we can prove that PB, QC and QD are the tangent of the circle.
Hence, justified
4. Draw a pair of tangents to a circle of radius 5 cm which are inclined to each other at an
angle of 60°
Construction Procedure:
The tangents can be constructed in the following manner:
1. Draw a circle of radius 5 cm and with centre as O.
2. Take a point Q on the circumference of the circle and join OQ.
3. Draw a perpendicular to QP at point Q.
4. Draw a radius OR, making an angle of 120° i.e(180°−60°) with OQ.
5. Draw a perpendicular to RP at point R.
6. Now both the perpendiculars intersect at point P.
7. Therefore, PQ and PR are the required tangents at an angle of 60°.

Justification:
The construction can be justified by proving that ∠QPR = 60°
By our construction
∠OQP = 90°
∠ORP = 90°
And ∠QOR = 120°
We know that the sum of all interior angles of a quadrilateral = 360°
∠OQP+∠QOR + ∠ORP +∠QPR = 360o
90°+120°+90°+∠QPR = 360°
Therefore, ∠QPR = 60°
Hence Justified
5. Draw a line segment AB of length 8 cm. Taking A as centre, draw a circle of radius 4 cm
and taking B as centre, draw another circle of radius 3 cm. Construct tangents to each
circle from the centre of the other circle.
Construction Procedure:
The tangent for the given circle can be constructed as follows.
1. Draw a line segment AB = 8 cm.
2. Take A as centre and draw a circle of radius 4 cm
3. Take B as centre, draw a circle of radius 3 cm
4. Draw the perpendicular bisector of the line AB and the midpoint is taken as M.
5. Now, take M as centre draw a circle with the radius of MA or MB which the intersects the circle
at the points P, Q, R and S.
6. Now join AR, AS, BP and BQ
7. Therefore, the required tangents are AR, AS, BP and BQ
Justification:
The construction can be justified by proving that AS and AR are the tangents of the circle (whose
centre is B with radius is 3 cm) and BP and BQ are the tangents of the circle (whose centre is A
and radius is 4 cm).
From the construction, to prove this, join AP, AQ, BS, and BR.
∠ASB is an angle in the semi-circle. We know that an angle in a semi-circle is a right angle.
∴ ∠ASB = 90°
⇒ BS ⊥ AS
Since BS is the radius of the circle, AS must be a tangent of the circle.
Similarly, AR, BP, and BQ are the required tangents of the given circle.
6. Let ABC be a right triangle in which AB = 6 cm, BC = 8 cm and ∠ B = 90°. BD is the
perpendicular from B on AC. The circle through B, C, D is drawn. Construct the tangents
from A to this circle.
Construction Procedure:
The tangent for the given circle can be constructed as follows
1. Draw the line segment with base BC = 8cm
2. Measure the angle 90° at the point B, such that ∠ B = 90°.
3. Take B as centre and draw an arc with a measure of 6cm.
4. Let the point be A where the arc intersects the ray.
5. Join the line AC.
6. Therefore, ABC be the required triangle.
7. Now, draw the perpendicular bisector to the line BC and the midpoint is marked as E.
8. Take E as centre and BE or EC measure as radius draw a circle.
9. Join A to the midpoint E of the circle
10. Now, again draw the perpendicular bisector to the line AE and the midpoint is taken as M
11. Take M as Centre and AM or ME measure as radius, draw a circle.
12. This circle intersects the previous circle at the points B and Q
13. Join the points A and Q
14. Therefore, AB and AQ are the required tangents
Justification:
The construction can be justified by proving that AG and AB are the tangents to the circle.
From the construction, join EQ.
∠AQE is an angle in the semi-circle. We know that an angle in a semi-circle is a right angle.
∴ ∠AQE = 90°
⇒ EQ⊥ AQ
Since EQ is the radius of the circle, AQ has to be a tangent of the circle. Similarly, ∠B = 90°
⇒ AB ⊥ BE
Since BE is the radius of the circle, AB has to be a tangent of the circle.
Hence, justified.
7. Draw a circle with the help of a bangle. Take a point outside the circle. Construct the
pair of tangents from this point to the circle.
Construction Procedure:
The required tangents can be constructed on the given circle as follows.
1. Draw a circle with the help of a bangle.
2. Draw two non-parallel chords such as AB and CD
3. Draw the perpendicular bisector of AB and CD
4. Take the centre as O where the perpendicular bisector intersects.
5. To draw the tangents, take a point P outside the circle.
6. Join the points O and P.
7. Now draw the perpendicular bisector of the line PO and midpoint is taken as M
8. Take M as centre and MO as radius draw a circle.
9. Let the circle intersects intersect the circle at the points Q and R
10. Now join PQ and PR
11. Therefore, PQ and PR are the required tangents.

Justification:
The construction can be justified by proving that PQ and PR are the tangents to the circle.
Since, O is the centre of a circle, we know that the perpendicular bisector of the chords passes
through the centre.
Now, join the points OQ and OR.
We know that perpendicular bisector of a chord passes through the centre.
It is clear that the intersection point of these perpendicular bisectors is the centre of the circle.
Since, ∠PQO is an angle in the semi-circle. We know that an angle in a semi-circle is a right
angle.
∴ ∠PQO = 90°
⇒ OQ⊥ PQ
Since OQ is the radius of the circle, PQ has to be a tangent of the circle. Similarly,
∴ ∠PRO = 90°
⇒ OR ⊥ PO
Since OR is the radius of the circle, PR has to be a tangent of the circle
Therefore, PQ and PR are the required tangents of a circle.

Exercise: 12.1 (Page No: 230)

1. The radii of two circles are 19 cm and 9 cm respectively. Find the radius of the circle
which has a circumference equal to the sum of the circumferences of the two circles.
Solution:
The radius of the 1st circle = 19 cm (given)
∴ Circumference of the 1st circle = 2π×19 = 38π cm
The radius of the 2nd circle = 9 cm (given)
∴ Circumference of the 2nd circle = 2π×9 = 18π cm
So,
The sum of the circumference of two circles = 38π+18π = 56π cm
Now, let the radius of the 3rd circle = R
∴ The circumference of the 3rd circle = 2πR
It is given that sum of the circumference of two circles = circumference of the 3rd circle
Hence, 56π = 2πR
Or, R = 28 cm.
2. The radii of two circles are 8 cm and 6 cm, respectively. Find the radius of the circle
having area equal to the sum of the areas of the two circles.
Solution:
Radius of 1st circle = 8 cm (given)
∴ Area of 1st circle = π(8)2 = 64π
Radius of 2nd circle = 6 cm (given)
∴ Area of 2nd circle = π(6)2 = 36π
So,
The sum of 1st and 2nd circle will be = 64π+36π = 100π
Now, assume that the radius of 3rd circle = R
∴ Area of the circle 3rd circle = πR2
It is given that the area of the circle 3rd circle = Area of 1st circle + Area of 2nd circle
Or, πR2 = 100πcm2
R2 = 100cm2
So, R = 10cm
3. Fig. 12.3 depicts an archery target marked with its five scoring regions from the centre
outwards as Gold, Red, Blue, Black and White. The diameter of the region representing
Gold score is 21 cm and each of the other bands is 10.5 cm wide. Find the area of each of
the five scoring regions.

Solution:
The radius of 1st circle, r1 = 21/2 cm (as diameter D is given as 21 cm)
So, area of gold region = π r12 = π(10.5)2 = 346.5 cm2
Now, it is given that each of the other bands is 10.5 cm wide,
So, the radius of 2nd circle, r2 = 10.5cm+10.5cm = 21 cm
Thus,
∴ Area of red region = Area of 2nd circle − Area of gold region = (πr22−346.5) cm2
= (π(21)2 − 346.5) cm2
= 1386 − 346.5
= 1039.5 cm2
Similarly,
The radius of 3rd circle, r3 = 21 cm+10.5 cm = 31.5 cm
The radius of 4th circle, r4 = 31.5 cm+10.5 cm = 42 cm
The Radius of 5th circle, r5 = 42 cm+10.5 cm = 52.5 cm
For the area of nth region,
A = Area of circle n – Area of circle (n-1)
∴ Area of blue region (n=3) = Area of third circle – Area of second circle
= π(31.5)2 – 1386 cm2
= 3118.5 – 1386 cm2
= 1732.5 cm2
∴ Area of black region (n=4) = Area of fourth circle – Area of third circle
= π(42)2 – 1386 cm2
= 5544 – 3118.5 cm2
= 2425.5 cm2
∴ Area of white region (n=5) = Area of fifth circle – Area of fourth circle
= π(52.5)2 – 5544 cm2
= 8662.5 – 5544 cm2
= 3118.5 cm2
4. The wheels of a car are of diameter 80 cm each. How many complete revolutions does
each wheel make in 10 minutes when the car is travelling at a speed of 66 km per hour?
Solution:
The radius of car’s wheel = 80/2 = 40 cm (as D = 80 cm)
So, the circumference of wheels = 2πr = 80 π cm
Now, in one revolution, the distance covered = circumference of the wheel = 80 π cm
It is given that the distance covered by the car in 1 hr = 66km
Converting km into cm we get,
Distance covered by the car in 1hr = (66×105) cm
In 10 minutes, the distance covered will be = (66×105×10)/60 = 1100000 cm/s
∴ Distance covered by car = 11×105 cm
Now, the no. of revolutions of the wheels = (Distance covered by the car/Circumference of the
wheels)
=( 11×105)/80 π = 4375.
5. Tick the correct Solution: in the following and justify your choice : If the perimeter and
the area of a circle are numerically equal, then the radius of the circle is
(A) 2 units
(B) π units
(C) 4 units
(D) 7 units
Solution:
Since the perimeter of the circle = area of the circle,
2πr = πr2
Or, r = 2
So, option (A) is correct i.e. the radius of the circle is 2 units.

Exercise: 12.2 (Page No: 230)

1. Find the area of a sector of a circle with radius 6 cm if angle of the sector is 60°.
Solution:
It is given that the angle of the sector is 60°
We know that the area of sector = (θ/360°)×πr2
∴ Area of the sector with angle 60° = (60°/360°)×πr2 cm2
= (36/6)π cm2
= 6×22/7 cm2 = 132/7 cm2
2. Find the area of a quadrant of a circle whose circumference is 22 cm.
Solution:
Circumference of the circle, C = 22 cm (given)
It should be noted that a quadrant of a circle is a sector which is making an angle of 90°.
Let the radius of the circle = r
As C = 2πr = 22,
R = 22/2π cm = 7/2 cm
∴ Area of the quadrant = (θ/360°) × πr2
Here, θ = 90°
So, A = (90°/360°) × π r2 cm2
= (49/16) π cm2
= 77/8 cm2 = 9.6 cm2
3. The length of the minute hand of a clock is 14 cm. Find the area swept by the minute
hand in 5 minutes.
Solution:
Length of minute hand = radius of the clock (circle)
∴ Radius (r) of the circle = 14 cm (given)
Angle swept by minute hand in 60 minutes = 360°
So, the angle swept by the minute hand in 5 minutes = 360° × 5/60 = 30°
We know,
Area of a sector = (θ/360°) × πr2
Now, area of the sector making an angle of 30° = (30°/360°) × πr2 cm2
= (1/12) × π142
= (49/3)×(22/7) cm2
= 154/3 cm2
4. A chord of a circle of radius 10 cm subtends a right angle at the centre. Find the area of
the corresponding:
(i) minor segment
(ii) major sector. (Use π = 3.14)
Solution:

Here AB be the chord which is subtending an angle 90° at the center O.

It is given that the radius (r) of the circle = 10 cm
(i) Area of minor sector = (90/360°)×πr2
= (¼)×(22/7)×102
Or, Area of minor sector = 78.5 cm2
Also, area of ΔAOB = ½×OB×OA
Here, OB and OA are the radii of the circle i.e. = 10 cm
So, area of ΔAOB = ½×10×10
= 50 cm2
Now, area of minor segment = area of minor sector – area of ΔAOB
= 78.5 – 50
= 28.5 cm2
(ii) Area of major sector = Area of circle – Area of minor sector
= (3.14×102)-78.5
= 235.5 cm2
5. In a circle of radius 21 cm, an arc subtends an angle of 60° at the centre. Find:
(i) the length of the arc
(ii) area of the sector formed by the arc
(iii) area of the segment formed by the corresponding chord
Solution:

Given,
Radius = 21 cm
θ = 60°
(i) Length of an arc = θ/360°×Circumference(2πr)
∴ Length of an arc AB = (60°/360°)×2×(22/7)×21
= (1/6)×2×(22/7)×21
Or Arc AB Length = 22cm
(ii) It is given that the angle subtend by the arc = 60°
So, area of the sector making an angle of 60° = (60°/360°)×π r2 cm2
= 441/6×22/7 cm2
Or, the area of the sector formed by the arc APB is 231 cm2
(iii) Area of segment APB = Area of sector OAPB – Area of ΔOAB
Since the two arms of the triangle are the radii of the circle and thus are equal, and one angle is
60°, ΔOAB is an equilateral triangle. So, its area will be √3/4×a2 sq. Units.
Area of segment APB = 231-(√3/4)×(OA)2
= 231-(√3/4)×212
Or, Area of segment APB = [231-(441×√3)/4] cm2
6. A chord of a circle of radius 15 cm subtends an angle of 60° at the centre. Find the
areas of the corresponding minor and major segments of the circle. (Use π = 3.14 and √3
= 1.73)
Solution:
Given,
Radius = 15 cm
θ = 60°
So,
Area of sector OAPB = (60°/360°)×πr2 cm2
= 225/6 πcm2
Now, ΔAOB is equilateral as two sides are the radii of the circle and hence equal and one angle
is 60°
So, Area of ΔAOB = (√3/4) ×a2
Or, (√3/4) ×152
∴ Area of ΔAOB = 97.31 cm2
Now, area of minor segment APB = Area of OAPB – Area of ΔAOB
Or, area of minor segment APB = ((225/6)π – 97.31) cm2 = 20.43 cm2
And,
Area of major segment = Area of circle – Area of segment APB
Or, area of major segment = (π×152) – 20.4 = 686.06 cm2
7. A chord of a circle of radius 12 cm subtends an angle of 120° at the centre. Find the
area of the corresponding segment of the circle. (Use π = 3.14 and √3 = 1.73)
Solution:
Radius, r = 12 cm
Now, draw a perpendicular OD on chord AB and it will bisect chord AB.
So, AD = DB
Now, the area of the minor sector = (θ/360°)×πr2
= (120/360)×(22/7)×122
= 150.72 cm2
Consider the ΔAOB,
∠ OAB = 180°-(90°+60°) = 30°
Now, cos 30° = AD/OA
√3/2 = AD/12
Or, AD = 6√3 cm
We know OD bisects AB. So,
AB = 2×AD = 12√3 cm
Now, sin 30° = OD/OA
Or, ½ = OD/12
∴ OD = 6 cm
So, the area of ΔAOB = ½ × base × height
Here, base = AB = 12√3 and
Height = OD = 6
So, area of ΔAOB = ½×12√3×6 = 36√3 cm = 62.28 cm2
∴ Area of the corresponding Minor segment = Area of the Minor sector – Area of ΔAOB
= 150.72 cm2– 62.28 cm2 = 88.44 cm2
8. A horse is tied to a peg at one corner of a square shaped grass field of side 15 m by
means of a 5 m long rope (see Fig. 12.11). Find
(i) the area of that part of the field in which the horse can graze.
(ii) the increase in the grazing area if the rope were 10 m long instead of 5 m. (Use π =
3.14)
Solution:
As the horse is tied at one end of a square field, it will graze only a quarter (i.e. sector with θ =
90°) of the field with radius 5 m.
Here, the length of rope will be the radius of the circle i.e. r = 5 m
It is also known that the side of square field = 15 m
(i) Area of circle = πr2 = 22/7 × 52 = 78.5 m2
Now, the area of the part of the field where the horse can graze = ¼ (the area of the circle) =
78.5/4 = 19.625 m2
(ii) If the rope is increased to 10 m,
Area of circle will be = πr2 =22/7×102 = 314 m2
Now, the area of the part of the field where the horse can graze = ¼ (the area of the circle)
= 314/4 = 78.5 m2
∴ Increase in the grazing area = 78.5 m2 – 19.625 m2 = 58.875 m2
9. A brooch is made with silver wire in the form of a circle with diameter 35 mm. The wire
is also used in making 5 diameters which divide the circle into 10 equal sectors as shown
in Fig. 12.12. Find:
(i) the total length of the silver wire required.
(ii) the area of each sector of the brooch.

Solution:
Diameter (D) = 35 mm
Total number of diameters to be considered= 5
Now, the total length of 5 diameters that would be required = 35×5 = 175
Circumference of the circle = 2πr
Or, C = πD = 22/7×35 = 110
Area of the circle = πr2
Or, A = (22/7)×(35/2)2 = 1925/2 mm2
(i) Total length of silver wire required = Circumference of the circle + Length of 5 diameter
= 110+175 = 285 mm
(ii) Total Number of sectors in the brooch = 10
So, the area of each sector = total area of the circle/number of sectors
∴ Area of each sector = (1925/2)×1/10 = 385/4 mm2
10. An umbrella has 8 ribs which are equally spaced (see Fig. 12.13). Assuming umbrella
to be a flat circle of radius 45 cm, find the area between the two consecutive ribs of the
umbrella.

Solution:
The radius (r) of the umbrella when flat = 45 cm
So, the area of the circle (A) = πr2 = (22/7)×(45)2 =6364.29 cm2
Total number of ribs (n) = 8
∴ The area between the two consecutive ribs of the umbrella = A/n
6364.29/8 cm2
Or, The area between the two consecutive ribs of the umbrella = 795.5 cm2
11. A car has two wipers which do not overlap. Each wiper has a blade of length 25 cm
sweeping through an angle of 115°. Find the total area cleaned at each sweep of the
blades.
Solution:
Given,
Radius (r) = 25 cm
Sector angle (θ) = 115°
Since there are 2 blades,
The total area of the sector made by wiper = 2×(θ/360°)×π r2
= 2×(115/360)×(22/7)×252
= 2×158125/252 cm2
= 158125/126 = 1254.96 cm2
12. To warn ships for underwater rocks, a lighthouse spreads a red colored light over a
sector of angle 80° to a distance of 16.5 km. Find the area of the sea over which the ships
are warned.
(Use π = 3.14)
Solution:
Let O bet the position of Lighthouse.

Here the radius will be the distance over which light spreads.
Given, radius (r) = 16.5 km
Sector angle (θ) = 80°
Now, the total area of the sea over which the ships are warned = Area made by the sector
Or, Area of sector = (θ/360°)×πr2
= (80°/360°)×πr2 km2
= 189.97 km2
13. A round table cover has six equal designs as shown in Fig. 12.14. If the radius of the
cover is 28 cm, find the cost of making the designs at the rate of ₹ 0.35 per cm2 . (Use √3 =
1.7)

Solution:
Total number of equal designs = 6
AOB= 360°/6 = 60°
Radius of the cover = 28 cm
Cost of making design = ₹ 0.35 per cm2
Since the two arms of the triangle are the radii of the circle and thus are equal, and one angle is
60°, ΔAOB is an equilateral triangle. So, its area will be (√3/4)×a2 sq. units
Here, a = OA
∴ Area of equilateral ΔAOB = (√3/4)×282 = 333.2 cm2
Area of sector ACB = (60°/360°)×πr2 cm2
= 410.66 cm2
So, area of a single design = area of sector ACB – area of ΔAOB
= 410.66 cm2 – 333.2 cm2 = 77.46 cm2
∴ Area of 6 designs = 6×77.46 cm2 = 464.76 cm2
So, total cost of making design = 464.76 cm2 ×Rs.0.35 per cm2
= Rs. 162.66
14. Tick the correct solution in the following:
Area of a sector of angle p (in degrees) of a circle with radius R is
(A) p/180 × 2πR
(B) p/180 × π R2
(C) p/360 × 2πR
(D) p/720 × 2πR2
Solution:
The area of a sector = (θ/360°)×πr2
Given, θ = p
So, area of sector = p/360×πR2
Multiplying and dividing by 2 simultaneously,
= (p/360)×2/2×πR2
= (2p/720)×2πR2
So, option (D) is correct.

Exercise: 12.3 (Page No: 234)

1. Find the area of the shaded region in Fig. 12.19, if PQ = 24 cm, PR = 7 cm and O is the
centre of the circle.

Solution:
Here, P is in the semi-circle and so,
P = 90°
So, it can be concluded that QR is hypotenuse of the circle and is equal to the diameter of the
circle.
∴ QR = D
Using Pythagorean theorem,
QR2 = PR2+PQ2
Or, QR2 = 72+242
QR= 25 cm = Diameter
Hence, the radius of the circle = 25/2 cm
Now, the area of the semicircle = (πR2)/2
= (22/7)×(25/2)×(25/2)/2 cm2
= 13750/56 cm2 = 245.54 cm2
Also, area of the ΔPQR = ½×PR×PQ
=(½)×7×24 cm2
= 84 cm2
Hence, the area of the shaded region = 245.54 cm2-84 cm2
= 161.54 cm2
2. Find the area of the shaded region in Fig. 12.20, if radii of the two concentric circles
with centre O are 7 cm and 14 cm respectively and AOC = 40°.
Solution:
Given,
Angle made by sector = 40°,
Radius the inner circle = r = 7 cm, and
Radius of the outer circle = R = 14 cm
We know,
Area of the sector = (θ/360°)×πr2
So, Area of OAC = (40°/360°)×πr2 cm2
= 68.44 cm2
Area of the sector OBD = (40°/360°)×πr2 cm2
= (1/9)×(22/7)×72 = 17.11 cm2
Now, area of the shaded region ABDC = Area of OAC – Area of the OBD
= 68.44 cm2 – 17.11 cm2 = 51.33 cm2
3. Find the area of the shaded region in Fig. 12.21, if ABCD is a square of side 14 cm and
APD and BPC are semicircles.

Solution:
Side of the square ABCD (as given) = 14 cm
So, Area of ABCD = a2
= 14×14 cm2 = 196 cm2
We know that the side of the square = diameter of the circle = 14 cm
So, side of the square = diameter of the semicircle = 14 cm
∴ Radius of the semicircle = 7 cm
Now, area of the semicircle = (πR2)/2
= (22/7×7×7)/2 cm2 =
= 77 cm2
∴ Area of two semicircles = 2×77 cm2 = 154 cm2
Hence, area of the shaded region = Area of the Square – Area of two semicircles
= 196 cm2 -154 cm2
= 42 cm2
4. Find the area of the shaded region in Fig. 12.22, where a circular arc of radius 6 cm has
been drawn with vertex O of an equilateral triangle OAB of side 12 cm as centre.

Solution:
It is given that OAB is an equilateral triangle having each angle as 60°
Area of the sector is common in both.
Radius of the circle = 6 cm.
Side of the triangle = 12 cm.
Area of the equilateral triangle = (√3/4) (OA)2= (√3/40×122 = 36√3 cm2
Area of the circle = πR2 = (22/7)×62 = 792/7 cm2
Area of the sector making angle 60° = (60°/360°) ×πr2 cm2
= (1/6)×(22/7)× 62 cm2 = 132/7 cm2
Area of the shaded region = Area of the equilateral triangle + Area of the circle – Area of the
sector
= 36√3 cm2 +792/7 cm2-132/7 cm2
= (36√3+660/7) cm2
5. From each corner of a square of side 4 cm a quadrant of a circle of radius 1 cm is cut
and also a circle of diameter 2 cm is cut as shown in Fig. 12.23. Find the area of the
remaining portion of the square.
Solution:
Side of the square = 4 cm
Radius of the circle = 1 cm
Four quadrant of a circle are cut from corner and one circle of radius are cut from middle.
Area of square = (side)2= 42 = 16 cm2
Area of the quadrant = (πR2)/4 cm2 = (22/7)×(12)/4 = 11/14 cm2
∴ Total area of the 4 quadrants = 4 ×(11/14) cm2 = 22/7 cm2
Area of the circle = πR2 cm2 = (22/7×12) = 22/7 cm2
Area of the shaded region = Area of square – (Area of the 4 quadrants + Area of the circle)
= 16 cm2-(22/7) cm2+(22/7) cm2
= 68/7 cm2
6. In a circular table cover of radius 32 cm, a design is formed leaving an equilateral
triangle ABC in the middle as shown in Fig. 12.24. Find the area of the design.

Solution:
Radius of the circle = 32 cm
Draw a median AD of the triangle passing through the centre of the circle.
⇒ BD = AB/2
Since, AD is the median of the triangle
∴ AO = Radius of the circle = (2/3) AD
⇒ (2/3)AD = 32 cm
⇒ AD = 48 cm
In ΔADB,

By Pythagoras theorem,
AB2 = AD2 +BD2
⇒ AB2 = 482+(AB/2)2
⇒ AB2 = 2304+AB2/4
⇒ 3/4 (AB2)= 2304
⇒ AB2 = 3072
⇒ AB= 32√3 cm
Area of ΔADB = √3/4 ×(32√3)2 cm2 = 768√3 cm2
Area of circle = πR2 = (22/7)×32×32 = 22528/7 cm2
Area of the design = Area of circle – Area of ΔADB
= (22528/7 – 768√3) cm2
7. In Fig. 12.25, ABCD is a square of side 14 cm. With centres A, B, C and D, four circles
are drawn such that each circle touch externally two of the remaining three circles. Find
the area of the shaded region.

Solution:
Side of square = 14 cm
Four quadrants are included in the four sides of the square.
∴ Radius of the circles = 14/2 cm = 7 cm
Area of the square ABCD = 142 = 196 cm2
Area of the quadrant = (πR2)/4 cm2 = (22/7) ×72/4 cm2
= 77/2 cm2
Total area of the quadrant = 4×77/2 cm2 = 154cm2
Area of the shaded region = Area of the square ABCD – Area of the quadrant
= 196 cm2 – 154 cm2
= 42 cm2
8. Fig. 12.26 depicts a racing track whose left and right ends are semicircular.
The distance between the two inner parallel line segments is 60 m and they are each 106
m long. If the track is 10 m wide, find:
(i) the distance around the track along its inner edge
(ii) the area of the track.
Solution:
Width of the track = 10 m
Distance between two parallel lines = 60 m
Length of parallel tracks = 106 m

DE = CF = 60 m
Radius of inner semicircle, r = OD = O’C
= 60/2 m = 30 m
Radius of outer semicircle, R = OA = O’B
= 30+10 m = 40 m
Also, AB = CD = EF = GH = 106 m
Distance around the track along its inner edge = CD+EF+2×(Circumference of inner semicircle)
= 106+106+(2×πr) m = 212+(2×22/7×30) m
= 212+1320/7 m = 2804/7 m
Area of the track = Area of ABCD + Area EFGH + 2 × (area of outer semicircle) – 2 × (area of
inner semicircle)
= (AB×CD)+(EF×GH)+2×(πr2/2) -2×(πR2/2) m2
= (106×10)+(106×10)+2×π/2(r2-R2) m2
= 2120+22/7×70×10 m2
= 4320 m2
9. In Fig. 12.27, AB and CD are two diameters of a circle (with centre O) perpendicular to
each other and OD is the diameter of the smaller circle. If OA = 7 cm, find the area of the
shaded region.

Solution:
Radius of larger circle, R = 7 cm
Radius of smaller circle, r = 7/2 cm
Height of ΔBCA = OC = 7 cm
Base of ΔBCA = AB = 14 cm
Area of ΔBCA = 1/2 × AB × OC = (½)×7×14 = 49 cm2
Area of larger circle = πR2 = (22/7)×72 = 154 cm2
Area of larger semicircle = 154/2 cm2 = 77 cm2
Area of smaller circle = πr2 = (22/7)×(7/2)×(7/2) = 77/2 cm2
Area of the shaded region = Area of larger circle – Area of triangle – Area of larger semicircle +
Area of smaller circle
Area of the shaded region = (154-49-77+77/2) cm2
= 133/2 cm2 = 66.5 cm2
10. The area of an equilateral triangle ABC is 17320.5 cm2. With each vertex of the triangle
as centre, a circle is drawn with radius equal to half the length of the side of the triangle
(see Fig. 12.28). Find the area of the shaded region. (Use π = 3.14 and √3 = 1.73205)

Solution:
ABC is an equilateral triangle.
∴ ∠ A = ∠ B = ∠ C = 60°
There are three sectors each making 60°.
Area of ΔABC = 17320.5 cm2
⇒ √3/4 ×(side)2 = 17320.5
⇒ (side)2 =17320.5×4/1.73205
⇒ (side)2 = 4×104
⇒ side = 200 cm
Radius of the circles = 200/2 cm = 100 cm
Area of the sector = (60°/360°)×π r2 cm2
= 1/6×3.14×(100)2 cm2
= 15700/3cm2
Area of 3 sectors = 3×15700/3 = 15700 cm2
Thus, area of the shaded region = Area of equilateral triangle ABC – Area of 3 sectors
= 17320.5-15700 cm2 = 1620.5 cm2
11. On a square handkerchief, nine circular designs each of radius 7 cm are made (see
Fig. 12.29). Find the area of the remaining portion of the handkerchief.

Solution:
Number of circular designs = 9
Radius of the circular design = 7 cm
There are three circles in one side of square handkerchief.
∴ Side of the square = 3×diameter of circle = 3×14 = 42 cm
Area of the square = 42×42 cm2 = 1764 cm2
Area of the circle = π r2 = (22/7)×7×7 = 154 cm2
Total area of the design = 9×154 = 1386 cm2
Area of the remaining portion of the handkerchief = Area of the square – Total area of the design
= 1764 – 1386 = 378 cm2
12. In Fig. 12.30, OACB is a quadrant of a circle with centre O and radius 3.5 cm. If OD = 2
cm, find the area of the
(i) quadrant OACB,
(ii) shaded region.

Solution:
Radius of the quadrant = 3.5 cm = 7/2 cm
(i) Area of quadrant OACB = (πR2)/4 cm2
= (22/7)×(7/2)×(7/2)/4 cm2
= 77/8 cm2
(ii) Area of triangle BOD = (½)×(7/2)×2 cm2
= 7/2 cm2
Area of shaded region = Area of quadrant – Area of triangle BOD
= (77/8)-(7/2) cm2 = 49/8 cm2
= 6.125 cm2
13. In Fig. 12.31, a square OABC is inscribed in a quadrant OPBQ. If OA = 20 cm, find the
area of the shaded region. (Use π = 3.14)

Solution:
Side of square = OA = AB = 20 cm
Radius of the quadrant = OB
OAB is right angled triangle
By Pythagoras theorem in ΔOAB,
OB2 = AB2+OA2
⇒ OB2 = 202 +202
⇒ OB2 = 400+400
⇒ OB2 = 800
⇒ OB= 20√2 cm
Area of the quadrant = (πR2)/4 cm2 = (3.14/4)×(20√2)2 cm2 = 628cm2
Area of the square = 20×20 = 400 cm2
Area of the shaded region = Area of the quadrant – Area of the square
= 628-400 cm2 = 228cm2
14. AB and CD are respectively arcs of two concentric circles of radii 21 cm and 7 cm and
centre O (see Fig. 12.32). If ∠AOB = 30°, find the area of the shaded region.
Solution:
Radius of the larger circle, R = 21 cm
Radius of the smaller circle, r = 7 cm
Angle made by sectors of both concentric circles = 30°
Area of the larger sector = (30°/360°)×πR2 cm2
= (1/12)×(22/7)×212 cm2
= 231/2cm2
Area of the smaller circle = (30°/360°)×πr2 cm2
= 1/12×22/7×72 cm2
=77/6 cm2
Area of the shaded region = (231/2) – (77/6) cm2
= 616/6 cm2 = 308/3cm2
15. In Fig. 12.33, ABC is a quadrant of a circle of radius 14 cm and a semicircle is drawn
with BC as diameter. Find the area of the shaded region.

Solution:
Radius of the quadrant ABC of circle = 14 cm
AB = AC = 14 cm
BC is diameter of semicircle.
ABC is right angled triangle.
By Pythagoras theorem in ΔABC,
BC2 = AB2 +AC2
⇒ BC2 = 142 +142
⇒ BC = 14√2 cm
Radius of semicircle = 14√2/2 cm = 7√2 cm
Area of ΔABC =( ½)×14×14 = 98 cm2
Area of quadrant = (¼)×(22/7)×(14×14) = 154 cm2
Area of the semicircle = (½)×(22/7)×7√2×7√2 = 154 cm2
Area of the shaded region =Area of the semicircle + Area of ΔABC – Area of quadrant
= 154 +98-154 cm2 = 98cm2
16. Calculate the area of the designed region in Fig. 12.34 common between the two
quadrants of circles of radius 8 cm each.
Solution:

AB = BC = CD = AD = 8 cm
Area of ΔABC = Area of ΔADC = (½)×8×8 = 32 cm2
Area of quadrant AECB = Area of quadrant AFCD = (¼)×22/7×82
= 352/7 cm2
Area of shaded region = (Area of quadrant AECB – Area of ΔABC) = (Area of quadrant AFCD –
Area of ΔADC)
= (352/7 -32)+(352/7- 32) cm2
= 2×(352/7-32) cm2
= 256/7 cm2
Exercise: 13.1 (Page No: 244)
1. 2 cubes each of volume 64 cm3 are joined end to end. Find the surface area of the
resulting cuboid.
Answer:
The diagram is given as:

Given,
The Volume (V) of each cube is = 64 cm3
This implies that a3 = 64 cm3
∴ a = 4 cm
Now, the side of the cube = a = 4 cm
Also, the length and breadth of the resulting cuboid will be 4 cm each. While its height will be 8
cm.
So, the surface area of the cuboid = 2(lb+bh+lh)
= 2(8×4+4×4+4×8) cm2
= 2(32+16+32) cm2
= (2×80) cm2 = 160 cm2
2. A vessel is in the form of a hollow hemisphere mounted by a hollow cylinder. The
diameter of the hemisphere is 14 cm and the total height of the vessel is 13 cm. Find the
inner surface area of the vessel.
Answer:
The diagram is as follows:

Now, the given parameters are:

The diameter of the hemisphere = D = 14 cm
The radius of the hemisphere = r = 7 cm
Also, the height of the cylinder = h = (13-7) = 6 cm
And, the radius of the hollow hemisphere = 7 cm
Now, the inner surface area of the vessel = CSA of the cylindrical part + CSA of hemispherical
part
(2πrh+2πr2) cm2 = 2πr(h+r) cm2
2×(22/7)×7(6+7) cm2 = 572 cm2
3. A toy is in the form of a cone of radius 3.5 cm mounted on a hemisphere of same
radius. The total height of the toy is 15.5 cm. Find the total surface area of the toy.
Answer:
The diagram is as follows:

Given that the radius of the cone and the hemisphere (r) = 3.5 cm or 7/2 cm
The total height of the toy is given as 15.5 cm.
So, the height of the cone (h) = 15.5-3.5 = 12 cm
∴ The curved surface area of cone = πrl
(22/7)×(7/2)×(25/2) = 275/2 cm2
Also, the curved surface area of the hemisphere = 2πr2
2×(22/7)×(7/2)2
= 77 cm2
Now, the Total surface area of the toy = CSA of cone + CSA of hemisphere
= (275/2)+77 cm2
= (275+154)/2 cm2
= 429/2 cm2 = 214.5cm2
So, the total surface area (TSA) of the toy is 214.5cm2
4. A cubical block of side 7 cm is surmounted by a hemisphere. What is the greatest
diameter the hemisphere can have? Find the surface area of the solid.
Answer:
It is given that each side of cube is 7 cm. So, the radius will be 7/2 cm.

We know,
The total surface area of solid (TSA) = surface area of cubical block + CSA of hemisphere – Area
of base of hemisphere
∴ TSA of solid = 6×(side)2+2πr2-πr2
= 6×(side)2+πr2
= 6×(7)2+(22/7)×(7/2)×(7/2)
= (6×49)+(77/2)
= 294+38.5 = 332.5 cm2
So, the surface area of the solid is 332.5 cm2
5. A hemispherical depression is cut out from one face of a cubical wooden block such
that the diameter l of the hemisphere is equal to the edge of the cube. Determine the
surface area of the remaining solid.
Answer:
The diagram is as follows:

Now, the diameter of hemisphere = Edge of the cube = l

So, the radius of hemisphere = l/2
∴ The total surface area of solid = surface area of cube + CSA of hemisphere – Area of base of
hemisphere
TSA of remaining solid = 6 (edge)2+2πr2-πr2
= 6l2 πr2
= 6l2+π(l/2)2
= 6l2+πl2/4
= l2/4(24+π) sq. units
6. A medicine capsule is in the shape of a cylinder with two hemispheres stuck to each of
its ends. The length of the entire capsule is 14 mm and the diameter of the capsule is 5
mm. Find its surface area.

Answer:
Two hemisphere and one cylinder are shown in the figure given below.
Here, the diameter of the capsule = 5 mm
∴ Radius = 5/2 = 2.5 mm
Now, the length of the capsule = 14 mm
So, the length of the cylinder = 14-(2.5+2.5) = 9 mm
∴ The surface area of a hemisphere = 2πr2 = 2×(22/7)×2.5×2.5
= 275/7 mm2
Now, the surface area of the cylinder = 2πrh
= 2×(22/7)×2.5×9
(22/7)×45 = 990/7 mm2
Thus, the required surface area of medicine capsule will be
= 2×surface area of hemisphere + surface area of the cylinder
= (2×275/7) × 990/7
(550/7) + (990/7) = 1540/7 = 220 mm2
7. A tent is in the shape of a cylinder surmounted by a conical top. If the height and
diameter of the cylindrical part are 2.1 m and 4 m respectively, and the slant height of the
top is 2.8 m, find the area of the canvas used for making the tent. Also, find the cost of the
canvas of the tent at the rate of Rs 500 per m2. (Note that the base of the tent will not be
covered with canvas.)
Answer:
It is known that a tent is a combination of cylinder and a cone.

From the question we know that

Diameter = 4 m
Slant height of the cone (l) = 2.8 m
Radius of the cone (r) = Radius of cylinder = 4/2 = 2 m
Height of the cylinder (h) = 2.1 m
So, the required surface area of tent = surface area of cone + surface area of cylinder
= πrl+2πrh
= πr(l+2h)
= (22/7)×2(2.8+2×2.1)
= (44/7)(2.8+4.2)
= (44/7)×7 = 44 m2
∴ The cost of the canvas of the tent at the rate of ₹500 per m2 will be
= Surface area × cost per m2
44×500 = ₹22000
So, Rs. 22000 will be the total cost of the canvas.
8. From a solid cylinder whose height is 2.4 cm and diameter 1.4 cm, a conical cavity of
the
same height and same diameter is hollowed out. Find the total surface area of the
remaining solid to the nearest cm2.
Answer:
The diagram for the question is as follows:

From the question we know the following:

The diameter of the cylinder = diameter of conical cavity = 1.4 cm
So, the radius of the cylinder = radius of the conical cavity = 1.4/2 = 0.7
Also, the height of the cylinder = height of the conical cavity = 2.4 cm
Now, the TSA of remaining solid = surface area of conical cavity + TSA of the cylinder
= πrl+(2πrh+πr2)
= πr(l+2h+r)
= (22/7)× 0.7(2.5+4.8+0.7)
= 2.2×8 = 17.6 cm2
So, the total surface area of the remaining solid is 17.6 cm2

Exercise: 13.2 (Page No: 247)

1. A solid is in the shape of a cone standing on a hemisphere with both their radii being
equal to 1 cm and the height of the cone is equal to its radius. Find the volume of the solid
in terms of π.
Solution:
Here r = 1 cm and h = 1 cm.
The diagram is as follows.

Now, Volume of solid = Volume of conical part + Volume of hemispherical part

We know the volume of cone = ⅓ πr2h
And,
The volume of hemisphere = ⅔πr3
So, volume of solid will be

= π cm3
2. Rachel, an engineering student, was asked to make a model shaped like a cylinder with
two cones attached at its two ends by using a thin aluminum sheet. The diameter of the
model is 3 cm and its length is 12 cm. If each cone has a height of 2 cm, find the volume
of air contained in the model that Rachel made. (Assume the outer and inner dimensions
of the model to be nearly the same.)
Solution:
Given,
Height of cylinder = 12–4 = 8 cm
Radius = 1.5 cm
Height of cone = 2 cm
Now, the total volume of the air contained will be = Volume of cylinder+2×(Volume of cone)
∴ Total volume = πr2h+[2×(⅓ πr2h )]
= 18 π+2(1.5 π)
= 66 cm3.
3. A Gulab jamun contains sugar syrup up to about 30% of its volume. Find approximately
how much syrup would be found in 45 Gulab jamuns, each shaped like a cylinder with two
hemispherical ends with length 5 cm and diameter 2.8 cm (see figure).

Solution:
It is known that the gulab jamuns are similar to a cylinder with two hemispherical ends.
So, the total height of a gulab jamun = 5 cm.
Diameter = 2.8 cm
So, radius = 1.4 cm
∴ The height of the cylindrical part = 5 cm–(1.4+1.4) cm
=2.2 cm
Now, total volume of One Gulab Jamun = Volume of Cylinder + Volume of two hemispheres
= πr2h+(4/3)πr3
= 4.312π+(10.976/3) π
= 25.05 cm3
We know that the volume of sugar syrup = 30% of total volume
So, volume of sugar syrup in 45 gulab jamuns = 45×30%(25.05 cm3)
= 45×7.515 = 338.184 cm3
4. A pen stand made of wood is in the shape of a cuboid with four conical depressions to
hold pens. The dimensions of the cuboid are 15 cm by 10 cm by 3.5 cm. The radius of
each of the depressions is 0.5 cm and the depth is 1.4 cm. Find the volume of wood in the
entire stand (see Fig.).
Solution:
Volume of cuboid = length x width x height
We know the cuboid’s dimensions as 15 cmx10 cmx3.5 cm
So, the volume of the cuboid = 15x10x3.5 = 525 cm3
Here, depressions are like cones and we know,
Volume of cone = (⅓)πr2h
Given, radius (r) = 0.5 cm and depth (h) = 1.4 cm
∴ Volume of 4 cones = 4x(⅓)πr2h
= 1.46 cm2
Now, volume of wood = Volume of cuboid – 4 x volume of cone
= 525-1.46 = 523.54 cm2
5. A vessel is in the form of an inverted cone. Its height is 8 cm and the radius of its top,
which is open, is 5 cm. It is filled with water up to the brim. When lead shots, each of
which is a sphere of radius 0.5 cm are dropped into the vessel, one-fourth of the water
flows out. Find the number of lead shots dropped in the vessel.
Solution:
For the cone,
Radius = 5 cm,
Height = 8 cm
Also,
Radius of sphere = 0.5 cm
The diagram will be like
It is known that,
Volume of cone = volume of water in the cone
= ⅓πr2h = (200/3)π cm3
Now,
Total volume of water overflown= (¼)×(200/3) π =(50/3)π
Volume of lead shot
= (4/3)πr3
= (1/6) π
Now,
The number of lead shots = Total Volume of Water over flown/ Volume of Lead shot
= (50/3)π/(⅙)π
= (50/3)×6 = 100
6. A solid iron pole consists of a cylinder of height 220 cm and base diameter 24 cm,
which is surmounted by another cylinder of height 60 cm and radius 8 cm. Find the mass
of the pole, given that 1 cm3 of iron has approximately 8 g mass.
Solution:
Given, the height of the big cylinder (H) = 220 cm
Radius of the base (R) = 24/12 = 12 cm
So, the volume of the big cylinder = πR2H
= π(12)2 × 220 cm3
= 99565.8 cm3
Now, the height of smaller cylinder (h) = 60 cm
Radius of the base (r) = 8 cm
So, the volume of the smaller cylinder = πr2h
= π(8)2×60 cm3
= 12068.5 cm3
∴ Volume of iron = Volume of the big cylinder+ Volume of the small cylinder
= 99565.8 + 12068.5
=111634.5 cm3
We know,
Mass = Density x volume
So, mass of the pole = 8×111634.5
= 893 Kg (approx.)
7. A solid consisting of a right circular cone of height 120 cm and radius 60 cm standing
on a hemisphere of radius 60 cm is placed upright in a right circular cylinder full of water
such that it touches the bottom. Find the volume of water left in the cylinder, if the radius
of the cylinder is 60 cm and its height is 180 cm.
Solution:

Here, the volume of water left will be = Volume of cylinder – Volume of solid
Given,
Radius of cone = 60 cm,
Height of cone = 120 cm
Radius of cylinder = 60 cm
Height of cylinder = 180 cm
Radius of hemisphere = 60 cm
Now,
Total volume of solid = Volume of Cone + Volume of hemisphere
Volume of cone = π×122×103cm3 = 144×103π cm3
So, Total volume of solid = 144×103π cm3 -(⅔)×π×103 cm3
Volume of hemisphere = (⅔)×π×103 cm3
Volume of cylinder = π×602×180 = 648000 = 648×103 π cm3
Now, volume of water left will be = Volume of cylinder – Volume of solid
= (648-288) × 103×π = 1.131 m3
8. A spherical glass vessel has a cylindrical neck 8 cm long, 2 cm in diameter; the
diameter of the spherical part is 8.5 cm. By measuring the amount of water it holds, a
child finds its volume to be 345 cm3. Check whether she is correct, taking the above as the
inside measurements, and π = 3.14.
Solution:
Given,
For the cylinder part, Height (h) = 8 cm and Radius (R) = (2/2) cm = 1 cm
For the spherical part, Radius (r) = (8.5/2) = 4.25 cm
Now, volume of this vessel = Volume of cylinder + Volume of sphere
= π×(1)2×8+(4/3)π(4.25)3
= 346.51 cm3

Exercise: 13.3 (Page No: 251)

1. A metallic sphere of radius 4.2 cm is melted and recast into the shape of a cylinder of
radius 6 cm. Find the height of the cylinder.
Solution:
It is given that radius of the sphere (R) = 4.2 cm
Also, Radius of cylinder (r) = 6 cm
Now, let height of cylinder = h
It is given that the sphere is melted into a cylinder.
So, Volume of Sphere = Volume of Cylinder
∴ (4/3)×π×R3 = π×r2×h.
h = 2.74 cm
2. Metallic spheres of radii 6 cm, 8 cm and 10 cm, respectively, are melted to form a single
solid sphere. Find the radius of the resulting sphere.
Solution:
For Sphere 1:
Radius (r1) = 6 cm
∴ Volume (V1) = (4/3)×π×r13
For Sphere 2:
Radius (r2) = 8 cm
∴ Volume (V2) = (4/3)×π×r23
For Sphere 3:
Radius (r3) = 10 cm
∴ Volume (V3) = (4/3)× π× r33
Also, let the radius of the resulting sphere be “r”
Now,
Volume of resulting sphere = V1+V2+V3
(4/3)×π×r3 = (4/3)×π×r13+(4/3)×π×r23 +(4/3)×π×r33
r3 = 63+83+103
r3 = 1728
r = 12 cm
3. A 20 m deep well with diameter 7 m is dug and the earth from digging is evenly spread
out to form a platform 22 m by 14 m. Find the height of the platform.
Solution:
It is given that the shape of the well is in the shape of a cylinder with a diameter of 7 m
So, radius = 7/2 m
Also, Depth (h) = 20 m
Volume of the earth dug out will be equal to the volume of the cylinder
∴ Volume of Cylinder = π×r2×h
= 22×7×5 m3
Let the height of the platform = H
Volume of soil from well (cylinder) = Volume of soil used to make such platform
π×r2×h = Area of platform × Height of the platform
We know that the dimension of the platform is = 22×14
So, Area of platform = 22×14 m2
∴ π×r2×h = 22×14×H
⇒ H = 2.5 m
4. A well of diameter 3 m is dug 14 m deep. The earth taken out of it has been spread
evenly all around it in the shape of a circular ring of width 4 m to form an embankment.
Find the height of the embankment.
Solution:
The shape of the well will be cylindrical as given below.
Given, Depth (h1) of well = 14 m
Diameter of the circular end of the well =3 m
So, Radius (r1) = 3/2 m
Width of the embankment = 4 m
From the figure, it can be said that the embankment will be a cylinder having an outer radius (r2)
as 4+(3/2) = 11/2 m and inner radius (r1) as 3/2m
Now, let the height of embankment be h2
∴ Volume of soil dug from well = Volume of earth used to form embankment
π×r12×h = π×(r22-r12) × h2
Solving this, we get,
The height of the embankment (h2) as 1.125 m.
5. A container shaped like a right circular cylinder having diameter 12 cm and height 15
cm is full of ice cream. The ice cream is to be filled into cones of height 12 cm and
diameter 6 cm, having a hemispherical shape on the top. Find the number of such cones
which can be filled with ice cream.
Solution:
Number of cones will be = Volume of cylinder / Volume of ice cream cone
For the cylinder part,
Radius = 12/2 = 6 cm
Height = 15 cm
∴ Volume of cylinder = π×r2×h = 540π
For the ice cone part,
Radius of conical part = 6/2 = 3 cm
Height = 12 cm
Radius of hemispherical part = 6/2 = 3 cm
Now,
Volume of ice cream cone = Volume of conical part + Volume of hemispherical part
= (⅓)×π×r2×h+(⅔)×π×r3
= 36π +18π
= 54π
∴ Number of cones = (540π/54π)
= 10
6. How many silver coins, 1.75 cm in diameter and of thickness 2 mm, must be melted to
form a cuboid of dimensions 5.5 cm × 10 cm × 3.5 cm?
Solution:
It is known that the coins are cylindrical in shape.
So, height (h1) of the cylinder = 2 mm = 0.2 cm
Radius (r) of circular end of coins = 1.75/2 = 0.875 cm
Now, the number of coins to be melted to form the required cuboids be “n”
So, Volume of n coins = Volume of cuboids
n × π × r2 × h1 = l × b × h
n×π×(0.875)2×0.2 = 5.5×10×3.5
Or, n = 400
7. A cylindrical bucket, 32 cm high and with radius of base 18 cm, is filled with sand. This
bucket is emptied on the ground and a conical heap of sand is formed. If the height of the
conical heap is 24 cm, find the radius and slant height of the heap.
Solution:
The diagram will be as-

Given,
Height (h1) of cylindrical part of the bucket = 32 cm
Radius (r1) of circular end of the bucket = 18 cm
Height of the conical heap ((h2) = 24 cm
Now, let “r2” be the radius of the circular end of the conical heap.
We know that volume of the sand in the cylindrical bucket will be equal to the volume of sand in
the conical heap.
∴ Volume of sand in the cylindrical bucket = Volume of sand in conical heap
π×r12×h1 = (⅓)×π×r22×h2
π×182×32 = (⅓)×π ×r22×24
Or, r2= 36 cm
And,
Slant height (l) = √(362+242) = 12√13 cm.
8. Water in a canal, 6 m wide and 1.5 m deep, is flowing with a speed of 10 km/h. How
much area will it irrigate in 30 minutes, if 8 cm of standing water is needed?
Solution:
It is given that the canal is the shape of a cuboid with dimensions as:
Breadth (b) = 6 m and Height (h) = 1.5 m
It is also given that
The speed of canal = 10 km/hr
Length of canal covered in 1 hour = 10 km
Length of canal covered in 60 minutes = 10 km
Length of canal covered in 1 min = (1/60)x10 km
Length of canal covered in 30 min (l) = (30/60)x10 = 5km = 5000 m
We know that the canal is cuboidal in shape. So,
Volume of canal = lxbxh
= 5000x6x1.5 m3
= 45000 m3
Now,
Volume of water in canal = Volume of area irrigated
= Area irrigated x Height
So, Area irrigated = 56.25 hectares
∴ Volume of canal = lxbxh
45000 = Area irrigatedx8 cm
45000 = Area irrigated x (8/100)m
Or, Area irrigated = 562500 m2 = 56.25 hectares.
9. A farmer connects a pipe of internal diameter 20 cm from a canal into a cylindrical tank
in her field, which is 10 m in diameter and 2 m deep. If water flows through the pipe at the
rate of 3 km/h, in how much time will the tank be filled?
Solution:
Consider the following diagram-
Volume of water that flows in t minutes from pipe = t×0.5π m3
Volume of water that flows in t minutes from pipe = t×0.5π m3
Radius (r2) of circular end of cylindrical tank =10/2 = 5 m
Depth (h2) of cylindrical tank = 2 m
Let the tank be filled completely in t minutes.
Volume of water filled in tank in t minutes is equal to the volume of water flowed in t minutes from
the pipe.
Volume of water that flows in t minutes from pipe = Volume of water in tank
t×0.5π = π×r22×h2
Or, t = 100 minutes

Exercise: 13.4 (Page No: 257)

1. A drinking glass is in the shape of a frustum of a cone of height 14 cm. The diameters
of its two circular ends are 4 cm and 2 cm. Find the capacity of the glass.
Solution:
Radius (r1) of the upper base = 4/2 = 2 cm
Radius (r2) of lower the base = 2/2 = 1 cm
Height = 14 cm
Now, Capacity of glass = Volume of frustum of cone
So, Capacity of glass = (⅓)×π×h(r12+r22+r1r2)
= (⅓)×π×(14)(22+12+ (2)(1))
∴ The capacity of the glass = 102×(⅔) cm3
2. The slant height of a frustum of a cone is 4 cm and the perimeters (circumference) of its
circular ends are 18 cm and 6 cm. Find the surface area of the frustum.
Solution:
Given,
Slant height (l) = 4 cm
Circumference of upper circular end of the frustum = 18 cm
∴ 2πr1 = 18
Or, r1 = 9/π
Similarly, circumference of lower end of the frustum = 6 cm
∴ 2πr2 = 6
Or, r2 = 6/π
Now, CSA of frustum = π(r1+r2) × l
= π(9/π+6/π) × 4
= 12×4 = 48 cm2
3. A fez, the cap used by the Turks, is shaped like the frustum of a cone (see Fig.). If its
radius on the open side is 10 cm, radius at the upper base is 4 cm and its slant height is
15 cm, find the area of material used for making it.

Solution:
Given,
For the lower circular end, radius (r1) = 10 cm
For the upper circular end, radius (r2) = 4 cm
Slant height (l) of frustum = 15 cm
Now,
The area of material to be used for making the fez = CSA of frustum + Area of upper circular end
CSA of frustum = π(r1+r2)×l
= 210π
And, Area of upper circular end = πr22
= 16π
∴ The area of material used = 710 × (2/7) cm2
4. A container, opened from the top and made up of a metal sheet, is in the form of a
frustum of a cone of height 16 cm with radii of its lower and upper ends as 8 cm and 20
cm, respectively. Find the cost of the milk which can completely fill the container, at the
rate of Rs. 20 per litre. Also find the cost of metal sheet used to make the container, if it
costs Rs. 8 per 100 cm2.
Solution:
Given,
r1 = 20 cm,
r2 = 8 cm and
h = 16 cm
∴ Volume of the frustum = (⅓)×π×h(r12+r22+r1r2)

It is given that the rate of milk = Rs. 20/litre

So, Cost of milk = 20×volume of the frustum

= Rs. 209
Now, slant height will be

So, CSA of the container = π(r1+r2)×l

= 1758.4 cm2
Hence, the total metal that would be required to make container will be = 1758.4 + (Area of
bottom circle)
= 1758.4+201 = 1959.4 cm2
∴ Total cost of metal = Rs. (8/100) × 1959.4 = Rs. 157
5. A metallic right circular cone 20 cm high and whose vertical angle is 60° is cut into two
parts at the middle of its height by a plane parallel to its base. If the frustum so obtained is
drawn into a wire of diameter 1/16 cm, find the length of the wire.
Solution:
The diagram will be as follows

Consider AEG
Radius (r1) of upper end of frustum = (10√3)/3 cm
Radius (r2) of lower end of container = (20√3)/3 cm
Height (r3) of container = 10 cm
Now,
Volume of the frustum = (⅓)×π×h(r12+r22+r1r2)

Solving this we get,

Volume of the frustum = 22000/9 cm3
The radius (r) of wire = (1/16)×(½) = 1/32 cm
Now,
Let the length of wire be “l”.
Volume of wire = Area of cross-section x Length
= (πr2)xl
= π(1/32)2x l
Now, Volume of frustum = Volume of wire
22000/9 = (22/7)x(1/32)2x l
Solving this we get,
l = 7964.44 m

Exercise: 13.5 (Optional) (Page No: 258)

1. A copper wire, 3 mm in diameter, is wound about a cylinder whose length is 12 cm, and
diameter 10 cm, so as to cover the curved surface of the cylinder. Find the length and
mass of the wire, assuming the density of copper to be 8.88 g per cm3.
Solution:
Given that,
Diameter of cylinder = 10 cm
So, radius of the cylinder (r) = 10/2 cm = 5 cm
∴ Length of wire in completely one round = 2πr = 3.14×5 cm = 31.4 cm
It is given that diameter of wire = 3 mm = 3/10 cm
∴ The thickness of cylinder covered in one round = 3/10 m
Hence, the number of turns (rounds) of the wire to cover 12 cm will be-

Now, the length of wire required to cover the whole surface = length of wire required to complete
40 rounds
40 x 31.4 cm = 1256 cm
Radius of the wire = 0.3/2 = 0.15 cm
Volume of wire = Area of cross-section of wire × Length of wire
= π(0.15)2×1257.14
= 88.898 cm3
We know,
Mass = Volume × Density
= 88.898×8.88
= 789.41 gm
2. A right triangle whose sides are 3 cm and 4 cm (other than hypotenuse) is made to
revolve about its hypotenuse. Find the volume and surface area of the double cone so
formed. (Choose value of π as found appropriate)
Solution:
Draw the diagram as follows:

Let us consider the ABA

Here,
AS = 3 cm, AC = 4 cm
So, Hypotenuse BC = 5 cm
We have got 2 cones on the same base AA’ where the radius = DA or DA’
Now, AD/CA = AB/CB
By putting the value of CA, AB and CB we get,
AD = 2/5 cm
We also know,
DB/AB = AB/CB
So, DB = 9/5 cm
As, CD = BC-DB,
CD = 16/5 cm
Now, volume of double cone will be

Solving this we get,

V = 30.14 cm3
The surface area of the double cone will be

= 52.75 cm2
3. A cistern, internally measuring 150 cm × 120 cm × 100 cm, has 129600 cm3 of water in it.
Porous bricks are placed in the water until the cistern is full to the brim. Each brick
absorbs one-seventeenth of its own volume of water. How many bricks can be put in
without overflowing the water, each being 22.5 cm × 7.5 cm × 6.5 cm?
Solution:
Given that the dimension of the cistern = 150 × 120 × 110
So, volume = 1980000 cm3
Volume to be filled in cistern = 1980000 – 129600
= 1850400 cm3
Now, let the number of bricks placed be “n”
So, volume of n bricks will be = n×22.5×7.5×6.5
Now as each brick absorbs one-seventeenth of its volume, the volume will be
= n/(17)×(22.5×7.5×6.5)
For the condition given in the question,
The volume of n bricks has to be equal to volume absorbed by n bricks + Volume to be filled in
cistern
Or, n×22.5×7.5×6.5 = 1850400+n/(17)×(22.5×7.5×6.5)
Solving this we get,
n = 1792.41
4. In one fortnight of a given month, there was a rainfall of 10 cm in a river valley. If the
area of the valley is 97280 km2, show that the total rainfall was approximately equivalent to
the addition to the normal water of three rivers each 1072 km long, 75 m wide and 3 m
deep.
Solution:
From the question, it is clear that
Total volume of 3 rivers = 3×[(Surface area of a river)×Depth]
Given,
Surface area of a river = [1072×(75/1000)] km
And,
Depth = (3/1000) km
Now, volume of 3 rivers = 3×[1072×(75/1000)]×(3/1000)
= 0.72 km3
Now, volume of rainfall = total surface area × total height of rain

= 9.7 km3
For the total rainfall was approximately equivalent to the addition to the normal water of three
rivers, the volume of rainfall has to be equal to volume of 3 rivers.
But, 9.7 km3 ≠ 0.72 km3
So, the question statement is false.
5. An oil funnel made of tin sheet consists of a 10 cm long cylindrical portion attached to a
frustum of a cone. If the total height is 22 cm, diameter of the cylindrical portion is 8 cm
and the diameter of the top of the funnel is 18 cm, find the area of the tin sheet required to
make the funnel (see Fig.).

Solution:
Given,
Diameter of upper circular end of frustum part = 18 cm
So, radius (r1) = 9 cm
Now, the radius of the lower circular end of frustum (r2) will be equal to the radius of the circular
end of the cylinder
So, r2 = 8/2 = 4 cm
Now, height (h1) of the frustum section = 22 – 10 = 12 cm
And,
Height (h2) of cylindrical section = 10 cm (given)
Now, the slant height will be-

Or, l = 13 cm
Area of tin sheet required = CSA of frustum part + CSA of cylindrical part
= π(r1+r2)l+2πr2h2
Solving this we get,
Area of tin sheet required = 782×(4/7) cm2
6. Derive the formula for the curved surface area and total surface area of the frustum of a
cone, given to you in Section 13.5, using the symbols as explained.
Solution:
Consider the diagram

Let ABC be a cone. From the cone the frustum DECB is cut by a plane parallel to its base. Here,
r1 and r2 are the radii of the frustum ends of the cone and h be the frustum height.
Now, consider the ΔABG and ΔADF,
Here, DF||BG
So, ΔABG ~ ΔADF
Now, by rearranging we get,

The total surface area of frustum will be equal to the total CSA of frustum + the area of upper
circular end + area of the lower circular end
= π(r1+r2)l+πr22+πr12
∴ Surface area of frustum = π[r1+r2)l+r12+r22]
7. Derive the formula for the volume of the frustum of a cone.
Solution:
Consider the same diagram as the previous question.

Now, approach the question in the same way as the previous one and prove that
ΔABG ~ ΔADF
Again,

Now, rearrange them in terms of h and h1

The total volume of frustum of the cone will be = Volume of cone ABC – Volume of cone ADE
= (⅓)πr12h1 -(⅓)πr22(h1 – h)
= (π/3)[r12h1-r22(h1 – h)]

Now, solving this we get,

∴ Volume of frustum of the cone = (⅓)πh(r12+r22+r1r2)
Chapter 13, Surface Areas and Volumes, of class 10 Maths, is one of the most important
chapters. The weightage of this chapter in the final exam is around 12 to 13 marks. On average,
there are 4 questions asked from this chapter, based on surface areas and volumes. The
distribution of marks with respect to questions are 3+3+3+4, where marks could vary depending
upon the question. Topics covered in Chapter 13, Surface Areas and Volumes are;

• The surface area of a combination of Solids

• The volume of a combination of solids
• Conversion of solid from one shape to another
• Frustum of a cone
Exercise 14.1 Page: 270
1. A survey was conducted by a group of students as a part of their environment
awareness program, in which they collected the following data regarding the number of
plants in 20 houses in a locality. Find the mean number of plants per house.

Number of Plants 0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14

Number of Houses 1 2 1 5 6 2 3
Which method did you use for finding the mean, and why?

Solution:
In order to find the mean value, we will use direct method because the numerical value of fi and
xi are small.
Find the midpoint of the given interval using the formula.
Midpoint (xi) = (upper limit + lower limit)/2

No. of plants No. of houses Mid-point (xi) fixi

(Class interval) Frequency (fi)

0-2 1 1 1

2-4 2 3 6

4-6 1 5 5

6-8 5 7 35

8-10 6 9 54

10-12 2 11 22

12-14 3 13 39

Sum fi = 20 Sum fixi = 162

The formula to find the mean is:
Mean = x̄ = ∑fi xi /∑fi
= 162/20
= 8.1

Therefore, the mean number of plants per house is 8.1

2. Consider the following distribution of daily wages of 50 workers of a factory.

Daily wages (in Rs.) 100-120 120-140 140-160 160-180 180-200

 Number of workers 12 14 8 6 10
Find the mean daily wages of the workers of the factory by using an appropriate method.
Solution:
Find the midpoint of the given interval using the formula.
Midpoint (xi) = (upper limit + lower limit)/2
In this case, the value of mid-point (xi) is very large, so let us assume the mean value, A = 150
and class interval is h = 20.
So, ui = (xi – A)/h = ui = (xi – 150)/20
Substitute and find the values as follows:

Daily wages Number of workers Mid-point (xi) ui = (xi – 150)/20 fiui

(Class interval) frequency (fi)

100-120 12 110 -2 -24

120-140 14 130 -1 -14

140-160 8 150 0 0

160-180 6 170 1 6

180-200 10 190 2 20

Total Sum fi = 50 Sum fiui = -12

So, the formula to find out the mean is:
Mean = x̄ = A + h∑fiui /∑fi =150 + (20 × -12/50) = 150 – 4.8 = 145.20
Thus, mean daily wage of the workers = Rs. 145.20
3. The following distribution shows the daily pocket allowance of children of a locality.
The mean pocket allowance is Rs 18. Find the missing frequency f.

Daily Pocket Allowance(in c) 11-13 13-15 15-17 17-19 19-21 21-23 23-35

Number of children 7 6 9 13 f 5 4
Solution:
To find out the missing frequency, use the mean formula.
Here, the value of mid-point (xi) mean x̄ = 18

Class interval Number of children (fi) Mid-point (xi) fixi

11-13 7 12 84

13-15 6 14 84
 15-17 9 16 144

17-19 13 18 = A 234

19-21 f 20 20f

21-23 5 22 110

23-25 4 24 96

Total fi = 44+f Sum fixi = 752+20f

The mean formula is
Mean = x̄ = ∑fixi /∑fi = (752+20f)/(44+f)
Now substitute the values and equate to find the missing frequency (f)
⇒ 18 = (752+20f)/(44+f)
⇒ 18(44+f) = (752+20f)
⇒ 792+18f = 752+20f
⇒ 792+18f = 752+20f
⇒ 792 – 752 = 20f – 18f
⇒ 40 = 2f
⇒ f = 20
So, the missing frequency, f = 20.
4. Thirty women were examined in a hospital by a doctor and the number of heart beats
per minute were recorded and summarized as follows. Find the mean heart beats per
minute for these women, choosing a suitable method.

Number of heart beats per minute 65-68 68-71 71-74 74-77 77-80 80-83 83-86

Number of women 2 4 3 8 7 4 2
Solution:
From the given data, let us assume the mean as A = 75.5
xi = (Upper limit + Lower limit)/2
Class size (h) = 3
Now, find the ui and fiui as follows:

Class Interval Number of women (fi) Mid-point (xi) ui = (xi – 75.5)/h f i ui

65-68 2 66.5 -3 -6

68-71 4 69.5 -2 -8
 71-74 3 72.5 -1 -3

74-77 8 75.5 0 0

77-80 7 78.5 1 7

80-83 4 81.5 3 8

83-86 2 84.5 3 6

Sum fi= 30 Sum fiui = 4

Mean = x̄ = A + h∑fiui /∑fi
= 75.5 + 3×(4/30)
= 75.5 + 4/10
= 75.5 + 0.4
= 75.9
Therefore, the mean heart beats per minute for these women is 75.9
5. In a retail market, fruit vendors were selling mangoes kept in packing boxes. These
boxes contained varying number of mangoes. The following was the distribution of
mangoes according to the number of boxes.

Number of mangoes 50-52 53-55 56-58 59-61 62-64

Number of boxes 15 110 135 115 25

Find the mean number of mangoes kept in a packing box. Which method of finding the
mean did you choose?
Solution:
Since, the given data is not continuous so we add 0.5 to the upper limit and subtract 0.45 from
the lower limit as the gap between two intervals are 1
Here, assumed mean (A) = 57
Class size (h) = 3
Here, the step deviation is used because the frequency values are big.

Class Interval Number of boxes (fi) Mid-point (xi) di = xi – A fidi

49.5-52.5 15 51 -6 90

52.5-55.5 110 54 -3 -330

55.5-58.5 135 57 = A 0 0

58.5-61.5 115 60 3 345

 61.5-64.5 25 63 6 150

Sum fi = 400 Sum fidi = 75

The formula to find out the Mean is:
Mean = x̄ = A +h ∑fidi /∑fi
= 57 + 3(75/400)
= 57 + 0.1875
= 57.19
Therefore, the mean number of mangoes kept in a packing box is 57.19
6. The table below shows the daily expenditure on food of 25 households in a locality.
Find the mean daily expenditure on food by a suitable method.

Daily expenditure(in c) 100-150 150-200 200-250 250-300 300-350

Number of households 4 5 12 2 2
Solution:
Find the midpoint of the given interval using the formula.
Midpoint (xi) = (upper limit + lower limit)/2
Let is assume the mean (A) = 225
Class size (h) = 50

Class Interval Number of households (fi) Mid-point (xi) di = xi – A ui = di/50 fiui

100-150 4 125 -100 -2 -8

150-200 5 175 -50 -1 -5

200-250 12 225 0 0 0

250-300 2 275 50 1 2

300-350 2 325 100 2 4

Sum fi = 25 Sum fiui = -7

Mean = x̄ = A +h∑fiui /∑fi
= 225+50(-7/25)
= 225-14
= 211
Therefore, the mean daily expenditure on food is 211
7. To find out the concentration of SO2 in the air (in parts per million, i.e., ppm), the data
was collected for 30 localities in a certain city and is presented below:
 Concentration of SO2 ( in ppm) Frequency

0.00 – 0.04 4

0.04 – 0.08 9

0.08 – 0.12 9

0.12 – 0.16 2

0.16 – 0.20 4

0.20 – 0.24 2
Find the mean concentration of SO2 in the air.
Solution:
To find out the mean, first find the midpoint of the given frequencies as follows:

Concentration of SO2 (in ppm) Frequency (fi) Mid-point (xi) fixi

0.00-0.04 4 0.02 0.08

0.04-0.08 9 0.06 0.54

0.08-0.12 9 0.10 0.90

0.12-0.16 2 0.14 0.28

0.16-0.20 4 0.18 0.72

0.20-0.24 2 0.20 0.40

Total Sum fi = 30 Sum (fixi) = 2.96

The formula to find out the mean is
Mean = x̄ = ∑fixi /∑fi
= 2.96/30
= 0.099 ppm
Therefore, the mean concentration of SO2 in air is 0.099 ppm.
8. A class teacher has the following absentee record of 40 students of a class for the
whole
term. Find the mean number of days a student was absent.

Number of days 0-6 6-10 10-14 14-20 20-28 28-38 38-40

Number of students 11 10 7 4 4 3 1
Solution:
Find the midpoint of the given interval using the formula.
Midpoint (xi) = (upper limit + lower limit)/2

Class interval Frequency (fi) Mid-point (xi) fixi

0-6 11 3 33

6-10 10 8 80

10-14 7 12 84

14-20 4 17 68

20-28 4 24 96

28-38 3 33 99

38-40 1 39 39

Sum fi = 40 Sum fixi = 499

The mean formula is,
Mean = x̄ = ∑fixi /∑fi
= 499/40
= 12.48 days
Therefore, the mean number of days a student was absent = 12.48.
9. The following table gives the literacy rate (in percentage) of 35 cities. Find the mean
literacy rate.

Literacy rate (in %) 45-55 55-65 65-75 75-85 85-98

Number of cities 3 10 11 8 3
Solution:
Find the midpoint of the given interval using the formula.
Midpoint (xi) = (upper limit + lower limit)/2
In this case, the value of mid-point (xi) is very large, so let us assume the mean value, A = 70
and class interval is h = 10.
So, ui = (xi-A)/h = ui = (xi-70)/10
Substitute and find the values as follows:

Class Interval Frequency (fi) (xi) di = xi – a ui = di/h fiui

45-55 3 50 -20 -2 -6
 55-65 10 60 -10 -1 -10

65-75 11 70 0 0 0

75-85 8 80 10 1 8

85-95 3 90 20 2 6

Sum fi = 35 Sum fiui = -2

So, Mean = x̄ = A+(∑fiui /∑fi)×h
= 70+(-2/35)×10
= 69.42
Therefore, the mean literacy part = 69.42

Exercise 14.2 Page: 275

1. The following table shows the ages of the patients admitted in a hospital during a year:

Age (in years) 5-15 15-25 25-35 35-45 45-55 55-65

Number of patients 6 11 21 23 14 5
Find the mode and the mean of the data given above. Compare and interpret the two
measures of central tendency.

Solution:
To find out the modal class, let us the consider the class interval with high frequency
Here, the greatest frequency = 23, so the modal class = 35 – 45,
l = 35,
class width (h) = 10,
fm = 23,
f1 = 21 and f2 = 14
The formula to find the mode is
Mode = l+ [(fm-f1)/(2fm-f1-f2)]×h
Substitute the values in the formula, we get
Mode = 35+[(23-21)/(46-21-14)]×10
Mode = 35+(20/11) = 35+1.8
Mode = 36.8 year
So the mode of the given data = 36.8 year
Calculation of Mean:
First find the midpoint using the formula, xi = (upper limit +lower limit)/2

Class Interval Frequency (fi) Mid-point (xi) fixi

5-15 6 10 60

15-25 11 20 220

25-35 21 30 630

35-45 23 40 920

45-55 14 50 700

55-65 5 60 300

Sum fi = 80 Sum fixi = 2830

The mean formula is
Mean = x̄ = ∑fixi /∑fi
= 2830/80
= 35.37 years
Therefore, the mean of the given data = 35.37 years
2. The following data gives the information on the observed lifetimes (in hours) of 225
electrical components:

Lifetime (in hours) 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 100-120

Frequency 10 35 52 61 38 29
Determine the modal lifetimes of the components.
Solution:
From the given data the modal class is 60–80.
l = 60,
The frequencies are:
fm = 61, f1 = 52, f2 = 38 and h = 20
The formula to find the mode is
Mode = l+ [(fm-f1)/(2fm-f1-f2)]×h
Substitute the values in the formula, we get
Mode =60+[(61-52)/(122-52-38)]×20
Mode = 60+((9 x 20)/32)
Mode = 60+(45/8) = 60+ 5.625
Therefore, modal lifetime of the components = 65.625 hours.
3. The following data gives the distribution of total monthly household expenditure of 200
families of a village. Find the modal monthly expenditure of the families. Also, find the
mean monthly expenditure:

Expenditure Number of families

1000-1500 24

1500-2000 40

2000-2500 33

2500-3000 28

3000-3500 30

3500-4000 22

4000-4500 16

4500-5000 7
Solution:
Given data:
Modal class = 1500-2000,
l = 1500,
Frequencies:
fm = 40 f1 = 24, f2 = 33 and
h = 500
Mode formula:
Mode = l+ [(fm-f1)/(2fm-f1-f2)]×h
Substitute the values in the formula, we get
Mode =1500+[(40-24)/(80-24-33)]×500
Mode = 1500+((16×500)/23)
Mode = 1500+(8000/23) = 1500 + 347.83
Therefore, modal monthly expenditure of the families = Rupees 1847.83
Calculation for mean:
First find the midpoint using the formula, xi =(upper limit +lower limit)/2
Let us assume a mean, A be 2750

Class Interval fi xi di = xi – a ui = di/h fiui

1000-1500 24 1250 -1500 -3 -72

 1500-2000 40 1750 -1000 -2 -80

2000-2500 33 2250 -500 -1 -33

2500-3000 28 2750 0 0 0

3000-3500 30 3250 500 1 30

3500-4000 22 3750 1000 2 44

4000-4500 16 4250 1500 3 48

4500-5000 7 4750 2000 4 28

fi = 200 fiui = -35

The formula to calculate the mean,
Mean = x̄ = a +(∑fiui /∑fi)×h
Substitute the values in the given formula
= 2750+(-35/200)×500
= 2750-87.50
= 2662.50
So, the mean monthly expenditure of the families = Rupees 2662.50
4. The following distribution gives the state-wise teacher-student ratio in higher
secondary schools of India. Find the mode and mean of this data. Interpret the two
measures

No of Students per teacher Number of states / U.T

15-20 3

20-25 8

25-30 9

30-35 10

35-40 3

40-45 0

45-50 0

50-55 2
Solution:
Given data:
Modal class = 30 – 35,
l = 30,
Class width (h) = 5,
fm = 10, f1 = 9 and f2 = 3
Mode Formula:
Mode = l+ [(fm-f1)/(2fm-f1-f2)]×h
Substitute the values in the given formula
Mode = 30+((10-9)/(20-9-3))×5
Mode = 30+(5/8) = 30+0.625
Mode = 30.625
Therefore, the mode of the given data = 30.625
Calculation of mean:
Find the midpoint using the formula, xi =(upper limit +lower limit)/2

Class Interval Frequency (fi) Mid-point (xi) fixi

15-20 3 17.5 52.5

20-25 8 22.5 180.0

25-30 9 27.5 247.5

30-35 10 32.5 325.0

35-40 3 37.5 112.5

40-45 0 42.5 0

45-50 0 47.5 0

50-55 2 52.5 105.5

Sum fi = 35 Sum fixi = 1022.5

Mean = x̄ = ∑fixi /∑fi
= 1022.5/35
= 29.2
Therefore, mean = 29.2
5. The given distribution shows the number of runs scored by some top batsmen of the
world in one- day international cricket matches.

Run Scored Number of Batsman

 3000-4000 4

4000-5000 18

5000-6000 9

6000-7000 7

7000-8000 6

8000-9000 3

9000-10000 1

10000-11000 1
Find the mode of the data.
Solution:
Given data:
Modal class = 4000 – 5000,
l = 4000,
class width (h) = 1000,
fm = 18, f1 = 4 and f2 = 9
Mode Formula:
Mode = l+ [(fm-f1)/(2fm-f1-f2)]×h
Substitute the values
Mode = 4000+((18-4)/(36-4-9))×1000
Mode = 4000+(14000/23) = 4000+608.695
Mode = 4608.695
Mode = 4608.7 (approximately)
Thus, the mode of the given data is 4608.7 runs
6. A student noted the number of cars passing through a spot on a road for 100 periods
each of 3 minutes and summarized it in the table given below. Find the mode of the data:

Number of cars Frequency

0-10 7

10-20 14

20-30 13

30-40 12
 40-50 20

50-60 11

60-70 15

70-80 8
Solution:
Given Data:
Modal class = 40 – 50, l = 40,
Class width (h) = 10, fm = 20, f1 = 12 and f2 = 11
Mode = l+ [(fm-f1)/(2fm-f1-f2)]×h
Substitute the values
Mode = 40+((20-12)/(40-12-11))×10
Mode = 40 + (80/17) = 40 + 4.7 = 44.7
Thus, the mode of the given data is 44.7 cars

Exercise 14.3 Page: 287

1. The following frequency distribution gives the monthly consumption of an electricity of
68 consumers in a locality. Find the median, mean and mode of the data and compare
them.

Monthly consumption(in units) No. of customers

65-85 4

85-105 5

105-125 13

125-145 20

145-165 14

165-185 8

185-205 4
Solution:
Find the cumulative frequency of the given data as follows:

Class Interval Frequency Cumulative frequency

 65-85 4 4

85-105 5 9

105-125 13 22

125-145 20 42

145-165 14 56

165-185 8 64

185-205 4 68

N=68
From the table, it is observed that, n = 68 and hence n/2=34
Hence, the median class is 125-145 with cumulative frequency = 42
Where, l = 125, n = 68, Cf = 22, f = 20, h = 20
Median is calculated as follows:

=125+((34−22)/20) × 20
=125+12 = 137
Therefore, median = 137
To calculate the mode:
Modal class = 125-145,
f1=20, f0=13, f2=14 & h = 20
Mode formula:
Mode = l+ [(f1-f0)/(2f1-f0-f2)]×h
Mode = 125 + ((20-13)/(40-13-14))×20
=125+(140/13)
=125+10.77
=135.77
Therefore, mode = 135.77
Calculate the Mean:

Class Interval fi xi di=xi-a ui=di/h fiui

65-85 4 75 -60 -3 -12

 85-105 5 95 -40 -2 -10

105-125 13 115 -20 -1 -13

125-145 20 135 0 0 0

145-165 14 155 20 1 14

165-185 8 175 40 2 16

185-205 4 195 60 3 12

Sum fi= 68 Sum fiui= 7

x̄ =a+h ∑fiui/∑fi =135+20(7/68)
Mean=137.05
In this case, mean, median and mode are more/less equal in this distribution.
2. If the median of a distribution given below is 28.5 then, find the value of x & y.

Class Interval Frequency

0-10 5

10-20 x

20-30 20

30-40 15

40-50 y

50-60 5

Total 60
Solution:
Given data, n = 60
Median of the given data = 28.5
Where, n/2 = 30
Median class is 20 – 30 with a cumulative frequency = 25+x
Lower limit of median class, l = 20,
Cf = 5+x,
f = 20 & h = 10
Substitute the values
28.5=20+((30−5−x)/20) × 10
8.5 = (25 – x)/2
17 = 25-x
Therefore, x =8
Now, from cumulative frequency, we can identify the value of x + y as follows:
Since,
60=5+20+15+5+x+y
Now, substitute the value of x, to find y
60 = 5+20+15+5+8+y
y = 60-53
y=7
Therefore, the value of x = 8 and y = 7.
3. The Life insurance agent found the following data for the distribution of ages of 100
policy holders. Calculate the median age, if policies are given only to the persons whose
age is 18 years onwards but less than the 60 years.

Age (in years) Number of policy holder

Below 20 2

Below 25 6

Below 30 24

Below 35 45

Below 40 78

Below 45 89

Below 50 92

Below 55 98

Below 60 100
Solution:

Class interval Frequency Cumulative frequency

 15-20 2 2

20-25 4 6

25-30 18 24

30-35 21 45

35-40 33 78

40-45 11 89

45-50 3 92

50-55 6 98

55-60 2 100
Given data: n = 100 and n/2 = 50
Median class = 35-45
Then, l = 35, cf = 45, f = 33 & h = 5

Median = 35+((50-45)/33) × 5
= 35 + (5/33)5
= 35.75
Therefore, the median age = 35.75 years.
4. The lengths of 40 leaves in a plant are measured correctly to the nearest millimeter, and
the data obtained is represented as in the following table:

Length (in mm) Number of leaves

118-126 3

127-135 5

136-144 9

145-153 12

154-162 5

163-171 4
 172-180 2
Find the median length of leaves.
Solution:
Since the data are not continuous reduce 0.5 in the lower limit and add 0.5 in the upper limit.

Class Interval Frequency Cumulative frequency

117.5-126.5 3 3

126.5-135.5 5 8

135.5-144.5 9 17

144.5-153.5 12 29

153.5-162.5 5 34

162.5-171.5 4 38

171.5-180.5 2 40
So, the data obtained are:
n = 40 and n/2 = 20
Median class = 144.5-153.5
then, l = 144.5,
cf = 17, f = 12 & h = 9

Median = 144.5+((20-17)/12)×9
= 144.5+(9/4)
= 146.75 mm
Therefore, the median length of the leaves = 146.75 mm.
5. The following table gives the distribution of a life time of 400 neon lamps.

Lifetime (in hours) Number of lamps

1500-2000 14

2000-2500 56

2500-3000 60
 3000-3500 86

3500-4000 74

4000-4500 62

4500-5000 48
Find the median lifetime of a lamp.
Solution:

Class Interval Frequency Cumulative

1500-2000 14 14

2000-2500 56 70

2500-3000 60 130

3000-3500 86 216

3500-4000 74 290

4000-4500 62 352

4500-5000 48 400
Data:
n = 400 &n/2 = 200
Median class = 3000 – 3500
Therefore, l = 3000, Cf = 130,
f = 86 & h = 500

Median = 3000 + ((200-130)/86) × 500

= 3000 + (35000/86)
= 3000 + 406.97
= 3406.97
Therefore, the median life time of the lamps = 3406.97 hours
6. In this 100 surnames were randomly picked up from a local telephone directory and the
frequency distribution of the number of letters in English alphabets in the surnames was
obtained as follows:
 Number of letters 1-4 4-7 7-10 10-13 13-16 16-19

Number of surnames 6 30 40 16 4 4
Determine the number of median letters in the surnames. Find the number of mean letters
in the surnames and also, find the size of modal in the surnames.
Solution:
To calculate median:

Class Interval Frequency Cumulative Frequency

1-4 6 6

4-7 30 36

7-10 40 76

10-13 16 92

13-16 4 96

16-19 4 100
Given:
n = 100 &n/2 = 50
Median class = 7-10
Therefore, l = 7, Cf = 36, f = 40 & h = 3

Median = 7+((50-36)/40) × 3
Median = 7+42/40
Median=8.05
Calculate the Mode:
Modal class = 7-10,
Where, l = 7, f1 = 40, f0 = 30, f2 = 16 & h = 3

Mode = 7+((40-30)/(2×40-30-16)) × 3
= 7+(30/34)
= 7.88
Therefore mode = 7.88
Calculate the Mean:

Class Interval fi xi fixi

1-4 6 2.5 15

4-7 30 5.5 165

7-10 40 8.5 340

10-13 16 11.5 184

13-16 4 14.5 51

16-19 4 17.5 70

Sum fi = 100 Sum fixi = 825

Mean = x̄ = ∑fi xi /∑fi
Mean = 825/100 = 8.25
Therefore, mean = 8.25
7. The distributions of below give a weight of 30 students of a class. Find the median
weight of a student.

Weight(in kg) 40-45 45-50 50-55 55-60 60-65 65-70 70-75

Number of students 2 3 8 6 6 3 2
Solution:

Class Interval Frequency Cumulative frequency

40-45 2 2

45-50 3 5

50-55 8 13

55-60 6 19

60-65 6 25

65-70 3 28

70-75 2 30
Given: n = 30 and n/2= 15
Median class = 55-60
l = 55, Cf = 13, f = 6 & h = 5
Median = 55+((15-13)/6)×5
Median=55 + (10/6) = 55+1.666
Median =56.67
Therefore, the median weight of the students = 56.67

Exercise 14.4 Page: 293

1. The following distribution gives the daily income of 50 workers if a factory. Convert the
distribution above to a less than type cumulative frequency distribution and draw its
ogive.

Daily income in Rupees 100-120 120-140 140-160 160-180 180-200

Number of workers 12 14 8 6 10
Solution
Convert the given distribution table to a less than type cumulative frequency distribution, and we
get

Daily income Frequency Cumulative Frequency

Less than 120 12 12

Less than 140 14 26

Less than 160 8 34

Less than 180 6 40

Less than 200 10 50

From the table plot the points corresponding to the ordered pairs such as (120, 12), (140, 26),
(160, 34), (180, 40) and (200, 50) on graph paper and the plotted points are joined to get a
smooth curve and the obtained curve is known as less than type ogive curve
2.During the medical check-up of 35 students of a class, their weights were recorded
as follows:

Weight in kg Number of students

Less than 38 0

Less than 40 3

Less than 42 5

Less than 44 9

Less than 46 14

Less than 48 28

Less than 50 32

Less than 52 35
Draw a less than type ogive for the given data. Hence obtain the median weight from the
graph and verify the result by using the formula.
Solution:
From the given data, to represent the table in the form of graph, choose the upper limits of the
class intervals are in x-axis and frequencies on y-axis by choosing the convenient scale. Now
plot the points corresponding to the ordered pairs given by (38, 0), (40, 3), (42, 5), (44, 9),(46,
14), (48, 28), (50, 32) and (52, 35) on a graph paper an join them to get a smooth curve. The
curve obtained is known as less than type ogive.
Locate the point 17.5 on the y-axis and draw a line parallel to the x-axis cutting the curve at a
point. From the point, draw a perpendicular line to the x-axis. The intersection point
perpendicular to x-axis is the median of the given data. Now, to find the mode by making a table.

Class interval Number of students(Frequency) Cumulative Frequency

Less than 38 0 0

Less than 40 3-0=3 3

Less than 42 5-3=2 8

Less than 44 9-5=4 9

Less than 46 14-9=5 14

Less than 48 28-14=14 28

Less than 50 32-28=4 32

Less than 52 35-22=3 35

The class 46 – 48 has the maximum frequency, therefore, this is modal class
Here, l = 46, h = 2, f1= 14, f0= 5 and f2 = 4
The mode formula is given as:
Now, Mode =

= 46 + 0.95 = 46.95
Thus, mode is verified.
3. The following tables gives production yield per hectare of wheat of 100 farms of a
village.

Production Yield 50-55 55-60 60-65 65-70 70-75 75-80

 Number of farms 2 8 12 24 38 16
Change the distribution to a more than type distribution and draw its ogive.
Solution:
Converting the given distribution to a more than type distribution, we get

Production Yield (kg/ha) Number of farms

More than or equal to 50 100

More than or equal to 55 100-2 = 98

More than or equal to 60 98-8= 90

More than or equal to 65 90-12=78

More than or equal to 70 78-24=54

More than or equal to 75 54-38 =16

From the table obtained draw the ogive by plotting the corresponding points where the upper
limits in x-axis and the frequencies obtained in the y-axis are (50, 100), (55, 98), (60, 90), (65,
78), (70, 54) and (75, 16) on
this graph paper. The graph obtained is known as more than type ogive curve.
Exercise: 15.1 (Page No: 308)
1. Complete the following statements:
(i) Probability of an event E + Probability of the event ‘not E’ = ___________.
(ii) The probability of an event that cannot happen is __________. Such an event is called
________.
(iii) The probability of an event that is certain to happen is _________. Such an event is
called _________.
(iv) The sum of the probabilities of all the elementary events of an experiment is
__________.
(v) The probability of an event is greater than or equal to and less than or equal to
__________.
Solution:
(i) Probability of an event E + Probability of the event ‘not E’ = 1.
(ii) The probability of an event that cannot happen is 0. Such an event is called an impossible
event.
(iii) The probability of an event that is certain to happen is 1. Such an event is called a sure or
certain event.
(iv) The sum of the probabilities of all the elementary events of an experiment is 1.
(v) The probability of an event is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 1.
2. Which of the following experiments have equally likely outcomes? Explain.
(i) A driver attempts to start a car. The car starts or does not start.
(ii) A player attempts to shoot a basketball. She/he shoots or misses the shot.
(iii) A trial is made to Solution: a true-false question. The Solution: is right or wrong.
(iv) A baby is born. It is a boy or a girl.
Solution:
(i) This statement does not have equally likely outcomes as the car may or may not start
depending upon various factors like fuel, etc.
(ii) Even this statement does not have equally likely outcomes as the player may shoot or miss
the shot.
(iii) This statement has equally likely outcomes as it is known that the solution is either right or
wrong.
(iv) This statement also has equally likely outcomes as it is known that the newly born baby can
either be a boy or a girl.
3. Why is tossing a coin considered to be a fair way of deciding which team should get the
ball at the beginning of a football game?
Solution:
Tossing of a coin is a fair way of deciding because the number of possible outcomes are only 2
i.e. either head or tail. Since these two outcomes are an equally likely outcome, tossing is
unpredictable and is considered to be completely unbiased.
4. Which of the following cannot be the probability of an event?
(A) 2/3 (B) -1.5 (C) 15% (D) 0.7
Solution:
The probability of any event (E) always lies between 0 and 1 i.e. 0 ≤ P(E) ≤ 1. So, from the above
options, option (B) -1.5 cannot be the probability of an event.
5. If P(E) = 0.05, what is the probability of ‘not E’?
Solution:
We know that,
P(E)+P(not E) = 1
It is given that, P(E) = 0.05
So, P(not E) = 1-P(E)
Or, P(not E) = 1-0.05
∴ P(not E) = 0.95
6. A bag contains lemon flavored candies only. Malini takes out one candy without looking
into the bag. What is the probability that she takes out
(i) an orange flavored candy?
(ii) a lemon flavored candy?
Solution:
(i) We know that the bag only contains lemon-flavored candies.
So, The no. of orange flavored candies = 0
∴ The probability of taking out orange flavored candies = 0/1 = 0
(ii) As there are only lemon flavored candies, P(lemon flavored candies) = 1 (or 100%)
7. It is given that in a group of 3 students, the probability of 2 students not having the
same birthday is 0.992. What is the probability that the 2 students have the same
birthday?
Solution:
Let the event wherein 2 students having the same birthday be E
Given, P(E) = 0.992
We know,
P(E)+P(not E) = 1
Or, P(not E) = 1–0.992 = 0.008
∴ The probability that the 2 students have the same birthday is 0.008
8. A bag contains 3 red balls and 5 black balls. A ball is drawn at random from the bag.
What is the probability that the ball drawn is
(i) red?
(ii) not red?
Solution:
The total number of balls = No. of red balls + No. of black balls
So, the total no. of balls = 5+3 = 8
We know that the probability of an event is the ratio between the no. of favourable outcomes and
the total number of outcomes.
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
(i) Probability of drawing red balls = P (red balls) = (no. of red balls/total no. of balls) = 3/8
(ii) Probability of drawing black balls = P (black balls) = (no. of black balls/total no. of balls) = 5/8
9. A box contains 5 red marbles, 8 white marbles and 4 green marbles. One marble is
taken out of the box at random. What is the probability that the marble taken out will be
(i) red?
(ii) white?
(iii) not green?
Solution:
The Total no. of balls = 5+8+4 = 17
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
(i) Total number of red balls = 5
P (red ball) = 5/17 = 0.29
(ii) Total number of white balls = 8
P (white ball) = 8/17 = 0.47
(iii) Total number of green balls = 4
P (green ball) = 4/17 = 0.23
∴ P (not green) = 1-P(green ball) = 1-(4/7) = 0.77
10. A piggy bank contains hundred 50p coins, fifty ₹1 coins, twenty ₹2 coins and ten ₹5
coins. If it is equally likely that one of the coins will fall out when the bank is turned
upside down, what is the probability that the coin
(i) will be a 50 p coin?
(ii) will not be a ₹5 coin?
Solution:
Total no. of coins = 100+50+20+10 = 180
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
(i) Total number of 50 p coin = 100
P (50 p coin) = 100/180 = 5/9 = 0.55
(ii) Total number of ₹5 coin = 10
P (₹5 coin) = 10/180 = 1/18 = 0.055
∴ P (not ₹5 coin) = 1-P (₹5 coin) = 1-0.055 = 0.945
11. Gopi buys a fish from a shop for his aquarium. The shopkeeper takes out one fish at
random from a tank containing 5 male fish and 8 female fish (see Fig. 15.4). What is the
probability that the fish taken out is a male fish?
Solution:
The total number of fish in the tank = 5+8 = 13
Total number of male fish = 5
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
P (male fish) = 5/13 = 0.38
12. A game of chance consists of spinning an arrow which comes to rest pointing at one
of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 (see Fig. 15.5), and these are equally likely outcomes.
What is the probability that it will point at
(i) 8?
(ii) an odd number?
(iii) a number greater than 2?
(iv) a number less than 9?

Solution:
Total number of possible outcomes = 8
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
(i) Total number of favourable events (i.e. 8) = 1
∴ P (pointing at 8) = ⅛ = 0.125
(ii) Total number of odd numbers = 4 (1, 3, 5 and 7)
P (pointing at an odd number) = 4/8 = ½ = 0.5
(iii) Total numbers greater than 2 = 6 (3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8)
P (pointing at a number greater than 4) = 6/8 = ¾ = 0.75
(iv) Total numbers less than 9 = 8 (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8)
P (pointing at a number less than 9) = 8/8 = 1
13. A die is thrown once. Find the probability of getting
(i) a prime number;
(ii) a number lying between 2 and 6;
(iii) an odd number.
Solution:
Total possible events when a dice is thrown = 6 (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6)
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
(i) Total number of prime numbers = 3 (2, 3 and 5)
P (getting a prime number) = 3/6 = ½ = 0.5
(ii) Total numbers lying between 2 and 6 = 3 (3, 4 and 5)
P (getting a number between 2 and 6) = 3/6 = ½ = 0.5
(iii) Total number of odd numbers = 3 (1, 3 and 5)
P (getting an odd number) = 3/6 = ½ = 0.5
14. One card is drawn from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards. Find the probability of getting
(i) a king of red colour
(ii) a face card
(iii) a red face card
(iv) the jack of hearts
(v) a spade
(vi) the queen of diamonds
Solution:
Total number of possible outcomes = 52
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
(i) Total numbers of king of red colour = 2
P (getting a king of red colour) = 2/52 = 1/26 = 0.038
(ii) Total numbers of face cards = 12
P (getting a face card) = 12/52 = 3/13 = 0.23
(iii) Total numbers of red face cards = 6
P (getting a king of red colour) = 6/52 = 3/26 = 0.11
(iv) Total numbers of jack of hearts = 1
P (getting a king of red colour) = 1/52 = 0.019
(v) Total numbers of king of spade = 13
P (getting a king of red colour) = 13/52 = ¼ = 0.25
(vi) Total numbers of queen of diamonds = 1
P (getting a king of red colour) = 1/52 = 0.019
15. Five cards the ten, jack, queen, king and ace of diamonds, are well-shuffled with their
face downwards. One card is then picked up at random.
(i) What is the probability that the card is the queen?
(ii) If the queen is drawn and put aside, what is the probability that the second card picked
up is (a) an ace? (b) a queen?
Solution:
Total numbers of cards = 5
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
(i) Numbers of queen = 1
P (picking a queen) = ⅕ = 0.2
(ii) If the queen is drawn and put aside, the total numbers of cards left is (5-4) = 4
(a) Total numbers of ace = 1
P (picking an ace) = ¼ = 0.25
(b) Total numbers of queen = 0
P (picking a queen) = 0/4 = 0
16. 12 defective pens are accidentally mixed with 132 good ones. It is not possible to just
look at a pen and tell whether or not it is defective. One pen is taken out at random from
this lot. Determine the probability that the pen taken out is a good one.
Solution:
Numbers of pens = Numbers of defective pens + Numbers of good pens
∴ Total number of pens = 132+12 = 144 pens
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
P(picking a good pen) = 132/144 = 11/12 = 0.916
17. (i) A lot of 20 bulbs contain 4 defective ones. One bulb is drawn at random from the lot.
What is the probability that this bulb is defective?
(ii) Suppose the bulb drawn in (i) is not defective and is not replaced. Now one bulb is
drawn at random from the rest. What is the probability that this bulb is not defective?
Solution:
(i) Numbers of defective bulbs = 4
The total numbers of bulbs = 20
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
∴ Probability of getting a defective bulb = P (defective bulb) = 4/20 = ⅕ = 0.2
(ii) Since 1 non-defective bulb is drawn, then the total numbers of bulbs left are 19
So, the total numbers of events (or outcomes) = 19
Numbers of defective bulbs = 19-4 = 15
So, the probability that the bulb is not defective = 15/19 = 0.789
18. A box contains 90 discs which are numbered from 1 to 90. If one disc is drawn at
random from the box, find the probability that it bears
(i) a two-digit number
(ii) a perfect square number
(iii) a number divisible by 5.
Solution:
The total numbers of discs = 50
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
(i) Total number of discs having two digit numbers = 81
(Since 1 to 9 are single digit numbers and so, total 2 digit numbers are 90-9 = 81)
P (bearing a two-digit number) = 81/90 = 9/10 = 0.9
(ii) Total number of perfect square numbers = 9 (1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, 49, 64 and 81)
P (getting a perfect square number) = 9/90 = 1/10 = 0.1
(iii) Total numbers which are divisible by 5 = 18 (5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65,
70, 75, 80, 85 and 90)
P (getting a number divisible by 5) = 18/90 = ⅕ = 0.2
19. A child has a die whose six faces show the letters as given below:

The die is thrown once. What is the probability of getting

(i) A?
(ii) D?
Solution:
The total number of possible outcomes (or events) = 6
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
(i) The total number of faces having A on it = 2
P (getting A) = 2/6 = ⅓ = 0.33
(ii) The total number of faces having D on it = 1
P (getting D) = ⅙ = 0.166
20. Suppose you drop a die at random on the rectangular region shown in Fig. 15.6. What
is the probability that it will land inside the circle with diameter 1m?
Solution:
First, calculate the area of the rectangle and the area of the circle. Here, the area of the rectangle
is the possible outcome and the area of the circle will be the favourable outcome.
So, the area of the rectangle = (3×2) m2 = 6 m2
and,
The area of the circle = πr2 = π(½)2 m2 = π/4 m2 = 0.78
∴ The probability that die will land inside the circle = [(π/4)/6] = π/24 or, 0.78/6 = 0.13
21. A lot consists of 144 ball pens of which 20 are defective and the others are good. Nuri
will buy a pen if it is good, but will not buy if it is defective. The shopkeeper draws one
pen at random and gives it to her. What is the probability that
(i) She will buy it?
(ii) She will not buy it?
Solution:
The total numbers of outcomes i.e. pens = 144
Given, numbers of defective pens = 20
∴ The numbers of non defective pens = 144-20 = 124
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
(i) Total numbers events in which she will buy them = 124
So, P (buying) = 124/144 = 31/36 = 0.86
(ii) Total numbers events in which she will not buy them = 20
So, P (not buying) = 20/144 = 5/36 = 0.138
22. Refer to Example 13. (i) Complete the following table:

(ii) A student argues that ‘there are 11 possible outcomes 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12.
Therefore, each of them has a probability 1/11. Do you agree with this argument? Justify
your Solution:.
Solution:
If 2 dices are thrown, the possible events are:
(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (1, 5), (1, 6)
(2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), (2, 5), (2, 6)
(3, 1), (3, 2), (3, 3), (3, 4), (3, 5), (3, 6)
(4, 1), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 4), (4, 5), (4, 6)
(5, 1), (5, 2), (5, 3), (5, 4), (5, 5), (5, 6)
(6, 1), (6, 2), (6, 3), (6, 4), (6, 5), (6, 6)
So, the total numbers of events: 6×6 = 36
(i) It is given that to get the sum as 2, the probability is 1/36 as the only possible outcomes =
(1,1)
For getting the sum as 3, the possible events (or outcomes) = E (sum 3) = (1,2) and (2,1)
So, P(sum 3) = 2/36
Similarly,
E (sum 4) = (1,3), (3,1), and (2,2)
So, P (sum 4) = 3/36
E (sum 5) = (1,4), (4,1), (2,3), and (3,2)
So, P (sum 5) = 4/36
E (sum 6) = (1,5), (5,1), (2,4), (4,2), and (3,3)
So, P (sum 6) = 5/36
E (sum 7) = (1,6), (6,1), (5,2), (2,5), (4,3), and (3,4)
So, P (sum 7) = 6/36
E (sum 8) = (2,6), (6,2), (3,5), (5,3), and (4,4)
So, P (sum 8) = 5/36
E (sum 9) = (3,6), (6,3), (4,5), and (5,4)
So, P (sum 9) = 4/36
E (sum 10) = (4,6), (6,4), and (5,5)
So, P (sum 10) = 3/36
E (sum 11) = (5,6), and (6,5)
So, P (sum 11) = 2/36
E (sum 12) = (6,6)
So, P (sum 12) = 1/36
So, the table will be as:

Event: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Sum on 2 dice

Probability 1/36 2/36 3/36 4/36 5/36 6/36 5/36 4/36 3/36 2/36 1/36
(ii) The argument is not correct as it is already justified in (i) that the number of all possible
outcomes is 36 and not 11.
23. A game consists of tossing a one rupee coin 3 times and noting its outcome each
time. Hanif wins if all the tosses give the same result i.e., three heads or three tails, and
loses otherwise. Calculate the probability that Hanif will lose the game.
Solution:
The total number of outcomes = 8 (HHH, HHT, HTH, THH, TTH, HTT, THT, TTT)
Total outcomes in which Hanif will lose the game = 6 (HHT, HTH, THH, TTH, HTT, THT)
P (losing the game) = 6/8 = ¾ = 0.75
24. A die is thrown twice. What is the probability that
(i) 5 will not come up either time?
(ii) 5 will come up at least once?
[Hint : Throwing a die twice and throwing two dice simultaneously are treated as the same
experiment]
Solution:
Outcomes are:
(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (1, 5), (1, 6)
(2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), (2, 5), (2, 6)
(3, 1), (3, 2), (3, 3), (3, 4), (3, 5), (3, 6)
(4, 1), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 4), (4, 5), (4, 6)
(5, 1), (5, 2), (5, 3), (5, 4), (5, 5), (5, 6)
(6, 1), (6, 2), (6, 3), (6, 4), (6, 5), (6, 6)
So, the total number of outcome = 6×6 = 36
(i) Method 1:
Consider the following events.
A = 5 comes in first throw,
B = 5 comes in second throw
P(A) = 6/36,
P(B) = 6/36 and
P(not B) = 5/6
So, P(not A) = 1-(6/36) = 5/6
∴ The required probability = (5/6)×(5/6) = 25/36
Method 2:
Let E be the event in which 5 does not come up either time.
So, the favourable outcomes are [36–(5+6)] = 25
∴ P(E) = 25/36
(ii) Number of events when 5 comes at least once = 11(5+6)
∴ The required probability = 11/36
25. Which of the following arguments are correct and which are not correct? Give reasons
for your Solution:.
(i) If two coins are tossed simultaneously there are three possible outcomes—two heads,
two tails or one of each. Therefore, for each of these outcomes, the probability is 1/3
(ii) If a die is thrown, there are two possible outcomes—an odd number or an even
number. Therefore, the probability of getting an odd number is 1/2
Solution:
(i) All the possible events are (H,H); (H,T); (T,H) and (T,T)
So, P (getting two heads) = ¼
and, P (getting one of the each) = 2/4 = ½
∴ This statement is incorrect.
(ii) Since the two outcomes are equally likely, this statement is correct.

Exercise: 15.2 (Page No: 311)

1. Two customers Shyam and Ekta are visiting a particular shop in the same week
(Tuesday to Saturday). Each is equally likely to visit the shop on any day as on another
day. What is the probability that both will visit the shop on
(i) the same day?
(ii) consecutive days?
(iii) different days?
Solution:
Since there are 5 days and both can go to the shop in 5 ways each so,
The total number of possible outcomes = 5×5 = 25
(i) The number of favourable events = 5 (Tue., Tue.), (Wed., Wed.), (Thu., Thu.), (Fri., Fri.), (Sat.,
Sat.)
So, P (both visiting on the same day) = 5/25 = ⅕
(ii) The number of favourable events = 8 (Tue., Wed.), (Wed., Thu.), (Thu., Fri.), (Fri., Sat.),
(Sat., Fri.), (Fri., Thu.), (Thu., Wed.), and (Wed., Tue.)
So, P(both visiting on the consecutive days) = 8/25
(iii) P (both visiting on the different days) = 1-P (both visiting on the same day)
So, P (both visiting on the different days) = 1-(⅕) = ⅘
2. A die is numbered in such a way that its faces show the numbers 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 6. It is
thrown two times and the total score in two throws is noted. Complete the following table
which gives a few values of the total score on the two throws:

What is the probability that the total score is

(i) even?
(ii) 6?
(iii) at least 6?
Solution:
The table will be as follows:

+ 1 2 2 3 3 6

1 2 3 3 4 4 7

2 3 4 4 5 5 8

2 3 4 4 5 5 8

3 4 5 5 6 6 9

3 4 5 5 6 6 9

6 7 8 8 9 9 12

So, the total number of outcomes = 6×6 = 36

(i) E (Even) = 18
P (Even) = 18/36 = ½
(ii) E (sum is 6) = 4
P (sum is 6) = 4/36 = 1/9
(iii) E (sum is atleast 6) = 15
P (sum is atleast 6) = 15/36 = 5/12
3. A bag contains 5 red balls and some blue balls. If the probability of drawing a blue ball
is double that of a red ball, determine the number of blue balls in the bag.
Solution:
It is given that the total number of red balls = 5
Let the total number of blue balls = x
So, the total no. of balls = x+5
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
∴ P (drawing a blue ball) = [x/(x+5)] ——–(i)
Similarly,
P (drawing a red ball) = [5/(x+5)] ——–(i)
From equation (i) and (ii)
x = 10
So, the total number of blue balls = 10
4. A box contains 12 balls out of which x are black. If one ball is drawn at random from the
box, what is the probability that it will be a black ball?
If 6 more black balls are put in the box, the probability of drawing a black ball is now
double of what it was before. Find x
Solution:
Total number of black balls = x
Total number of balls = 12
P(E) = (Number of favourable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes)
P (getting black balls) = x/12 ——————-(i)
Now, when 6 more black balls are added,
Total balls become = 18
∴ Total number of black balls = x+6
Now, P (getting black balls) = (x+6)/18 ——————-(ii)
It’s given that, the probability of drawing a black ball now is double of what it was before
(ii) = 2 × (i)
(x+6)/18 = 2 × (x/12)
x + 6 = 3x
2x = 6
∴x=3
5. A jar contains 24 marbles, some are green and others are blue. If a marble is drawn at
random from the jar, the probability that it is green is ⅔. Find the number of blue balls
in the jar.
Solution:
Total marbles = 24
Let the total green marbles = x
So, the total blue marbles = 24-x
P(getting green marble) = x/24
From the question, x/24 = ⅔
So, the total green marbles = 16
And, the total blue marbles = 24-x = 8